UAM FUNDS TRUST
485APOS, 1999-05-19
Previous: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS MUNICIPAL INVT TR FD INTERM TERM SER 265, 485BPOS, 1999-05-19
Next: TECHNICAL CHEMICALS & PRODUCTS INC, DEF 14A, 1999-05-19



<PAGE>
 
                       Securities Act File No. 33-79858
               Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-8544

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933              /X/

     Post-Effective Amendment No. 31                                 /X/

                                    and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      /X/

     Amendment No. 32                                                /X/

                                UAM FUNDS TRUST
              (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Charter)
              --------------------------------------------------
                                        
                          c/o UAM Fund Services, Inc.
                          211 Congress St., 4th Floor
                          Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                 Registrant's Telephone Number (617) 542-5440
                   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)
                   ----------------------------------------
                                        
                            Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
                                   Secretary
                            UAM Fund Services, Inc.
                              211 Congress Street
                          Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
                    ---------------------------------------

                                   COPY TO:
                            Audrey C. Talley, Esq.
                          Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
                      Philadelphia National Bank Building
                             1345 Chestnut Street
                         Philadelphia, PA  19107-3469

     It is proposed that this filing become effective (check appropriate box):
          [_]  Immediately upon filing pursuant to Paragraph (b)
          [_]  on (date) pursuant to Paragraph (b)
          [X]  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
          [_]  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
          [_]  75 days after filing pursuant to Paragraph (a) (2)
          [_]  on (date) pursuant to Paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485

     If appropriate, check the following box:

          [_]       This post-effective amendment designates a new effective
               date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART A
                                UAM FUNDS TRUST

The following prospectuses are included in this Post-Effective Amendment No. 31.

 .  BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio Institutional Class Shares
 .  BHM&S Total Return Bond Institutional Service Class Shares
 .  Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
 .  Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 .  Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 .  Clipper Focus Portfolio
 .  FPA Crescent Portfolio Institutional Class Shares
 .  FPA Crescent Portfolio Advisor Class Shares
 .  Hanson Equity Portfolio
 .  Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
 .  MJI International Equity Portfolio
 .  Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
 .  TJ Core Equity Portfolio

The following prospectuses are contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 30,
filed on April 22, 1999.

 .  Heitman Real Estate Portfolio Institutional Class Shares
 .  Heitman Real Estate Portfolio Institutional Service Class Shares

The prospectus for Dwight Capital Preservation Portfolio is contained in Post-
Effective Amendment No. 29, filed on April 12, 1999.
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor/sm/



BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
Institutional Class Prospectus                                     July 30, 1999








                                             UAM

                   The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved
                              or disapproved these securities or passed upon the
                                    adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
                           representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   2
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   5
 
Account Policies ............................................................. 8
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................   8
 Distributions .............................................................   8
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   8
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 10
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  10
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  12
 Investment Management .....................................................  13
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  15
 Additional Classes of Shares ..............................................  15
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 16
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with reason-
  able risk to principal by investing in investment grade fixed income secu-
  rities of varying maturities. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet
  its investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment ob-
  jective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities. The portfolio tries to maintain an
  average weighted duration comparable to the Salomon Brothers' Broad or
  Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is approximately five years.
 
  The adviser actively manages the portfolio, focusing on security selec-
  tion, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser be-
  lieves that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns over
  the long-term by investing in undervalued securities with above-average
  effective yields and capital appreciation potential. The adviser does not
  attempt to "time the market."
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
 
  Debt securities may lose value because:
 
  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.
 
  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.
 
  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
                           [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
                          <S>                 <C> 
                              1996               3.48% 
                              1997               8.83%
                              1998               7.41%                       
</TABLE> 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Quarter
                                         Return   Ended
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>
   Highest quarter:
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date                                  6/30/99

</TABLE> 
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
  Average Annual Returns
                                                  Since
   Periods ended 12/31/98                1 Year Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>
   BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio     7.41%     6.99%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index  8.69%     7.86%
</TABLE>
 
  * The fund began operations 11/1/95. Index comparisons begin on 10/31/95.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal
   year ended
   4/30/99
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees  0.35%
  -----------------------
   Other expenses
  -----------------------
   Total expenses   0.60%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
  <S>       <C>     <C>     <C>  
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan                                 completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs 
                     $250--spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
                       redeem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
  (Via ACH)        account to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time)
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  each day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day,
  the UAM Funds must accept your order before the close of trading At any
  time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption methods
  described above, except redemption by mail.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.
 
  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities with an intermediate average matu-
  rity. The portfolio maintains an average weighted duration comparable to
  the Salomon Brothers' Broad or Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is
  approximately five years. To manage its duration, the portfolio may hedge
  its interest rate risk by purchasing and selling futures.
 
  Investment Process
 
  The adviser expects to manage the portfolio actively, focusing on security
  selection, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser
  invests the assets of the portfolio in securities, industry sectors and
  maturity ranges that it believes the market has undervalued. The adviser
  believes that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns
  over the long-term by:
 
  .   Investing in high quality securities that possess above-average effec-
      tive yields and the potential for capital appreciation.
 
  .   Maintaining a conservative, intermediate maturity structure.
 
  .   Diversifying its assets along the yield curve.
 
  The adviser does not attempt to time the market because it believes there
  are too many variables to successfully forecast economic conditions con-
  sistently.
 
  The adviser's security selection process begins by analyzing the yield-to-
  maturity premium of a bond (or spread) versus the most recently issued
  U.S. treasury security of similar maturity. Once it identifies bonds with
  an above-average premium, it then evaluates factors that could influence
  the future premium such as credit quality, security structure and
  supply/demand. The objective of this process is to identify those issues
  whose yield premium will compress or narrow term performance.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Debt Securities
 
  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). Debt securities include securities issued by corpo-
  rations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed and as-
  set-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans or
  mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  Yankee bonds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
 
  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five means the price of a debt security
  will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the higher
  the duration, the more volatile the security.
 
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.
 
  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. To compensate investors for assuming
  more risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors
  higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates than they would
  find with a safer security, such as a U.S. Treasury security. However,
  since the interest rate is fixed on a debt security at the time it is pur-
  chased, investors reflect changes in confidence regarding the certainty of
  interest and principal by adjusting the price they are willing to pay for
  the security. This will affect the yield-to-maturity of the security. If
  an issuer defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations,
  the security may lose some or all of its value.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in derivatives and may deviate from its investment strategies
  from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that this pro-
  spectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and
  forward commitment transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and
  other techniques. For information concerning these investment practices
  and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use including futures and options (types of derivatives)
  to remain fully invested, to reduce transaction costs and to hedge inter-
  est rates. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and
  may magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., a Nevada corporation located at
  70 West Madison Street, 56th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602, is the in-
  vestment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the
  investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The advis-
  er, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has specialized
  in the active management of stocks, bonds and balanced portfolios for in-
  stitutional and tax-exempt clients since 1979. The adviser currently pro-
  vides and offers investment management services to corporate, public and
  Taft-Hartley employee benefit plans, foundations, endowments, health care
  and other institutions and investors.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager          Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>              <S>
   John S. Williams Mr. Williams is currently a Fixed Income Principal of the
                    adviser. Mr. Williams joined the adviser as its first Fixed
                    Income Portfolio Manager in 1983. Mr. Williams has also
                    managed balanced and municipal portfolios during his 21-
                    year investment career. Before joining the adviser, he was
                    responsible for the management of all fixed income assets
                    at Southland Trust, Dallas, Texas, and before that was a
                    Portfolio Manager and Securities Analyst at InterFirst Bank
                    Dallas Trust Department. Mr. Williams has served on the Ad-
                    visory Committee for the Texas Teachers Retirement System
                    and is an active member in the Dallas Investment Analysts
                    Society. He currently is a Director of United Asset Manage-
                    ment Corporation. Mr. Williams is a Chartered Financial An-
                    alyst, earning his MBA in 1976 and BBA in 1975 from Texas
                    Christian University.
</TABLE>
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   David R. Hardin     Mr. Hardin is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Before joining the ad-
                       viser in 1987, Mr. Hardin was Vice President and Direc-
                       tor of the Fixed Income Group of RepublicBank Dallas
                       Trust Department. In that position, he was responsible
                       for the management of all taxable and tax-exempt fixed
                       income assets of the Trust Division, including all sepa-
                       rately managed accounts, collective investment fund
                       products, and the creation of and management of an SEC-
                       registered mutual fund. Before attaining the Director's
                       position, Mr. Hardin was a Taxable Portfolio Manager and
                       served as the Credit Analyst for the Trust Division. He
                       started his investment career as a private placement
                       credit analyst while employed by American General Insur-
                       ance Co. in Houston in 1976. Mr. Hardin received an
                       M.Sc. from the London School of Economics in 1975 and a
                       BBA from Texas Christian University in 1973.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   J. Scott McDonald   Mr. McDonald is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. McDonald joined
                       the adviser in 1995 to serve as a Security and Portfolio
                       Specialist for the Fixed Income Group. In addition to
                       Security and Portfolio Analyst, he is responsible for
                       systems analytics used in the evaluation of
                       effective/option adjusted yield measurements for all se-
                       curities and portfolios. He also serves as compliance
                       monitor of all fixed income portfolios to ensure common-
                       ality of structure and diversification. Mr. McDonald
                       previously served as the Senior Vice President and Port-
                       folio Manager at Life Partners Group, Inc. in Dallas.
                       While with Life Partners, he was responsible for imple-
                       menting strategy for $3 billion in assets. Additionally,
                       Texas Commerce Bank Houston employed him as a Credit Su-
                       pervisor and Lending Officer. He received his MBA in
                       1991 from the University of Texas at Austin and his BBA
                       from Southern Methodist University in 1986.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Mark C. Luchsinger  Mr. Luchsinger is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Luchsinger is the
                       newest senior member of the fixed income product team.
                       Before joining the adviser in April of 1997, he had
                       spent years in fixed income sales at First Boston Corpo-
                       ration, PaineWebber and Morgan Keegan, responsible for a
                       wide array of security and client types. During Mr.
                       Luchsinger's investment career, he has also served as
                       Chief Investment Officer for Great American Reserve In-
                       surance Company in Dallas, where he was responsible for
                       the management of over $1 billion in fixed income and
                       equity portfolios; Senior Investment Portfolio Manager
                       for Scor Reinsurance Company in Irving. Mr. Luchsinger
                       is a Chartered Financial Analyst and earned his BBA from
                       Bowling Green State University in 1980.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Deborah J. Anderson Ms. Anderson is currently a Senior Portfolio Assistant
                       of the adviser. Ms. Anderson is responsible for all ad-
                       ministrative staff and their duties associated with the
                       fixed income product management, including
                       communication/liaison with all clients, custodial banks,
                       and brokerage relationships. She supervises all opera-
                       tional aspects of fixed income security trading and
                       works extensively with reporting requirements for all
                       clients and regulatory agencies. Before joining the ad-
                       viser in 1988, Ms. Anderson served as a Trust Officer
                       with Trust Company of Texas and its predecessor, South-
                       land Trust Co. She received a BBA in Accounting from the
                       University of Texas at Arlington in 1974.
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees Paid by the UAM Funds to Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives 0.15% of the portion of the daily net asset value of Institutional
  Class Shares held by Salomon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts in
  addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers. The UAM Funds also
  compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it provides to certain de-
  fined contribution plan shareholders that are not otherwise provided by
  the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Service Class shares, which pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
 
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  the portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
       has audited this information. The financial statements and the un-
  qualified opinion of      are included in the annual report of the portfo-
  lio, which is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-
  826-5465.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       BHMSX                       902556109                                     629
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor(sm)





BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

Institutional Service Class Prospectus                             July 30, 1999

                                             UAM

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved 
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   4
 
Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 10
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  14
 Year 2000 .................................................................  14
 Investment Management .....................................................  15
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  17
 Additional Classes of Shares ..............................................  18
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with reason-
  able risk to principal by investing in investment grade fixed income secu-
  rities of varying maturities. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet
  its investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment ob-
  jective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities. The portfolio tries to maintain an
  average weighted duration comparable to the Salomon Brothers' Broad or
  Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is approximately five years.
 
  The adviser actively manages the portfolio, focusing on security selec-
  tion, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser be-
  lieves that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns over
  the long-term by investing in undervalued securities with above-average
  effective yields and capital appreciation potential. The adviser does not
  attempt to "time the market."
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
 
  Debt securities may lose value because:
 
  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.
 
  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.
 
  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Quarter
                    Return  Ended
  --------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  3.57%  6/30/97
  --------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   4.58%  3/31/96
  --------------------------------
   Year-To-Date            6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average annual returns
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Since
   Periods ended 12/31/98                1 Year Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>
   BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio     7.15%    6.70%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index  8.69%    7.86%
</TABLE>
 
  * The fund began operations 11/1/95. Index comparisons begin on 10/31/95.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal year
   ended 4/30/99
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management Fees       0.35%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other Expenses
  ----------------------------
   Total Expenses        0.60%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
                   account to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.
 
  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities with an intermediate average matu-
  rity. The portfolio maintains an average weighted duration comparable to
  the Salomon Brothers' Broad or Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is
  approximately five years. To manage its duration, the portfolio may hedge
  its interest rate risk by purchasing and selling futures.
 
  Investment Process
 
  The adviser expects to manage the portfolio actively, focusing on security
  selection, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser
  invests the assets of the portfolio in securities, industry sectors and
  maturity ranges that it believes the market has undervalued. The adviser
  believes that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns
  over the long-term by:
 
  .   Investing in high quality securities that possess above-average effec-
      tive yields and the potential for capital appreciation.
 
  .   Maintaining a conservative, intermediate maturity structure.
 
  .   Diversifying its assets along the yield curve.
 
  The adviser does not attempt to time the market because it believes there
  are too many variables to successfully forecast economic conditions con-
  sistently.
 
  The adviser's security selection process begins by analyzing the yield-to-
  maturity premium of a bond (or spread) versus the most recently issued
  U.S. treasury security of similar maturity. Once it identifies bonds with
  an above-average premium, it then evaluates factors that could influence
  the future premium such as credit quality, security structure and
  supply/demand. The objective of this process is to identify those issues
  whose yield premium will compress or narrow term performance.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  Debt Securities
 
  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). Debt securities include securities issued by corpo-
  rations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed and as-
  set-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans or
  mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  Yankee bonds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
 
  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five means the price of a debt security
  will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the higher
  the duration, the more volatile the security.
 
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.
 
  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. To compensate investors for assuming
  more risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors
  higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates than they would
  find with a safer security, such as a U.S. Treasury security. However,
  since the interest rate is fixed on a debt security at the time it is pur-
  chased, investors reflect changes in confidence regarding the certainty of
  interest and principal by adjusting the price they are willing to pay for
  the security. This will affect the yield-to-maturity of the security. If
  an issuer defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations,
  the security may lose some or all of its value.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in derivatives and may deviate from its investment strategies
  from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that this pro-
  spectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and
  forward commitment transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and
  other techniques. For information concerning these investment practices
  and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use including futures and options (types of derivatives)
  to remain fully invested, to reduce transaction costs and to hedge inter-
  est rates. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and
  may magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary func-
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  tions and could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial mar-
  kets in general. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organiza-
  tions, including those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in
  which the UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., a Nevada corporation located at
  70 West Madison Street, 56th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602, is the in-
  vestment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the
  investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The advis-
  er, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has specialized
  in the active management of stocks, bonds and balanced portfolios for in-
  stitutional and tax-exempt clients since 1979. The adviser currently pro-
  vides and offers investment management services to corporate, public and
  Taft-Hartley employee benefit plans, foundations, endowments, health care
  and other institutions and investors.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser   % of its average net assets in management fees.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager           Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>               <S>
   John S. Williams  Mr. Williams is currently a Fixed Income Principal of the
                     adviser. Mr. Williams joined the adviser as its first
                     Fixed Income Portfolio Manager in 1983. Mr. Williams has
                     also managed balanced and municipal portfolios during his
                     21-year investment career. Before joining the adviser, he
                     was responsible for the management of all fixed income as-
                     sets at Southland Trust, Dallas, Texas, and before that
                     was a Portfolio Manager and Securities Analyst at
                     InterFirst Bank Dallas Trust Department. Mr. Williams has
                     served on the Advisory Committee for the Texas Teachers
                     Retirement System and is an active member in the Dallas
                     Investment Analysts Society. He currently is a Director of
                     United Asset Management Corporation. Mr. Williams is a
                     Chartered Financial Analyst, earning his MBA in 1976 and
                     BBA in 1975 from Texas Christian University.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   David R. Hardin   Mr. Hardin is currently a Fixed Income Principal and Port-
                     folio Manager of the adviser. Before joining the adviser
                     in 1987, Mr. Hardin was Vice President and Director of the
                     Fixed Income Group of RepublicBank Dallas Trust Depart-
                     ment. In that position, he was responsible for the manage-
                     ment of all taxable and tax-exempt fixed income assets of
                     the Trust Division, including all separately managed ac-
                     counts, collective investment fund products, and the crea-
                     tion of and management of an SEC-registered mutual fund.
                     Before attaining the Director's position, Mr. Hardin was a
                     Taxable Portfolio Manager and served as the Credit Analyst
                     for the Trust Division. He started his investment career
                     as a private placement credit analyst while employed by
                     American General Insurance Co. in Houston in 1976. Mr.
                     Hardin received an M.Sc. from the London School of Econom-
                     ics in 1975 and a BBA from Texas Christian University in
                     1973.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   J. Scott McDonald Mr. McDonald is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                     Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. McDonald joined the
                     adviser in 1995 to serve as a Security and Portfolio Spe-
                     cialist for the Fixed Income Group. In addition to Secu-
                     rity And Portfolio Analyst, he is responsible for systems
                     analytics used in the evaluation of effective/option ad-
                     justed yield measurements for all securities and portfo-
                     lios. He also serves as compliance monitor of all fixed
                     income portfolios to ensure commonality of structure and
                     diversification. Mr. McDonald previously served as the Se-
                     nior Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Life Partners
                     Group, Inc. in Dallas. While with Life Partners, he was
                     responsible for implementing strategy for $3 billion in
                     assets. Additionally, Texas Commerce Bank Houston employed
                     him as a Credit Supervisor and Lending Officer. He re-
                     ceived his MBA in 1991 from the University of Texas at
                     Austin and his BBA from Southern Methodist University in
                     1986.
</TABLE>
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   Mark C. Luchsinger  Mr. Luchsinger is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Luchsinger is the
                       newest senior member of the fixed income product team.
                       Before joining the adviser in April of 1997, he had
                       spent years in fixed income sales at First Boston Corpo-
                       ration, PaineWebber and Morgan Keegan responsible for a
                       wide array of security and client types. During Mr.
                       Luchsinger's investment career, he has also served as
                       Chief Investment Officer for Great American Reserve In-
                       surance Company in Dallas, where he was responsible for
                       the management of over $1 billion in fixed income and
                       equity portfolios; Senior Investment Portfolio Manager
                       for Scor Reinsurance Company in Irving. Mr. Luchsinger
                       is a Chartered Financial Analyst and earned his BBA from
                       Bowling Green State University in 1980.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Deborah J. Anderson Ms. Anderson is currently a Senior Portfolio Assistant
                       of the adviser. Ms. Anderson is responsible for all ad-
                       ministrative staff and their duties associated with the
                       fixed income product management, including
                       communication/liaison with all clients, custodial banks,
                       and brokerage relationships. She supervises all opera-
                       tional aspects of fixed income security trading and
                       works extensively with reporting requirements for all
                       clients and regulatory agencies. Before joining the ad-
                       viser in 1988, Ms. Anderson served as a Trust Officer
                       with Trust Company of Texas and its predecessor, South-
                       land Trust Co. She received a BBA in Accounting from the
                       University of Texas at Arlington in 1974.
</TABLE>
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Distribution Plans
 
  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Fees Paid by the UAM Funds to Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives from such entities an amount equal to up to 33.3% of the portion of
  the investment advisory fees attributable to the invested assets of Salo-
  mon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts without regard to any ex-
  pense limitation in addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers.
  The UAM Funds also compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it pro-
  vides to certain defined contribution plan shareholders that are not oth-
  erwise provided by the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Class shares, which do not pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  the portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
       has audited this information. The financial statements and the un-
  qualified opinion of      are included in the annual report of the portfo-
  lio, which is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-
  826-5465.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       BHYYX                       902556208                                     630
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



     Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      July 31, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio?....................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   1
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   3
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4
 
 Buying Shares..............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares...........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares..........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies.......................................................   6
 
Account Policies ............................................................. 9
 
 Small Accounts.............................................................   9
 Distributions..............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes..............................................................   9
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio...........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies..................................  12
 Year 2000..................................................................  14
 Investment Management......................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements.........................................  16
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks capital growth and preservation by investing primarily
  in common stocks. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet its invest-
  ment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment objective
  without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of mid- to large sized companies. The adviser looks for financially
  strong companies:
 
  .   Undergoing positive developments that the market has not yet recog-
      nized.
 
  .   Selling at historically low prices.
 
  .   Having seasoned management.
 
  .   Enjoying product or market advantages.
 
  The adviser uses a team approach that focuses first on individual stocks
  and then on industries or sectors (groups of related industries) of the
  economy.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                          <C>
   For the fiscal year ended
     4/30/99@
  -----------------------------------
   Management Fees              1.00%
  -----------------------------------
   Other Expenses
  -----------------------------------
   Total Expenses*              1.00%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                          <C>
   For the fiscal year ended
     4/30/99
  -----------------------------------
   Actual Expenses              1.30%
</TABLE>
 
  @ The portfolio began operation on June 30, 1998.
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MinimumInvestments $2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each
  day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the
  UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt secu-
  rities that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which ap-
  proximates market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, it distributes its net capital gains once a year. The UAM
  Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in addi-
  tional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account applica-
  tion to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of companies that are relatively large in terms of revenues, assets
  and market capitalization (typically over $500 million at the time of ini-
  tial purchase). The portfolio may also invest in other types of equity
  securities.
 
Investment Process
 
  The adviser's investment professionals work as a team to develop invest-
  ment ideas by analyzing company and industry statements, monitoring Wall
  Street and other research sources and interviewing company management. It
  also evaluates economic conditions and fiscal and monetary policies.
 
  The adviser's approach focuses first on individual stocks and then on in-
  dustries or sectors (groups of related industries). The adviser does
  not attempt to time the market. The adviser's tries to select quality
  companies:
 
  .   Possessing above-average financial characteristics.
 
  .   Having seasoned management.
 
  .   Enjoying product or market advantages.
 
  .   Whose stock is selling at a relatively low price based on historical
      price-to-earnings, price-to-book, price-to-sales and price-to-cash
      flow ratios.
 
  .   Experiencing positive developments not yet recognized by the markets,
      such as positive changes in management, improved margins, corporate
      restructuring or new products.
 
  .   Possessing the potential to appreciate by 50% within 12 to 18 months.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  The portfolio may sell a stock because:
 
  .   It realizes positive developments and achieves its target price.
 
  .   Its price moves too far too fast.
 
  .   It becomes overweighted.
 
  .   The positive developments the adviser expected fail to unfold.
 
Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in foreign securities and derivatives and may deviate from its
  investment strategy from time to time. It may also employ investment prac-
  tices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase agree-
  ments, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of securi-
  ties, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning these in-
  vestment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
 
  The portfolio may invest up to 25% of its assets in ADRs. ADRs are certif-
  icates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued
  by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the
  United States or elsewhere. Although they are alternatives to directly
  purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and
  currencies, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated
  with investing directly in foreign securities.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use derivatives, including futures and options, to re-
  main fully invested or reduce transaction costs. Derivatives are often
  more volatile than other investments and may magnify a portfolio's gains
  or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Cambiar Investors, Inc., a Colorado corporation located at 8400 East Pren-
  tice Avenue, Suite 460, Englewood, Colorado 80111, is the investment ad-
  viser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the investment
  of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The adviser, an affil-
  iate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided investment man-
  agement services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and
  profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as
  individuals since 1973.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.30% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                  Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                      <S>
   Michael S. Barish, CFA   President and Founder of the adviser since 1973.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Kathleen M. McCarty, CFA Ms. McCarty joined the adviser in 1987 and she is
                            currently a Senior Vice President and Portfolio
                            Manager.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Michael J. Gardener, CFA Mr. Gardner joined the adviser in 1995 and he is
                            currently a Vice President and Portfolio Manager.
                            From 1991-1995, he was an Equity Research Analyst
                            with Simmons & Company.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Brian M. Barish, CFA     Mr. Barish joined the adviser in 1997 as Vice Pres-
                            ident and Portfolio Manager. From 1993 to 1997, he
                            was Vice President and Director of Emerging Markets
                            at Lazard Freres & Co. LLC. From 1992-1993, he Mr.
                            Barish was an analyst at Bear Stearns.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Maria L. Azari, CFA      Ms. Azari joined the adviser in 1997 and she is
                            currently a Vice President and Portfolio Manager.
                            From 1992-1997, she was an Investment Analyst at
                            Eaton Vance Management.
</TABLE>
 
Adviser's Historical Performance
 
  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses. All fees and
  expenses of the separate accounts were less than the operating expenses of
  the portfolio. If the performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to
  reflect the fees and expenses of the portfolio, the composite's perfor-
  mance would have been lower.
 
  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, it results might have differed.
 
  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Cambiar Investors, Inc.
                                 Composite Returns*                    S&P 500 Index
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                           <C>                                   <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1975                                 34.80%                            37.20%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1976                                 32.40%                            23.80%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1977                                 14.40%                            (7.20)%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1978                                 22.50%                             6.60%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1979                                 24.00%                            18.40%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1980                                 25.50%                            32.40%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1981                                  9.80%                            (4.90)%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1982                                 33.30%                            21.60%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1983                                 22.60%                            22.40%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1984                                  2.90%                             6.10%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1985                                 29.30%                            31.57%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1986                                 23.67%                            18.21%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1987                                  6.10%                             5.17%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1988                                 17.11%                            16.50%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1989                                 23.23%                            31.43%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1990                                  2.83%                            (3.19)%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1991                                 31.51%                            30.55%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1992                                  9.56%                             7.68%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                                 13.66%                            10.00%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                                  1.00%                             1.33%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                                 33.54%                            37.50%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                                 23.92%                            23.25%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                                 33.65%                            33.36%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Retunrs for the periods ended  / /
    1-year
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10-years
   Cumulative Since Inception (1/1/75)
</TABLE>
 
  * During the period shown (1/1/75- / / ), fees on the adviser's individual
    accounts ranged from 0.25% to 2.0%. The adviser's returns presented
    above are net of the maximum fee of 2.0%. Net returns to investors vary
    depending on the management fee.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.        has au-
  dited this information. The financial statements and the unqualified opin-
  ion of        are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is
  available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
        N/A                        902555408                                     637
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolios and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor/sm/



Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
Institutional Class Prospectus                                     July 30, 1999

Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio
Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian



                                             UAM

                   The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved
                  or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or
                          accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the
                                                 contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What are the Objectives of the Portfolios? ................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolios? ...........   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolios? ...........................   2
 How have the Portfolios Performed? ........................................   4
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolios? .........................   6
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 7
 Buying Shares .............................................................   7
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   8
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   8
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   8
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 12
 Small Accounts ............................................................  12
 Distributions .............................................................  12
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  12
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 14
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolios .........................  14
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  17
 Year 2000 .................................................................  19
 Investment Management .....................................................  20
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  23
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 25
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Listed below are the investment objectives of the portfolios. The portfo-
  lios cannot guarantee they will meet their investment objectives. A port-
  folio may not change its investment objective without shareholder approv-
  al.
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 
  The portfolio seeks a high level of current income consistent with moder-
  ate interest rate exposure by investing primarily in investment-grade
  bonds with an average weighted maturity between 3 and 10 years.
 
Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 
  The portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing in the common stock
  of large companies.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lios. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIOS."
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in invest-
  ment-grade debt securities with maturities that range from 3 to 10 years.
 
  The adviser manages the portfolio to limit the risk of investing in the
  bond market and to offer some protection from changes in the prices (vola-
  tility) of debt securities. The adviser does not attempt to forecast in-
  terest rates. The adviser believes it can add to the return of the portfo-
  lio by:
 
  .   Taking an approach that is the opposite of what most investors are
      doing at a particular time (a "contrarian" approach).
 
  .   Focusing its efforts on the more traditional aspects of portfolio
      management, such as sector valuations, coupons, call features and the
      shape of the yield curve.
 
Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 
  The portfolio seeks to outperform the market by investing primarily in
  common stocks of large, high-quality companies whose stocks are selling
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
  at attractive prices due to short-term market misperceptions. The invest-
  ment approach of the adviser focuses on individual stocks rather than in-
  dustries or sectors of the economy. The adviser attempts to pick stocks:
 
  .   That it believes the market has priced below their true value because
      of a failure to recognize the potential of the stock or value of the
      company.
 
  .   Of companies that are currently out-of-favor (typically, rated as
      "hold" or "sell" by most analysts), but present strong long-term
      opportunities.
 
  The adviser does not attempt to time the market.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolios. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIOS."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and
      unpredictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in debt se-
  curities using a value oriented approach.
 
  Debt securities may lose value because:
 
  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.
 
  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.
 
  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities using a value oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio and Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 
  Since the adviser selects securities for each portfolio using a value ori-
  ented approach, each portfolio takes on the risks that are associated a
  value oriented investment approach.
 
  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAVE THE PORTFOLIOS PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar charts and tables below illustrate how the performance of each
  portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolios. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of each portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of each portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 
  Calendar Year Returns
[BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE] 

<TABLE> 
<S>             <C> 
1996               3.22%
1997               7.19%
1998               7.34%

</TABLE> 





Returns Chart Appears Here
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Quarter
                    Return  Ended
  --------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  5.38%  6/30/95
  --------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   0.94%  3/31/96
  --------------------------------
   Year-To-Date            6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Since
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98         1 Year Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                      <C>    <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio                              7.34%    7.93%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government/ Corporate Bond
    Index                                                   8.44%    8.85%
</TABLE>
 
  *The portfolio began operations 1/24/95. Index comparisons begin on
  1/31/95.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Value/Contrarian Portfolio
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
[Returns Chart Appears Here]

<TABLE> 

<S>            <C> 
1995             27.88%
1996             13.81%
1997             18.90%
1998             15.86%
</TABLE> 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Quarter
                    Return  Ended
  --------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  12.42% 6/30/97
  --------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter    8.80% 9/30/98
  --------------------------------
   Year-To-Date            6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Since
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98   1 Year Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio                         16.17%   19.22%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   S%P 500 Index                                      28.60%   30.49%
</TABLE>
 
  *The portfolio began operations 12/16/94. Index comparisons begin on
  12/31/94.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolios.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the Fiscal Year   Intermediate Bond Value/Contrarian
   Ended 4/30/99             Portfolio        Portfolio
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                   <C>               <C>
   Management Fees             0.48%            0.625%
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   Other Expenses
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   Total Expenses*             0.48%            0.625%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolios. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense
    offsets, investors in the portfolios actually paid the total operating
    expenses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the Fiscal Year   Intermediate Bond Value/Contrarian
   Ended 4/30/99             Portfolio        Portfolio
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                   <C>               <C>
   Actual Expenses             0.80%            1.25%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in these port-
  folios to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in a portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  -------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio
  -------------------------------------------------------------
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTING WITH THE UAM FUNDS
 
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number and      wire your money to the UAM
                     then send your com-          Funds as follows:
                     pleted account applica-
                     tion to the UAM Funds.
                     Wire your money to the
                     UAM Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic   
  Investment Plan
  (Via ACH)          Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum 
  Investments        $2,000--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs 
                     $250--spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
                       redeem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
  (Via ACH)        account to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  order. The portfolios calculate their NAVs as of the close of trading on
  the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each
  day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the
  UAM Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE
  that day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the
  close of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for
  business on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and na-
  tional holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when a
  portfolio does not price its shares. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folios may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolios.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its
      expenses.)
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
    Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
    Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum
      because of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolios distribute their net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolios distribute any net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolios, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in these portfolios. You may also have to pay state and local
  taxes on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for
  specific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolios will generally be taxable to share-
  holders as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at dif-
  ferent rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the rele-
  vant assets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions re-
  gardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional
  shares. Once a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the
  types and total amount of distributions you received during the previous
  year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolios expect to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolios invest in foreign securities, they may be
  subject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolios received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolios
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolios may employ in seeking their objectives. For more information
  concerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on each
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in the annual report. As long
  as it is consistent with their objectives and other policies described in
  the SAI, each portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder
  approval.
 
Intermediate Bond Portfolio
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in
  investment-grade debt securities with maturities that range from 3 to 10
  years. The portfolio also may invest up to 10% of its assets in debt secu-
  rities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds).
 
  Investment Process
 
  The adviser manages the portfolio to limit the risk of investing in the
  bond market and to offer some protection from changes in the prices (vola-
  tility) of debt securities. Since many different factors affect bond pric-
  es, bond fund managers have historically found it difficult to outperform
  a bond market index. The adviser believes this is particularly true of
  bond fund managers that try to anticipate interest rates. To avoid wide
  variations in performance that tend to accompany interest rate predic-
  tions, the adviser does not attempt to forecast interest rates.
 
  At market tops and bottoms, market psychology tends to drive bond prices
  to extremes, overshooting their long-term equilibrium levels. Consequent-
  ly, "conventional wisdom" about a given security or sector's price move-
  ment or relative value is often wrong. The adviser believes it can to add
  to the return of the portfolio by:
 
  .   Taking an approach that is the opposite of what most investors are
      doing at a particular time (a "contrarian" approach).
 
  .   Focusing its efforts on the more traditional aspects of portfolio
      management, such as sector valuations, coupons, call features and the
      shape of the yield curve.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  Debt Securities
 
  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five means the price of a debt security
  will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the higher
  the duration, the more volatile the security.
 
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.
 
  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. To compensate investors for assuming
  more risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors
  higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates than they would
  find with a safer security, such as a U.S. Treasury security. However,
  since the interest rate is fixed on a debt security at the time it is pur-
  chased, investors reflect changes in confidence regarding the certainty of
  interest and principal by adjusting the price they are willing to pay for
  the security. This will affect the yield-to-maturity of the security. If
  an issuer defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations,
  the security may lose some or all of its value.
 
  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the ca-
  pacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine
  that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.
 
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
Value Contrarian Portfolio
 
  The portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of companies with large
  market capitalizations (typically over $1 billion at the time of pur-
  chase). The portfolio also may invest in other types of equity securities.
 
  Investment Process
 
  The portfolio seeks to outperform the market by identifying attractive
  stocks, but not by attempting to time the market (i.e., trying to taking
  advantage of shifts in the overall direction of the market). The portfolio
  invests primarily in established, high-quality companies whose stock is
  selling at attractive prices due to short-term market misperceptions.
 
  The portfolio generally weights each of the equity securities it holds
  equally. The adviser regularly monitors the market value of each security
  the portfolio holds and will buy or sell shares of a particular security
  depending on whether the portion of the portfolio represented by that se-
  curity decreases or increases.
 
  The investment philosophy and process of the adviser is qualitative rather
  than quantitative. In investing the assets of the portfolio, the adviser:
 
  .   Focuses on individual stocks rather than industry groups or sectors or
      on trying to forecast the overall strength of the stock market. The
      adviser looks for companies that are market leaders with sound balance
      sheets and capable, experienced management.
 
  .   Tries to invest in stocks that the market has priced below their true
      value because of a failure to recognize the potential of the stock or
      value of the company. At the time of initial investment, these stocks
      typically trade below the mid-point of the price range for the last 12
      months.
 
  .   Looks for out-of-favor companies (typically, rated as "hold" or "sell"
      by most analysts) that present strong long-term opportunities. The
      adviser believes the market overreacts to temporary bad news. By
      closely monitoring research analysts, market commentators and others
      and then evaluating the impact of their opinions on stock prices, the
      adviser attempts to determine whether the market has properly valued a
      particular stock.
 
  The adviser generally sells a stock:
 
  .   When it reaches the price objective the adviser has set for the stock.
 
  .   If the fundamental business operation or financial stability of the
      company turns negative.
 
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolios may use various derivatives, including futures, forward
  foreign currency exchange contracts, options and swaps to hedge their in-
  vestments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and
  may magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolios
  may invest in derivatives and foreign securities and may deviate from its
  investment strategy from time to time. They may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Trading   CUSIP   Portfolio
                                Symbol   Number    Number
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>     <C>       <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio   CAMBX  902556406    635
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio    CAMEX  902556307    636
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolios, the follow-
  ing documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolios provide additional
  information about their investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolios during their last fis-
  cal year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolios and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolios and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



  Clipper focus Portfolio
  Institutional Class Prospectus                            July 31, 1999






                                                                      UAM(R)




  The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved 
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   5
 
Account Policies ............................................................. 9
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  16
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks long-term capital growth. The portfolio cannot guaran-
  tee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may change its
  investment objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The adviser focuses on dominant companies that:
 
  .   Have leading market positions.
 
  .   Generate excess cash flow.
 
  .   Have experienced and focused management.
 
  .   Are in industries that are often "out-of-favor" in the investment com-
      munity.
 
  The adviser invests like a long-term business partner would invest--it
  values a company's assets, projects long-term free cash flows and seeks
  shareholder-oriented management. The adviser's investment process is very
  research intensive and includes:
 
  .   Meeting with company management, competitors and customers.
 
  .   Preparing detailed valuation models to identify companies whose stock
      is undervalued compared to the company's intrinsic value.
 
  The portfolio is a nondiversified mutual fund that generally holds between
  15 to 35 stocks. The adviser believes that concentrating the investments
  of the portfolio in the adviser's best investment ideas will produce supe-
  rior long-term performance.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
Clipper Focus Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with being a non-
  diversified mutual fund that invests principally in equity securities us-
  ing a value oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
  Diversifying a mutual fund's investment can reduce the risks of investing
  by limiting the amount of money it invests in any one issuer or, on a
  broader scale, in any one industry. Since the portfolio is not diversi-
  fied, it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in a particular is-
  suer than a diversified fund. Therefore, being non-diversified may cause
  the value of its shares to be more sensitive to changes in the market
  value of a single issuer or industry relative to diversified mutual funds.
 
  The portfolio remains fully invested in equity securities at all times. In
  bear markets a fully invested mutual fund will generally decline further
  than a portfolio with cash and or bond reserves.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
  For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99@
<TABLE>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management Fees  1.00%
  -----------------------
   Other Expenses
  -----------------------
   Total Expenses*  1.00%
  -----------------------
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
  For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
<TABLE>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Actual Expenses  1.40%
</TABLE>
 
  @  The portfolio began operations on September 10, 1998.
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

   1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  --------------------------------
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       To open an account
                                                  To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan                                 completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  order. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each
  day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the
  UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, it distributes its net capital gains once a year. The UAM
  Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in addi-
  tional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account applica-
  tion to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
Investment Process
 
  The adviser focuses on dominant companies that:
 
  .   Have leading market positions.
 
  .   Generate excess cash flow.
 
  .   Have experienced and focused management.
 
  .   Are in industries that are often "out-of-favor" in the investment com-
      munity.
 
  The adviser invests like a long-term business partner would invest--it
  values a company's assets, projects long-term free cash flows and seeks
  shareholder-oriented management. The adviser's investment process is very
  research intensive and includes meeting with company management, competi-
  tors and customers. Some of the major factors the adviser considers when
  appraising an investment include balance sheet strength and the ability to
  generate earnings and free cash flow. The adviser's analysis gives little
  weight to current dividend income.
 
  The adviser prepares valuation models for each company being researched to
  identify companies that it believes the market has undervalued. The valua-
  tion models attempt to calculate each company's intrinsic value based on
  private market transactions and discounted cash flow. The adviser adds
  companies to the portfolio when their share price trades below the advis-
  er's estimate of intrinsic value and sells companies when their share
  prices reach the adviser's estimate of intrinsic value.
 
  The adviser believes that it can produce superior long-term performance by
  concentrating on its best investment ideas. Therefore, the portfolio will
  be more concentrated than the average equity mutual fund. The portfolio,
  which is a "non-diversified" mutual fund, generally contains between
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  15 to 35 stocks. The portfolio will generally hold its investment in a
  particular company for an extended period.
 
  The adviser expects to invest fully the assets of the portfolio. Conse-
  quently, the adviser generally expects cash reserves to be less than 5% of
  the total assets of the portfolio.
 
Special Situations
 
  The portfolio may invest in special situations. A special situation arises
  when the adviser believes the securities of a particular company will ap-
  preciate in value within a reasonable period because of unique circum-
  stances applicable to that company. Special situations are events that
  could change or temporarily hamper the ongoing operations of a company,
  including, but not limited to:
 
  .   Liquidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers or temporary
      financial liquidity restraints.
 
  .   Material litigation, technological breakthroughs or temporary produc-
      tion or product introduction problems
 
  .   Natural disaster, sabotage or employee error and new management or
      management policies.
 
  Special situations affect companies of all sizes and generally occur re-
  gardless of general business conditions or movements of the market as a
  whole.
 
  Special situations often involve much greater risk than is inherent in or-
  dinary investment securities. In addition, the market price of companies
  subject to special situations may never reflect any perceived intrinsic
  values.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in foreign securities and may deviate from its investment
  strategies from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that
  that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements,
  when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of securities,
  borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning these invest-
  ment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse politi-
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  cal and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency
  can make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce
  the value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  provider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time
  the degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' invest-
  ments or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could
  adversely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Pacific Financial Research, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation located at
  9601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Beverly Hills, California 90210, is
  the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and super-
  vises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis.
  The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has pro-
  vided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endow-
  ments, pension funds and other institutions as well as individuals since
  1981.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.40% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager         Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>             <S>
   James Gipson    Jim founded the adviser in 1980 and is currently President
                   and a Principal. Jim received his B.A. and M.A. degrees in
                   Economics with honors from the University of California, Los
                   Angeles, and his M.B.A. degree with honors from Harvard
                   Business School. Before entering the investment industry, he
                   served as an officer in the U.S. Navy and as a consultant
                   for McKinsey & Co. Before founding, he was a portfolio man-
                   ager at Source Capital Co. and at Batterymarch Financial. He
                   authored Winning the Investment Game: A Guide for All Sea-
                   sons.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Michael Sandler Michael received his B.B.A. with distinction, M.B.A. and
                   J.D. degrees from the University of Iowa. He spent two years
                   with International Harvester as a Manager of Asset Redeploy-
                   ment and one year with Enterprise Systems, Inc. as Vice
                   President of Business Development. He joined the adviser in
                   1984 as an analyst and has been a Vice President, Portfolio
                   Manager and Principal since    .
</TABLE>
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager      Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>          <S>
   Bruce Veaco  Bruce graduated summa cum laude from the University of Califor-
                nia, Los Angeles with a B.A. degree in Economics. He spent five
                years as a certified public accountant in the Los Angeles of-
                fice of Price Waterhouse where he was an Audit Manager. Bruce
                received his M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. Bruce
                joined the adviser in 1986 as an analyst and has been a Vice
                President, Portfolio Manager and Principal since    .
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Douglas Grey Doug received his B.E. cum laude in Mechanical/Materials Engi-
                neering and Economics from Vanderbilt University, and his
                M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. He was a General Motors
                Scholar and worked for General Motors as a design analysis en-
                gineer. Mr. Grey joined the adviser as an analyst in 1986 and
                has been a Vice President, Portfolio Manager and Principal
                since    .
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Peter Quinn  Peter received his B.S. degree in Finance from Boston College
                and his M.B.A. degree from the Peter F. Drucker School of Man-
                agement at the Claremont Graduate School. He joined the adviser
                as a research associate in 1987 and has been a Vice President,
                Portfolio Manager and Principal since    .
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
Adviser's Historical Performance
 
  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses. All fees and
  expenses of the separate accounts were less than the operating expenses of
  the portfolio. If the performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to
  reflect the fees and expenses of the portfolio, the composite's perfor-
  mance would have been lower.
 
  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, it results might have differed.
 
  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Pacific Financial
                                           Research, Inc.*  1S&P 500 Index
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                    <C>               <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
    1991                                        12.8%            8.4%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1992                                        19.1%            7.6%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                                         9.8%           10.1%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                                        -1.7%            1.3%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                                        48.4%           37.6%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                                        39.0%           33.4%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Annualized Return For Various Periods
    Ended  / /  (annualized)
    1-year
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    3-years
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years
   Cumulative Since Inception (9/30/91)
</TABLE>
 
  * The adviser's average annual management fee over the period shown
    (10/1/91 through  / / ) was approximately 0.75%. During the period, fees
    on the adviser's individual accounts ranged from 0.52% to 0.90%. Net re-
    turns to investors vary depending on the management fee.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
 
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the finan-
cial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated. Certain
information contained in the table reflects the financial results for a single
portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an in-
vestor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios assuming all divi-
dends and distributions were reinvested.        has audited this information.
The financial statements and the unqualified opinion of        are included in
the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon request by calling
the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       CLPRX                       902556786                                     781
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Clipper Focus Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)






FPA Cresent Portfolio

Institutional Class Prospectus                                     July 30, 1999

================================================================================







                                                                             UAM


        The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or 
disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this 
        prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


================================================================================

<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   4
 
Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 10
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  16
 Year 2000 .................................................................  17
 Investment Management .....................................................  18
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  19
 Additional Classes of Shares ..............................................  19
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 20
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks to provide, through a combination of income and capi-
  tal appreciation, a total return consistent with reasonable investment
  risk. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet its investment objec-
  tive. The portfolio may not change its investment objective without share-
  holder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio actively invests in all parts of a company's capital struc-
  ture because the adviser believes that the combination of equity and debt
  securities broadens the universe of opportunities of the portfolio, offers
  additional diversification and helps to lower volatility. Typically, the
  portfolio invests 50% to 70% of its total assets in equity securities and
  the balance in debt securities, cash and cash equivalents.
 
  The adviser looks for large and small companies that have excellent future
  prospects but are undervalued by the securities markets. The adviser be-
  lieves that these opportunities often arise when companies are out-of-fa-
  vor or undiscovered by most of Wall Street. Using fundamental security
  analysis, the adviser looks for investments that trade at a substantial
  discount to private market value (absolute value) rather than those that
  might appear inexpensive based on a discount to their peer groups or the
  market average (relative value).
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities to provide the portfolio with a re-
  liable and recurring stream of income, while preserving its capital. The
  adviser selects debt securities by using an approach that is similar to
  the approach it uses to select equity securities and by trying to forecast
  for current interest rate trends.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
FPA Crescent Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities and debt securities using a value oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.
 
  Debt securities any lose value because:
 
  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.
 
  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.
 
  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.
 
  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
  [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Quarter
                    1 Year   Ended
  ----------------------------------
   <S>              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter    9.14% 09/30/97
  ----------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -12.02%  9/30/98
  ----------------------------------
   Year-To-Date              6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Since
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98   1 Year 5 Years Inception*
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>     <C>
   FPA Crescent Portfolio                              2.79% 15.14%    15.34%
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index                                      28.60% 24.05%    22.38%
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Russell 2500 Index                                  0.38%
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brother Government/Corporate Bond Index      9.47%  7.30%     7.51%
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balanced Benchmark+                                 4.02%
</TABLE>
 
  * This class of the portfolio began operations 6/2/93. Index comparisons
    begin on 5/31/93.
  + Balanced Index is a combined index of which 60% reflects Russell 2500
    Index and, 40% the Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Index.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                <C>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/98
  -----------------------------------------
   Management Fees                    1.00%
  -----------------------------------------
   Other Expenses
  -----------------------------------------
   Total Expenses                     1.00%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:
 

   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may    
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds 
  (Via ACH)        account to your financial institution.                   
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  order. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income in June and
  December. In addition, the portfolio usually distributes its net capital
  gains in June, but may also have supplemental distribution in December.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.
 
  The portfolio actively invests in all parts of a company's capital struc-
  ture because the adviser believes that the combination of equity and debt
  securities broadens the universe of opportunities of the portfolio, offers
  additional diversification and helps to lower volatility. Typically, the
  portfolio invests 50% to 70% of its total assets in equity securities and
  the balance in debt securities, cash and cash equivalents. The portfolio
  generally invests in investment-grade debt securities, but may also invest
  up to 30% of its total assets in debt securities rated below investment-
  grade ("high-yield" or "junk" bonds).
 
  Equity Investment Process
 
  The adviser looks for large and small companies that have excellent future
  prospects but are undervealued by the securities markets. In the adviser's
  view, the stock market prices securities efficiently in the long- term,
  rewarding companies that successfully grow their earnings and penalizing
  those that do not. Short-term decisions, however, are frequently hasty re-
  actions to current economic or company information that could cause a par-
  ticular security, industry group or the entire market to become under-
  priced or over-priced, which creates an excellent opportunity to either
  buy or sell.
 
  These opportunities often arise when companies are out-of-favor or undis-
  covered by most of Wall Street. The adviser searches for companies that
  offer:
 
  .   Earnings growth.
 
  .   The opportunity for price/earnings multiple expansion.
 
  .   The best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share,
      good management, high barriers to entry and high return on capital.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  This contrarian investment style often leads the adviser to invest in
  "what other people do not wish to own."
 
  The adviser looks for investments that trade at substantial discount to
  private market value (absolute value) rather than those that might appear
  inexpensive based on a discount to their peer groups or the market average
  (relative value). The adviser attempts to determine a company's absolute
  value using fundamental security analysis, which it believes provides a
  thorough view of its financial and business characteristics. As a part of
  its process, the adviser:
 
  .   Reviews stock price or industry group under-performance, insider pur-
      chases, management changes and corporate spin-offs.
 
  .   Communicates directly with company management, suppliers, and custom-
      ers.
 
  .   Defines the company's future potential, financial strength and compet-
      itive position.
 
  Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  Debt Investment Process
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities to provide the portfolio with a re-
  liable and recurring stream of income, while preserving its capital.
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities using an approach that is similar
  to the approach it uses to select equity securities and by trying to fore-
  cast current interest rate trends. Usually, the adviser employs a defen-
  sive interest rate strategy, which means it tries to keep the average ma-
  turity of the portfolio to 10 years or less, by investing at different
  points along the yield curve. The adviser also continually considers yield
  spreads and their underlying factors such as credit quality, investor per-
  ception and liquidity to determine which sectors offer the best investment
  value.
 
  The adviser looks for high-yield debt securities that offer substantially
  higher yields than government securities and provide the potential for
  capital appreciation. The adviser selects high-yield securities by analyz-
  ing an assortment of factors, including interest expense coverage, busi-
  ness value/debt coverage and current business trends.
 
  Debt Securities
 
  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). Debt securities include securities issued by corpo-
  rations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage- backed and as-
  set-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans or
  mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
 
  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five means the price of a debt security
  will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the higher
  the duration, the more volatile the security.
 
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behavior can
  negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or length-
  ening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective duration. The
  unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepayments caused
  by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to reinvest its
  assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.
 
  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. To compensate investors for assuming
  more risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors
  higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates than they would
  find with a safer security, such as a U.S. Treasury security. However,
  since the interest rate is fixed on a debt security at the time it is pur-
  chased, investors reflect changes in confidence regarding the certainty of
  interest and principal by adjusting the price they are willing to pay for
  the security. This will affect the yield-to-maturity of the security. If
  an issuer defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations,
  the security may lose some or all of its value.
 
  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the ca-
  pacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine
  that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.
 
  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly spec-
  ulative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may issue a
  junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.
  Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of
  risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and principal. Mar-
  ket developments and the financial and business condition of the corpora-
  tion issuing these securities influences their price and liquidity more
  than changes in interest rates, when compared to investment-grade debt se-
  curities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more
  difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause a portfolio to experience
  sudden and substantial price declines. A lack of reliable, objective data
  or market quotations may make it more difficult to value junk bonds accu-
  rately.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may:
 
  .   Invest in foreign securities and derivatives.
 
  .   Sell securities short.
 
  .   Deviate from its investment strategy from time to time.
 
  It may also employ investment practices that this prospectus does not de-
  scribe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and forward commitment
  transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and other techniques. For
  information concerning these investment practices and their risks, you
  should read the SAI.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities.
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use futures and options (types of derivatives) to remain
  fully invested, to reduce transaction costs and to hedge interest rates.
  Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may magnify
  a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Short Sales
 
  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
  own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
  someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the secu-
  rity it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
  time of replacement.
 
  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short in-
  creases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the port-
  folio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.
 
  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
  pay in connection with a short sale.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  First Pacific Advisors, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation located at 11400
  West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, California 90064, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has been in
  the investment advisory business since 1954. Currently, the adviser pro-
  vides investment management services for seven investment companies, in-
  cluding one closed-end investment company, and a variety of institutional
  accounts.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to waive its advisory fees to the extent
  necessary to keep the expenses of the portfolio from exceeding 1.45% of
  its average net assets. The adviser applies its fee waiver only after giv-
  ing effect to expense offsets and after excluding interest, taxes and ex-
  traordinary expenses. The adviser intends to continue its expense limita-
  tion until further notice.
 
Portfolio Manager
 
  Mr. Steven Romick is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management
  of the portfolio. Mr. Romick has thirteen years of experience in the in-
  vestment management business. He is currently a Senior Vice President of
  the adviser. From 1990-1996, Mr. Romick was Chairman of Crescent Manage-
  ment, an investment advisory firm he founded. Crescent Management served
  as the portfolio's adviser until the firm was merged with the current ad-
  viser.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives 0.15% of the portion of the daily net asset value of Institutional
  Class Shares held by Salomon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts in
  addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers. The UAM Funds also
  compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it provides to certain de-
  fined contribution plan shareholders that are not otherwise provided by
  the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Service Class shares, which pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
 
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  the portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
        has audited this information. The financial statements and the un-
  qualified opinion of       are included in the annual report of the port-
  folio, which is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-
  826-5465.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
 
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                              Portfolio Number
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                       <C>
       FPACX                        902556869                                     647
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
FPA Crescent Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)






FPA Crescent Portfolio

Institutional Service Class Prospectus                             July 30, 1999

================================================================================








                                                                             UAM


        The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or 
disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this 
        prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


================================================================================


<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio?....................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed?...........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   4
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 5
 
 Buying Shares..............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares...........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares..........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies.......................................................   7
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 10
 
 Small Accounts.............................................................  10
 Distributions..............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes..............................................................  10
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio...........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies..................................  16
 Year 2000..................................................................  17
 Investment Management......................................................  18
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements.........................................  19
 Additional Classes of Shares...............................................  20
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 21
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks to provide, through a combination of income and capi-
  tal appreciation, a total return consistent with reasonable investment
  risk. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet its investment objec-
  tive. The portfolio may not change its investment objective without share-
  holder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio actively invests in all parts of a company's capital struc-
  ture because the adviser believes that the combination of equity and debt
  securities broadens the universe of opportunities of the portfolio, offers
  additional diversification and helps to lower volatility. Typically, the
  portfolio invests 50% to 70% of its total assets in equity securities and
  the balance in debt securities, cash and cash equivalents.
 
  The adviser looks for large and small companies that have excellent future
  prospects but are undervalued by the securities markets. The adviser be-
  lieves that these opportunities often arise when companies are out-of-fa-
  vor or undiscovered by most of Wall Street. Using fundamental security
  analysis, the adviser looks for investments that trade at a substantial
  discount to private market value (absolute value) rather than those that
  might appear inexpensive based on a discount to their peer groups or the
  market average (relative value).
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities to provide the portfolio with a re-
  liable and recurring stream of income, while preserving its capital. The
  adviser selects debt securities by using an approach that is similar to
  the approach it uses to select equity securities and by trying to forecast
  for current interest rate trends.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
FPA Crescent Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities and debt securities using a value oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.
 
  Debt securities may lose value because:
 
  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.
 
  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.
 
  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.
 
  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
CHART APPEARS HERE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Quarter
                    Return   Ended
  ----------------------------------
   <S>              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter    9.03% 09/30/97
  ----------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -12.08%  9/30/98
  ----------------------------------
   Year-To-Date              6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Average annual return for periods ended                   Since
   12/31/98                                         1 Year Inception*
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>    <C>
   FPA Crescent Portfolio                            2.47%   11.53%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index                                    28.60%   22.38%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   Russell 2500 Index                                0.38%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index   9.47%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balanced Benchmark+                               4.02%
</TABLE>
 
  *This class of the portfolio began operations 1/24/97. Index comparisons
  begin on 1/31/97.
  + Balanced Index is a combined index of which 60% reflects Russell 2500
    Index and, 40% the Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Index.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal year
   ended 4/30/98
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management Fees       1.00%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other Expenses
  ----------------------------
   Total Expenses        1.25%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:
 
  1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  --------------------------------
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment                                      completed application to
  Plan (Via ACH)                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs
                     $250--spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By               You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
  Telephone        lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By               If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Systematic       transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
  Withdrawal       account to your financial institution.
 
  Plan
  (Via ACH)        To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt secu-
  rities that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which ap-
  proximates market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income in June and
  December. In addition, the portfolio usually distributes its net capital
  gains in June, but may also have supplemental distribution in December.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.
 
  The portfolio actively invests in all parts of a company's capital struc-
  ture because the adviser believes that the combination of equity and debt
  securities broadens the universe of opportunities of the portfolio, offers
  additional diversification and helps to lower volatility. Typically, the
  portfolio invests 50% to 70% of its total assets in equity securities and
  the balance in debt securities, cash and cash equivalents. The portfolio
  generally invests in investment-grade debt securities, but may also invest
  up to 30% of its total assets in debt securities rated below investment-
  grade ("high-yield" or "junk" bonds).
 
  Equity Investment Process
 
  The adviser looks for large and small companies that have excellent future
  prospects but are undervalued by the securities markets. In the adviser's
  view, the stock market prices securities efficiently in the long-term, re-
  warding companies that successfully grow their earnings and penalizing
  those that do not. Short-term decisions, however, are frequently hasty re-
  actions to current economic or company information that could cause a par-
  ticular security, industry group or the entire market to become under-
  priced or over-priced, which creates an excellent opportunity to either
  buy or sell.
 
  These opportunities often arise when companies are out-of-favor or undis-
  covered by most of Wall Street. The adviser searches for companies that
  offer:
 
  .   Earnings growth.
 
  .   The opportunity for price/earnings multiple expansion.
 
  .   The best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share,
      good management, high barriers to entry and high return on capital.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  This contrarian investment style often leads the adviser to invest in
  "what other people do not wish to own."
 
  The adviser looks for investments that trade at substantial discount to
  private market value (absolute value) rather than those that might appear
  inexpensive based on a discount to their peer groups or the market average
  (relative value). The adviser attempts to determine a company's absolute
  value using fundamental security analysis, which it believes provides a
  thorough view of its financial and business characteristics. As a part of
  its process, the adviser:
 
  .   Reviews stock price or industry group under-performance, insider pur-
      chases, management changes and corporate spin-offs.
 
  .   Communicates directly with company management, suppliers, and custom-
      ers.
 
  .   Defines the company's future potential, financial strength and compet-
      itive position.
 
  Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  Debt Investment Process
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities to provide the portfolio with a re-
  liable and recurring stream of income, while preserving its capital.
 
  The adviser invests in debt securities using an approach that is similar
  to the approach it uses to select equity securities and by trying to fore-
  cast current interest rate trends. Usually, the adviser employs a defen-
  sive interest rate strategy, which means it tries to keep the average ma-
  turity of the portfolio to 10 years or less, by investing at different
  points along the yield curve. The adviser also continually considers yield
  spreads and their underlying factors such as credit quality, investor per-
  ception and liquidity to determine which sectors offer the best investment
  value.
 
  The adviser looks for high-yield debt securities that offer substantially
  higher yields than government securities and provide the potential for
  capital appreciation. The adviser selects high-yield securities by analyz-
  ing an assortment of factors, including interest expense coverage, busi-
  ness value/debt coverage and current business trends.
 
  Debt Securities
 
  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). Debt securities include securities issued by corpo-
  rations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed and as-
  set-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans or
  mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
 
  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five means the price of a debt security
  will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the higher
  the duration, the more volatile the security.
 
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behavior can
  negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or length-
  ening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective duration. The
  unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepayments caused
  by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to reinvest its
  assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.
 
  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. To compensate investors for assuming
  more risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors
  higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates than they would
  find with a safer security, such as a U.S. Treasury security. However,
  since the interest rate is fixed on a debt security at the time it is pur-
  chased, investors reflect changes in confidence regarding the certainty of
  interest and principal by adjusting the price they are willing to pay for
  the security. This will affect the yield-to-maturity of the security. If
  an issuer defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations,
  the security may lose some or all of its value.
 
  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the ca-
  pacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine
  that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.
 
  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly spec-
  ulative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may issue a
  junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.
  Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of
  risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and principal. Mar-
  ket developments and the financial and business condition of the corpora-
  tion issuing these securities influences their price and liquidity more
  than changes in interest rates, when compared to investment-grade debt se-
  curities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more
  difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause a portfolio to experience
  sudden and substantial price declines. A lack of reliable, objective data
  or market quotations may make it more difficult to value junk bonds accu-
  rately.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may:
 
  .   Invest in foreign securities and derivatives.
 
  .   Sell securities short.
 
  .   Deviate from its investment strategy from time to time.
 
  It may also employ investment practices that this prospectus does not de-
  scribe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and forward commitment
  transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and other techniques. For
  information concerning these investment practices and their risks, you
  should read the SAI.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities.
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use futures and options (types of derivatives) to remain
  fully invested, to reduce transaction costs or to hedge interest rates.
  Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may magnify
  a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short Sales
 
  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
  own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
  someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the secu-
  rity it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
  time of replacement.
 
  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short in-
  creases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the port-
  folio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.
 
  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
  pay in connection with a short sale.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and orga-
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  nizations, including those that provide services to the UAM Funds and
  those in which the UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  First Pacific Advisors, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation located at 11400
  West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, California 90064, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has been in
  the investment advisory business since 1954. Currently, the adviser pro-
  vides investment management services for seven investment companies, in-
  cluding one closed-end investment company, and a variety of institutional
  accounts.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to waive its advisory fees to the extent
  necessary to keep the expenses of the portfolio from exceeding 1.45% of
  its average net assets. The adviser applies its fee waiver only after giv-
  ing effect to expense offsets and after excluding interest, taxes and ex-
  traordinary expenses. The adviser intends to continue its expense limita-
  tion until further notice.
 
Portfolio Manager
 
  Mr. Steven Romick is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management
  of the portfolio. Mr. Romick has thirteen years of experience in the in-
  vestment management business. He is currently a Senior Vice President of
  the adviser. From 1990-1996, Mr. Romick was Chairman of Crescent Manage-
  ment, an investment advisory firm he founded. Crescent Manage-
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  ment served as the portfolio's adviser until the firm was merged with the
  current adviser.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Distribution Plans
 
  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, rec-
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
  ord-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives from such entities an amount equal to up to 33.3% of the portion of
  the investment advisory fees attributable to the invested assets of Salo-
  mon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts without regard to any ex-
  pense limitation in addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers.
  The UAM Funds also compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it pro-
  vides to certain defined contribution plan shareholders that are not oth-
  erwise provided by the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Class shares, which do not pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       FPCBX                       902556851                                     648
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
FPA Crescent Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor(sm)





Hanson Equity Portfolio

Institutional Class Prospectus                                     July 30, 1999

                                             UAM

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved 
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary............................................................. 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio?....................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   1
 How Has the Portfolio Performed?...........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   4
 
Investing with the UAM Funds.................................................. 5
 
 Buying Shares..............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares...........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares..........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies.......................................................   6
 
Account Policies............................................................. 10
 
 Small Accounts.............................................................  10
 Distributions..............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes..............................................................  10
 
Portfolio Details............................................................ 12
 
 Principal Investments And Risks Of The Portfolio...........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies..................................  13
 Year 2000..................................................................  14
 Investment Management......................................................  15
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements.........................................  17
 
Financial Highlights......................................................... 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with rea-
  sonable risk to principal, by investing in a diversified portfolio of eq-
  uity securities, primarily the common stock of large, United States-based
  companies with outstanding financial characteristics and strong growth
  prospects that can be purchased at reasonable valuations. The portfolio
  cannot guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may
  not change its investment objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO." The portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of large com-
  panies. The adviser selects stocks by focusing on individual stocks rather
  than industries or sectors (groups of related industries). The adviser at-
  tempts to invest in a select number of well-managed, industry-leading com-
  panies that have clear business plans, demonstrated consistent earnings,
  and prospects for above-average earnings growth. Moreover, the adviser
  only invests in a company if it believes the company's stock is selling at
  a discount to its intrinsic value.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Hanson Equity Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.
 
  Calendar Year Returns
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Quarter
                    Return  Ended
  ---------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  21.86% 12/31/98
  ---------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   11.41%  9/30/98
  ---------------------------------
   Year-To-Date             6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
  Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Since
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98   1 Year Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>
   Hanson Equity Portfolio                            18.57%   18.33%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   S%P 500 Index                                      28.60%   29.88%
</TABLE>
 
  *The portfolio began operations 10/3/97. Index comparisons begin on
  9/30/97.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal
   year ended
   4/30/99
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees  0.70%
  -----------------------
   Other expenses
  -----------------------
   Total expenses   0.70%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:
 
 
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
                   account to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow you to pay for shares
  with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or
  part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.
 
  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities. These investments will consist primarily of common stocks of
  companies with large market capitalizations (typically over $1 billion at
  the time of purchase).
 
  Investment Process
 
  The adviser's stock selection process focuses on individual stocks rather
  than industries or sectors. This process has three steps. First, the ad-
  viser asks three questions:
 
  .   Does the adviser understand the company's business?
 
  .   Is the company's management shareholder-conscious?
 
  .   Is the company's long-term outlook favorable?
 
  Next, the adviser looks for companies that:
 
  .   Have discounted valuations a determined by the valuation measurement
      most appropriate to the company or its industry (i.e. price-to-earn-
      ings, price-to-cash flow or discounted cash flow).
 
  .   Have above average total return potential.
 
  .   Are leaders in their industries.
 
  .   Are highly profitable.
 
  .   Are financially strong (low levels of debt).
 
  Finally, all investment decisions must receive the approval of the advis-
  er's internal investment committee.
 
  The adviser sells shares of a company when:
 
  .   The company fails to meet the adviser's investment criteria.
 
  .   The adviser finds a more attractive investment.
 
  .   The valuation of the company's shares becomes excessive.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in American Depositary Receipts and may deviate from its in-
  vestment strategies from time to time. It may also employ investment prac-
  tices that that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
 
  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in ADRs. ADRs are certif-
  icates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued
  by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the
  United States or elsewhere. Although they are alternatives to directly
  purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and
  currencies, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated
  with investing directly in foreign securities.
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Hanson Investment Management Company, a California corporation located at
  4000 Civic Center Drive, Suite 200, San Rafael, Colorado 94903, is the in-
  vestment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the
  investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The advis-
  er, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided in-
  vestment management services to corporations, unions, pension and profit
  sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as individu-
  als since 1973.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolios. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   David E. Post       Mr. Post is currently Chief Executive Officer and a
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Post joined the
                       adviser in 1994 as a portfolio manager. Mr. Post heads
                       the adviser's Management Committee. Before joining the
                       adviser, Mr. Post directed the investment of all managed
                       assets at CSI Capital Management, the investment firm
                       which he founded in 1983. Previously, he served as pres-
                       ident of HS Partners, Inc. Mr. Post began his career in
                       1979 at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith. Mr. Post
                       received a BA from the University of California, Berk-
                       ley.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Steven E. Cutcliffe Mr. Cutcliffe is currently a Managing Director and Port-
                       folio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Cutcliffe joined the
                       adviser in 1991 as a portfolio manager. Mr. Cutcliffe is
                       a member of the Management Committee. Previously, Mr.
                       Cutcliffe was Vice President, Corporate Finanace for Mc-
                       Ginn, Smith & Company and before that was an Assistant
                       Secretary of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company. Mr.
                       Cutcliffe received an AB from Dartmouth College and an
                       MBA from Dartnouth's Amos Tuck School.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Steven W. Enos, CFA Mr. Enos is currently a Vice President of Research of
                       the adviser. Mr. Enos joined the adviser in 1998. Before
                       joining the adviser, Mr. Enos was a Principal and Vice
                       President of Wells Capital Management. Previously, Mr.
                       Enos worked at Dolan Capital Management where he was a
                       research analyst. Mr. Enos began his investment career
                       in 1985 with First Interstate Financial Advisors, where
                       he was a portfolio manager. Mr. Enos is a Chartered Fi-
                       nancial Analyst and a member of the Security Analysts of
                       San Francisco. Mr. Enos received a BS from the Univer-
                       sity of California at Davis.
</TABLE>
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager            Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                <S>
   John D. Schaeffer  Mr. Schaeffer is currently a Vice President of Research
                      of the adviser. Mr. Schaeffer joined the adviser in 1997.
                      Before joining the Adviser, Mr. Schaeffer was a research
                      analyst for Barbary Coast Capital, a hedge fund. Previ-
                      ously, Mr. Schaeffer was a senior analyst at Bridgewater
                      Associates, a quantitative investment management firm.
                      Mr. Schaeffer received a BA from Duke University and an
                      MBA from the University of California, Berkley.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Jason E. Blattberg Jason E. Blattberg is currently a Research Associate with
                      the adviser. Mr. Blattberg joined the adviser in 1998.
                      Before joining the Adviser, Mr. Blattberg was a member of
                      the investment strategy team at Lehman Brothers. Mr.
                      Blattberg received a BA from the University of Virginia,
                      attended the London School of Economics, and received an
                      MBA from the Anderson Graduate School of Management at
                      UCLA.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Reynold Samoranos  Mr. Samoranos is currently a Vice President of Trading
                      and Operations for the adviser. Mr. Samoranos joined the
                      adviser in 1991. In addition to his responsibility as
                      primary trader, Mr. Samoranos serves the adviser in sev-
                      eral other areas, including accounting and general staff
                      management. Before joining the adviser, Mr. Samoranos
                      worked for Citibank North America as the regional finan-
                      cial controller. Mr. Samoranos received as BS from the
                      University of California, Berkley and an MBA from the
                      University of Chicago.
</TABLE>
 
Adviser's Historical Performance
 
  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses. All fees and
  expenses of the separate accounts were less than the operating expenses of
  the portfolio. If the performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to
  reflect the fees and expenses of the portfolio, the composite's perfor-
  mance would have been lower.
 
  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have differed.
 
  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Hanson Investment
                                        Management Company
                                            Composite*     S&P 500 Index
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                  <C>                <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
   1981                                        11.4%          (5.3)%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1982                                        26.8%           21.4%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1983                                        26.9%           22.6%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1984                                         7.7%            6.3%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1985                                        33.0%           31.7%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1986                                        18.8%           18.7%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1987                                       (1.0)%            5.3%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1988                                        24.1%           16.6%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1989                                        28.5%           31.7%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1990                                         0.3%          (3.1)%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1991                                        33.8%           30.4%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1992                                         9.0%            7.7%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1993                                         1.6%           10.1%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1994                                       (4.5)%            1.2%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1995                                        34.0%           37.8%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1996                                        22.4%           22.9%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1997                                        35.1%           33.4%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1998
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Annualized Return For Various Periods Ended  / /  (annualized)
   1 Year
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   5 Years
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   10 Years
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cumulative Since Inception (1/1/81)
</TABLE>
 
  *  The adviser's average annual management fee over the period shown
     (1/1/81- / / ) was 0.40%. During the period, fees on the adviser's
     individual accounts ranged from 0.31% to 1.00%. Net returns to
     investors vary depending on the management fee.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives 0.15% of the portion of the daily net asset value of Institutional
  Class Shares held by Salomon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts in
  addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers. The UAM Funds also
  compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it provides to certain de-
  fined contribution plan shareholders that are not otherwise provided by
  the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.        has au-
  dited this information. The financial statements and the unqualified opin-
  ion of        are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is
  available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       HANSX                       902556844                                     649
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Hanson Equity Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)


     Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      July 31, 1999






                                                                UAM(R)


       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   4
 
Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 10
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  16
 Year 2000 .................................................................  17
 Investment Management .....................................................  17
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  21
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 22
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by investing
  in equity securities of companies in developed and emerging markets. The
  portfolio cannot guarantee that it will meet its objective. The portfolio
  may not change its objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities of companies located in at least three countries outside the
  United States. Typically, the portfolio may invest about 20%-40% of total
  assets in small companies.
 
  The adviser expects to diversify the investments of the portfolio through-
  out the world and within markets to minimize specific country and currency
  risks. Although it may invest in countries with developed or emerging mar-
  kets, the portfolio usually invests 10% to 40% of its assets in companies
  located in emerging markets.
 
  The adviser looks for companies that it believes will benefit from global
  trends, promising business or product developments and changing economic,
  social and political trends. The adviser selects investments for the port-
  folio using a flexible, value-oriented approach that tries to identify
  stocks selling at the greatest discount to their intrinsic future value.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities using a value oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Differences in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties in obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively
  affect investment decisions.
 
  Investing in stocks of smaller companies can be riskier than investing in
  larger, more mature companies. Smaller companies may be more vulnerable to
  adverse developments than larger companies because they tend to have more
  narrow product lines and more limited financial resources. Their stocks
  may trade less frequently and in limited volume.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.
 
Calendar Year Returns
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Return  Quarter Ended
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter                                   11.64%    3/31/98
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter                                   -20.74%    9/30/98
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date                                                6/30/99
 
Average Annual Returns
 
<CAPTION>
   Average annual return for periods ended                      Since
   12/31/98                                         1 Year   Inception*
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>     <C>
   Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio            -5.01%      1.06%
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index   20.33%     10.82%
</TABLE>
 
  *The portfolio began operations 1/2/97. Index comparisons begin on
  12/31/96.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal
   year ended
   4/30/99
  ------------------------
   <S>               <C>
    Management fees  1.00%
  ------------------------
    Other expenses
  ------------------------
    Total expenses*  1.00%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                                   <C>
    Actual Expenses                                                      1.75%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                    <C>                               <C>                               <C>
     1 Year               3 Years                           5 Years                           10 Years
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Ssend your completed         Funds as follows.
                     account application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds.
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
                                                  completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to UAM Funds specifying:
                   .The name of the UAM Fund.
                   .The account number.
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
                   Certain shareholders may have to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time)
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  on each day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given
  day, the UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the
  NYSE that day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on
  the close of trading on the following day. The UAM Funds are open for
  business on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and
  certain holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or redeem shares of the UAM Funds through a finan-
  cial intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to
  buy or sell shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermedi-
  ary must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day.
  Your financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscrip-
  tion and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and
  money to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following day. If your financial intermediary fails to do
  so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, it distributes its net capital gains once a year. The UAM
  Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in addi-
  tional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account applica-
  tion to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities of companies located in at least three countries outside the
  United States. These countries that are developed or emerging. Typically,
  the portfolio may invest about 20%--40% of its total assets in small com-
  panies (typically, companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5
  billion at the time of purchase).
 
Investment Process
 
  Country Allocation
  The adviser focuses on companies rather than on countries or markets. The
  adviser expects to diversify the investments of the portfolio throughout
  the world and within markets to minimize specific country and currency
  risks. The adviser allocates investments to countries based on its percep-
  tion of risks in that country and not on any predetermined guidelines. The
  following table lists some of the countries in which the portfolio may in-
  vest:
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>         <C>
  Argentina      Greece      Peru
  Australia      Hong Kong   Philippines
  Austria        Indonesia   Poland
  Bermuda        Ireland     Portugal
  Brazil         Israel      Russia
  Czech Republic Italy       Singapore
  Chile          Korea       Spain
  China          Japan       Sweden
  Denmark        Malaysia    Switzerland
  Finland        Mexico      Thailand
  France         Netherlands United Kingdom
  Germany        Norway
</TABLE>
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  The adviser may invest 10% to 40% of the portfolio's assets in equity se-
  curities of companies located in emerging countries. A company is lo cated
  in an emerging country if it has one or more of the following characteris-
  tics:
 
  .   Its principal securities trading market is in an emerging country.
 
  .   It derives 50% or more of its annual revenue from goods produced,
      sales made or services performed in emerging countries.
 
  .   It is organized under the laws of, and has a principal office in, an
      emerging country.
 
  It may be too difficult or too risky for the portfolio to invest in some
  emerging countries. Consequently, the portfolio will focus its investments
  on those countries where it believes the economies are developing and the
  markets are becoming more sophisticated.
 
  Security Selection
 
  The adviser looks for companies that it believes will benefit from global
  trends, promising business or product developments and changing economic,
  social and political trends. The adviser selects investments for the port-
  folio using a flexible, value-oriented approach. The adviser tries to
  identify stocks selling at the greatest discount to their intrinsic future
  value by comparing its estimate of the company's future earnings and cash
  flow to the company's industry average and home stock market. Some of the
  measurements used in assessing the value of a company include its stock
  price-to-cash flow, enterprise value-to-cash flow and price-to-future
  earnings ratios.
 
  After concluding that a particular company is good investment, the adviser
  sets a purchase price, calculates its potential appreciation and ranks the
  investment versus other potential investments.
 
  The portfolio intends to purchase and hold securities for two to three
  years and does not expect to trade for short-term gain. The portfolio does
  sell a security, however:
 
  .   When it reaches its target price. Target prices are determined based
      on the advisers valuation models and perception of risk in a particu-
      lar country or region
 
  .   To make room for a more attractive alternatives.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  senti- ment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.
 
  .   Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military
      action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the
      value of foreign investments. A foreign government may act adversely
      to the interests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropri-
      ation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other
      restrictions on U.S. investment.
 
  .   The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign
      currencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in
      U.S. dollars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange con-
      trol regulations may positively or negatively affect the value of its
      securities. In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the
      new European common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use
      the Euro will have the same monetary policy regardless of their domes-
      tic economy, which could have adverse effects on those
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
      economies. In addition, difficulties in converting to the Euro could
      negatively affect the investments of a portfolio.
 
  .   Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
      generally not as developed as those are in the U.S. Securities of some
      foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than secu rities
      of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with
      foreign investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commis-
      sions and custodial costs, are generally higher than the costs associ-
      ated with U.S. investments.
 
  .   Foreign countries have different legal systems and different regula-
      tions concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
      dards than the U.S. This could make corporate financial information
      more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than informa-
      tion about U.S. companies.
 
  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:
 
 
  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.
 
  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.
 
  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.
 
  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.
 
  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
  of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued by depository banks and gen-
  erally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere.
  Although they are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying for-
  eign securities in their national markets and currencies, ADRs continue to
  be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in for-
  eign securities.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  As described below, the portfolio may use derivatives and may deviate from
  its investment strategy from time to time. In addition, the portfolios may
  employ investment practices that are not described in this prospec tus,
  such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and forward commit ment trans-
  actions, lending of securities, borrowing and other techniques. For more
  information concerning the risks associated with these investment practic-
  es, you should read the SAI.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use forward foreign currency exchange contracts (a form
  of derivative) to minimize currency fluctuations and assist in settling
  trades. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the
  adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Jacobs Asset Management, a Delaware limited partnership located at 8400
  200 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1920, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301, is
  the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and super-
  vises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis.
  The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, provides
  investment management services to corporations, unions, pension and profit
  sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as individu-
  als. Although the adviser is a relatively new entity, it principals, who
  are also the portfolio managers of the portfolio, have substantial experi-
  ence in managing mutual funds.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser   % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.75% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager               Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                   <S>
   Daniel L. Jacobs, CFA Mr. Jacobs has been President and Chief Investment Of-
                         ficer of the adviser since July 1995. From 1984-1995,
                         Mr. Jacobs managed $ 3.4 billion in international and
                         global equity portfolios as Executive Vice President
                         and Director of Templeton Investment Counsel. Mr. Ja-
                         cobs was Portfolio Manager of Templeton's $ 1.4 bil-
                         lion Smaller Companies Growth Fund and was a Senior
                         Portfolio Manager of institutional separate accounts.
                         Mr. Jacobs served as President of the Templeton Vari-
                         able Annuity Fund and Portfolio Manager for the Equity
                         and the equity portion of the Balanced Funds in the
                         Templeton Variable Annuity Series. From 1976-1984, he
                         was Vice President/Portfolio Manager, Institutional
                         Investment Group and International Division of the
                         First National Bank of Atlanta. Mr. Jacobs received an
                         MBA in Finance from Emory University (1976) and a BA
                         in Economics from Miami University (1974). In addition
                         to holding a CFA and CIC, Mr. Jacobs is a founding
                         member of the International Society of Financial Ana-
                         lysts.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Wai W. Chin           Ms. Chin joined the adviser in July 1995 as Managing
                         Director of Asian Research and Portfolio Management.
                         Ms. Chin was formerly Vice President of the Global Eq-
                         uity Group of Scudder, Stevens & Clark, where she
                         spent over five years as a Pacific Basin analyst, spe-
                         cializing in the developed and emerging markets of
                         Asia. She started her research analyst career at Baron
                         Capital, Inc. and was a foreign currency trader at the
                         Bank of America and Creditanstalt Banverein. Ms. Cgin
                         holds a BA in East Asian Studies from Barnard College
                         and received an MBA in Finance from Columbia Universi-
                         ty.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Robert J. Jurgens     Mr. Jurgens joined the adviser in July 1995 as Manag-
                         ing Director of European Research and Portfolio Man-
                         agement. As Vice President and head of AIG Global In-
                         vestors' International Equity Division from 1993-1995,
                         Mr. Jurgens was responsible for investment policy and
                         management of international and global equity portfo-
                         lios. He has fourteen years of experience investing in
                         the global stock markets, with particular expertise in
                         the European markets. Upon graduation from Pennsylva-
                         nia State University with a BS in Business/French, Mr.
                         Jurgens spent four years with Scandinavian Bank Group
                         as a Global Portfolio Manager/Analyst, three years
                         with Nomura Bank International in London managing
                         global equities, and two years as an International Eq-
                         uity Manager at the privately held Antessa Investment
                         Management Limited.
</TABLE>
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
Adviser's Historical Performance
 
  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses. All fees and
  expenses of the separate accounts were less than the operating expenses of
  the portfolio. If the performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to
  reflect the fees and expenses of the portfolio, the composite's perfor-
  mance would have been lower.
 
  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, it results might have differed.
 
  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Jacobs Asset
                           Management      Morgan Stanley
                          International Capital International
                           Composite*        EAFE Index
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                    <C>           <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   1995
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   1996
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   1997
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   1998
  -----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
  Annualized Return For Various Periods Ended   /  /   (annualized)
 
<TABLE>
   <S>      <C> <C>
   1-year
  -----------------
   3-years
  -----------------
   5-years
  -----------------
</TABLE>
  Cumulative Since Inception (10/1/95)
 
  * The adviser's average annual management fee over the period shown
    (10/1/95 through   /  /  ) was approximately 0.75%.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
Historical Performance of Another Mutual Fund Managed By Mr. Jacobs
 
  Set forth below is performance data the adviser has provided regarding the
  Templeton International Fund, is a series of the Templeton Variable Prod-
  uct Series Fund. That other mutual fund is a registered, open-end invest-
  ment company with substantially similar, though not always identical, in-
  vestment objectives, policies and strategies as the portfolio. Daniel Ja-
  cobs was the lead portfolio manager for that other fund from its inception
  (May 1, 1992) to June 30, 1995. During that time, Mr. Jacobs had primary
  responsibility for the day-to-day management of the fund and no other per-
  son played a significant role in achieving the performance of the fund.
 
  The portfolio and the other mutual fund are separate funds and members of
  different fund families. Their investment returns may differ because they
  have different fees and expenses. The performance of the other mutual fund
  is not intended to predict or suggest the performance that an investor
  might achieve by investing in the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Three Years
                                                       Year Ended    Ended
                                                        June 30,   June 30,
                                                          1995       1995
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                 <C>        <C>
   Templeton International Fund                          11.43%     14.55%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lipper International Index                             0.95%      7.22%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index US     1.66%     12.68%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives 0.15% of the portion of the daily net asset value of Institutional
  Class Shares held by Salomon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts in
  addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers. The UAM Funds also
  compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it provides to certain de-
  fined contribution plan shareholders that are not otherwise provided by
  the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.          has au-
  dited this information. The financial statements and the unqualified opin-
  ion of          are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which
  is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       JIOPX                       902556828                                     900
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual/Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolios and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)


     MJI International Equity Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      July 31, 1999








                                                                UAM(R)


       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 3
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   3
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   3
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio .............................   3
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   5
 What are the Fees and Expenses Portfolio's? ...............................   6
 
Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 7
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   7
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   8
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   8
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   8
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 12
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................  12
 Distributions .............................................................  12
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  12
 
Fund Details ................................................................ 14
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  14
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  17
 Year 2000 .................................................................  17
 Investment Management .....................................................  18
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  19
 Additional Classes of Shares...............................................  20
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 21
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks to maximize total return, including both capital ap-
  preciation and current income, by investing primarily in the common stocks
  of companies based outside of the United States. The portfolio cannot
  guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may not
  change its investment objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. While
  the portfolio invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in
  developed countries, it may also invest in developing countries.
 
  The investment process of the adviser begins by determining which interna-
  tional stock markets the portfolio should invest in and in what propor-
  tion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the various markets
  through a proprietary system that analyzes economic factors, stock prices
  in each market, market performance and trends in monetary policy. The ad-
  viser then compares the companies in each of those markets in an effort to
  select stocks that it believes the market has undervalued compared to in-
  dustry norms within their countries.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
MJI International Equity Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Differences in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties in obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively
  affect investment decisions.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
Calendar Year Returns
 
 
 
                           [BAR CHART APPEARS HERE]
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return  Quarter Ended
  ---------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter   18.52%   12/31/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -13.87%    9/30/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date                6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Since
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98   1 Year Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>
   MJI International Equity Portfolio                 15.53%   6.46%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index    20.33%   9.02%
</TABLE>
 
  *This class began operations on 9/16/94. Index comparisons begin on
  9/30/94.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the Assets of
a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees                                             0.75%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   Other expenses
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total expenses*                                             1.75%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
<TABLE>
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Actual Expenses                                             1.50%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the portfolio into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds on follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan                                 completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to UAM Funds specifying:
                   . The name of the UAM Fund.
                   . The account number.
                   . The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to redeem
                   the portfolio, the account number and the dollar amount or
                   number of shares you wish to redeem.
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  order. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each
  day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the
  UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Redemptions
 
  The UAM Funds may suspend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   An emergency exists and a portfolio cannot dispose of its investments
      or fairly determine their value.
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail.
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. Gener-
  ally, the portfolio invests in common stocks of companies listed on stock
  exchanges of the United States or foreign countries, but it may also in-
  vest in stocks traded in the over-the-counter market. While the portfolio
  invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in developed coun-
  tries, it may also invest in developing countries.
 
Investment Process
 
  The adviser tries to minimize specific country and currency risks by di-
  versifying the investments of the portfolio throughout the world and
  within markets. The investment process of the adviser begins by determin-
  ing which international stock markets the portfolio should invest in and
  in what proportion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the vari-
  ous markets through a proprietary system that analyzes economic factors,
  stock prices in each market, market performance and trends in monetary
  policy.
 
  Once the adviser decides how to allocate the assets of the portfolio, it
  then compares the companies in each of those markets according to:
 
  .Quality of management.
 
  .Market position.
 
  .Financial strength.
 
  .Ability to earn competitive returns on equity and assets.
 
  .Growth potential.
 
  Finally, the adviser selects stocks that it believes the market has under-
  valued compared to industry norms within their countries.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.
 
  .   Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military
      action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the
      value of foreign investments. A foreign government may act adversely
      to the interests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropri-
      ation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other
      restrictions on U.S. investment.
 
  .   The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign
      currencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in
      U.S. dollars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange con-
      trol regulations may positively or negatively affect the value of its
      securities. In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the
      new European common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use
      the Euro will have the same monetary policy regardless of their domes-
      tic economy, which could have adverse effects on those
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
      economies. In addition, difficulties in converting to the Euro could
      negatively affect the investments of a portfolio.
 
  .   Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
      generally not as developed as those are in the U.S. Securities of some
      foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities
      of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with
      foreign investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commis-
      sions and custodial costs, are generally higher than the costs associ-
      ated with U.S. investments.
 
  .   Foreign countries have different legal systems and different regula-
      tions concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
      dards than the U.S. This could make corporate financial information
      more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than informa-
      tion about U.S. companies.
 
  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:
 
  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.
 
  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.
 
  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.
 
  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.
 
  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
  of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued by depository banks and gen-
  erally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere.
  Although they are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying for-
  eign securities in their national markets and currencies, ADRs continue to
  be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in for-
  eign securities.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in derivatives and may deviate from its investment strategies
  from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that this pro-
  spectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and
  forward commitment transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and
  other techniques. For information concerning these investment practices
  and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use various derivatives, including futures, forward for-
  eign currency exchange contracts, options and swaps to hedge its invest-
  ments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the
  adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  functions and could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial
  markets in general. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organi-
  zations, including those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those
  in which the UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Murray Johnstone International, Ltd., located in Glasgow, Scotland, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, is an interna-
  tional investment adviser whose origins date back to 1907.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser   .  % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition,
  the adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio
  to 1.50% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the
  adviser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
Portfolio Manager
 
  Since the country decision is of first importance, the Country Allocation
  Team is the key decision maker for the portfolio, and their experience and
  judgement are critical. The team is James Clunie (Head of Allocation) and
  Andrew Preston.
 
  James Clunie is the Senior Investment Officer in charge of North American
  clients and a Director of Murray Johnstone International. James is also
  responsible for research into the performance and continued development of
  the Twenty Questions analysis. James came to Murray Johnstone in 1989 af-
  ter receiving his BS with Honors in Mathematics and
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  Statistics from Edinburgh University. He has worked in the UK department
  and spent time in the US, as a product specialist. He is a Certified Fi-
  nancial Analyst.
 
  Andrew Preston is a Senior Investment Officer and a Director of Murray
  Johnstone International. Among his responsibilities is oversight of ac-
  counts with special guidelines. He has been with Murray Johnstone for
  fourteen years, and has been a member of the UK and Japan teams. He also
  played a prominent role in the establishment of a joint venture company
  formed in 1986 to invest Japanese Institutional funds internationally.
  Earlier in his career, Andrew was a diplomat in the Australian Department
  of Foreign Affairs, and he is fluent in Japanese and Chinese.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representative.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
  Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides certain de-
  fined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and receives
  0.15% of the portion of the daily net asset value of Institutional Class
  Shares held by Salomon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts in addi-
  tion to amounts payable to all selling dealers. The UAM Funds also compen-
  sate Salomon Smith Barney for services it provides to certain defined con-
  tribution plan shareholders that are not otherwise provided by the UAM
  Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Service Class shares, which pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  the portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
                     has audited this information. The financial statements
  and the unqualified opinion of                    are included in the an-
  nual report of the portfolio, which is available upon request by calling
  the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       MJIEX                       902556703                                     910
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
MJI International Equity Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
                                      [UAM LOGO]
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



  MJI International Equity Portfolio
  Institutional Service Class Prospectus                    July 31, 1999











                                                                             UAM


  The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)has not approved or 
disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequary or accurace of 
this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 3
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio?....................................   3
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   3
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   3
 How Has the Portfolio Performed?...........................................   5
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   6
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 7
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   7
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   8
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   8
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   8
 
Account Policies ............................................................ 12
 
 Small Accounts............................................................. 12
 Distributions.............................................................. 12
 Federal Taxes.............................................................. 12
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 14
 
 Principal Investments And Risks Of The Portfolio........................... 14
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies.................................. 16
 Year 2000.................................................................. 17
 Investment Management...................................................... 17
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements......................................... 18
 Additional Classes of Shares............................................... 19
</TABLE>
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>
Financial High-
  lights ....... 20
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks to maximize total return, including both capital
  appreciation and current income, by investing primarily in the common
  stocks of companies based outside of the United States. The portfolio can-
  not guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may not
  change its investment objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. While
  the portfolio invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in
  developed countries, it may also invest in developing countries.
 
  The investment process of the adviser begins by determining which interna-
  tional stock markets the portfolio should invest in and in what propor-
  tion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the various markets
  through a proprietary system that analyzes economic factors, stock prices
  in each market, market performance and trends in monetary policy. The ad-
  viser then compares the companies in each of those markets in an effort to
  select stocks that it believes the market has undervalued compared to in-
  dustry norms within their countries.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
 
MJI International Equity Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Differences in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties in obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively
  affect investment decisions.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.
 
Calendar Year Returns
  [84816FALAN BAR GRAPH]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  18.46%   12/31/98
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   13.88%    9/30/98
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date               6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Average annual return for periods ended
   12/31/98                                         1 Year Since Inception*
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>    <C>
   MJI International Equity Portfolio               15.25%      10.42%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index  20.33%      30.95%
</TABLE>
 
  *This class began operations on 12/31/96. Index comparisons begin on
  1/1/97.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
  ----------------------------------------
  Management fees                    0.75%
  ----------------------------------------
  Service (12b-1) Fees               0.25%
  ----------------------------------------
  Other expenses
  ----------------------------------------
  Total expenses*                    1.00%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
  --------------------------------------
  Actual Expenses
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
    $        $       $       $
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the portfolio into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number          wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By                 Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Automatic                                       completed application to
  Investment                                      the UAM Funds. To cancel
  Plan (Via                                       or change a plan, write to
  ACH)                                            the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to UAM Funds specifying:
                   . The name of the UAM Fund.
                   . The account number.
                   . The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                   deem.
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-UAM-Link to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time)
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  on each day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given
  day, the UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the
  NYSE that day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on
  the close of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open
  for business on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and
  certain holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.
 
  .   Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military
      action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the
      value of foreign investments. A foreign government may act ad-
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
      versely to the interests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include
      expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and
      other restrictions on U.S. investment.
 
  .   The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign
      currencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in
      U.S. dollars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange con-
      trol regulations may positively or negatively affect the value of its
      securities. In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the
      new European common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use
      the Euro will have the same monetary policy regardless of their domes-
      tic economy, which could have adverse effects on those economies. In
      addition, difficulties in converting to the Euro could negatively af-
      fect the investments of a portfolio.
 
  .   Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
      generally not as developed as those are in the U.S. Securities of some
      foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities
      of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with
      foreign investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commis-
      sions and custodial costs, are generally higher than the costs associ-
      ated with U.S. investments.
 
  .   Foreign countries have different legal systems and different regula-
      tions concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
      dards than the U.S. This could make corporate financial information
      more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than informa-
      tion about U.S. companies.
 
  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:
 
  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.
 
  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.
 
  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.
 
  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
  of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued by depository banks and gen-
  erally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere.
  Although they are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying for-
  eign securities in their national markets and currencies, ADRs continue to
  be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in for-
  eign securities.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in derivatives and may deviate from its investment strategies
  from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that this pro-
  spectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements, when-issued and
  forward commitment transactions, lending of securities, borrowing and
  other techniques. For information concerning these investment practices
  and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Derivatives
 
  The portfolio may use various derivatives, including futures, forward for-
  eign currency exchange contracts, options and swaps to hedge its invest-
  ments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the
  adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  portfolio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or
  other developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of secu-
  rities to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Murray Johnstone International, Ltd., located in Glasgow, Scotland, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, is an interna-
  tional investment adviser whose origins date back to 1907.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser   .  % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition,
  the adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio
  to 1.50% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the
  adviser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Portfolio Manager
 
  Since the country decision is of first importance, the Country Allocation
  Team is the key decision maker for the portfolio, and their experience and
  judgement are critical. The team is James Clunie (Head of Allocation) and
  Andrew Preston.
 
  James Clunie is the Senior Investment Officer in charge of North American
  clients and a Director of Murray Johnstone International. James is also
  responsible for research into the performance and continued development of
  the Twenty Questions analysis. James came to Murray Johnstone in 1989 af-
  ter receiving his BS with Honors in Mathematics and Statistics from Edin-
  burgh University. He has worked in the UK department and spent time in the
  US, as a product specialist. He is a Certified Financial Analyst.
 
  Andrew Preston is a Senior Investment Officer and a Director of Murray
  Johnstone International. Among his responsibilities is oversight of ac-
  counts with special guidelines. He has been with Murray Johnstone for
  fourteen years, and has been a member of the UK and Japan teams. He also
  played a prominent role in the establishment of a joint venture company
  formed in 1986 to invest Japanese Institutional funds internationally.
  Earlier in his career, Andrew was a diplomat in the Australian Department
  of Foreign Affairs, and he is fluent in Japanese and Chinese.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Distribution Plans
 
  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives from such entities an amount equal to up to 33.3% of the portion of
  the investment advisory fees attributable to the invested assets of Salo-
  mon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts without regard to any ex-
  pense limitation in addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers.
  The UAM Funds also compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it pro-
  vides to certain defined contribution plan shareholders that are not oth-
  erwise provided by the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Class shares, which do not pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  the portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
                     has audited this information. The financial statements
  and the unqualified opinion of                    are included in the an-
  nual report of the portfolio, which is available upon request by calling
  the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
        N/A                        902556836                                     911
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
MJI International Equity Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual/Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
How to Get More Information
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



     Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      July 31, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio .............................   1
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   5
 
Account Policies ............................................................. 9
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11
 
 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  16
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio cannot
  guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may change
  its investment objective without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of medium-sized companies. The adviser selects stocks by focusing
  on individual stocks rather than industries or sectors (groups of related
  industries). Using a fundamental approach, the adviser emphasizes:
 
  .   Companies that can deliver consistently strong earnings growth, cash
      flow growth and return on equity.
 
  .   Companies that have strong management.
 
  .   Companies that will outperform in the future and/or possess a catalyst
      that will allow the stock to recognize its potential.
 
  .   Diversification in terms of sectors of the economy and the number of
      securities.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities using a growth-oriented approach.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
  Growth funds may not perform as well as other types of mutual funds when
  growth investing is out of favor. The values of growth stocks may be more
  sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of
  other stocks.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                <C>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
  -----------------------------------------
   Management fees                    1.00%
  -----------------------------------------
   Other expenses
  -----------------------------------------
   Total expenses*                    1.00%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser may change or cancel its
    expense limitation at any time.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                <C>
   For the fiscal year ended 4/30/99
  -----------------------------------------
   Actual Expenses                    1.30%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan                                 completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time)
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  on each day the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given
  day, the UAM Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the
  NYSE that day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on
  the close of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open
  for business on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and
  certain holidays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow you 60
days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of medium-sized companies (companies that have market capitaliza-
  tions between $200 million and $10 billion at the time of purchase). The
  portfolio may also invest in other types of equity securities.
 
Investment Process
 
  The adviser's stock selection process focuses on individual stocks rather
  than industries or sectors (groups of related industries) of the economy.
  Using a fundamental approach, the adviser searches for companies that:
 
  .   Can deliver consistently strong earnings growth, cash flow growth, and
      return on equity. Importantly, the adviser looks for a proven history
      of growth because it believes that such a history is indicative of the
      value of the underlying franchise or market position. These companies
      typically have a proprietary product or business approach that allows
      them to be leaders within their respective industries.
 
  .   Have strong management that is shareholder oriented and is pursuing a
      clear, profit-oriented business strategy.
 
  In addition, the adviser emphasizes diversification in terms of sector ex-
  posure as well as the number of securities held, and normally expects low
  turnover of holdings.
 
  The adviser narrows potential candidates by looking for companies that
  will outperform in the future and/or possess a catalyst that will allow
  the stock to recognize its potential. Typical catalysts include:
 
  .   New products
 
  .   Acceleration in revenues
 
  .   Expanding margins
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  .   Companies with strong growth-oriented fundamentals that have experi-
      enced a recent (significant) correction in valuation.
 
  .   Companies with positive earnings momentum.
 
  Companies are constantly evaluated in terms of growth characteristics rel-
  ative to valuations by comparing the price-to-earnings growth rate of cur-
  rent portfolio holdings to potential purchase candidates.
 
  The adviser screens the portfolio regularly for potential securities to
  sell using both fundamental and quantitative criteria.
 
Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in foreign securities and may deviate from its investment
  strategies from time to time. It may also employ investment practices that
  that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase agreements,
  when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of securities,
  borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning these invest-
  ment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., a nationally chartered trust company lo-
  cated at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the invest-
  ment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the in-
  vestment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The adviser,
  an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided compre-
  hensive and integrated financial services to individuals and selected in-
  stitutional clients since 1980.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.30% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals manages the portfolio; however, Jeffrey
  S. Thomas has overall responsibility for the day-to-day management of the
  portfolios. Listed below are the investment professionals that comprise
  that team and a brief description of their business experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                 Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                     <S>
   Jeffrey S. Thomas, CFA  Mr. Thomas joined the adviser in 1996 and he is cur-
                           rently Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Thomas heads
                           the Investment Committee and oversees the portfolio
                           management of all client portfolios of the adviser.
                           Before joining the adviser, he was Vice President,
                           Scudder Stevens & Clark, 1981-1986; Senior Invest-
                           ment Officer, Bank of New England, 1979-1981; and
                           Investment Officer, The Northern Trust Company,
                           1973-1979. Mr. Thomas is a member of the Boston Se-
                           curity Analysts Society, Bank Analysts Association
                           of Boston and President of Boston Media Analysts
                           Group. He earned his BS in Finance and Economics
                           from Miami University (Ohio) and his MBA in Finance
                           from the University of Chicago. He is a Chartered
                           Financial Analyst and Chartered Investment Counsel-
                           or.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Frederick L. Weiss, CFA Mr. Weiss is Director of Research and heads the re-
                           search efforts of the investment team. Before join-
                           ing the adviser in 1989, he was Vice President and
                           Senior Analyst, Adams, Harkness & Hill, 1989; Vice
                           President State Street Research and Management,
                           1983-1988; and Analyst, State Street Research and
                           Management, 1979-1983. Mr. Weiss is a member of the
                           Boston Security Analyst Society and Healthcare,
                           Technology and Chemicals Analysts Society. He earned
                           his AB from Harvard College, Magna Cum Laude, and
                           his MBA from Harvard Business School, with honors.
                           He is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
</TABLE>
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                  Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                      <S>
   Jay Pearlstein, CFA, CPA Mr. Pearlstein is a Senior Research and Portfolio
                            Manager for providing equity research on a number
                            of industries. Before joining the adviser in 1996,
                            he was a Vice President of the Equity Research De-
                            partment and on the Investment Policy Committee,
                            Loomis Sayles & Co., 1981-1996; Staff Analyst, Gulf
                            Oil Corporation, 1980; and Senior Auditor at Coop-
                            ers & Lybrand, 1977-1979. Mr. Pearlstein earned his
                            BA in Accounting from Michigan State University,
                            Summa Cum Laude. He received the Board of Trustees
                            Award for graduating first in his class and was the
                            recipient of a National Merit Scholarship, Finan-
                            cial Executives Institute Award and Alpha Kappa Psi
                            Scholarship Key. He also earned his MBA, with dis-
                            tinction, from Harvard University Graduate School
                            of Business Administration where he received First-
                            Year Honors. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst
                            and a Certified Public Accountant.
</TABLE>
 
Adviser's Historical Performance
 
  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses. All fees and
  expenses of the separate accounts were less than the operating expenses of
  the portfolio. If the performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to
  reflect the fees and expenses of the portfolio, the composite's perfor-
  mance would have been lower.
 
  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, it results might have differed.
 
  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Russell
                                     Pell Rudman Trust                       Mid-Cap
                                     Company, N.A.*                          Growth Index
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                               <C>                                     <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1992                                  35.93%                                14.09 %
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                                  28.44%                                11.19 %
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                                   2.12%                                (2.16)%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                                  36.26%                                33.98 %
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                                  18.64%                                17.48 %
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                                  22.52%                                22.54 %
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Annualized Return For Various Periods Ended  / /  (annualized)
    1-year
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    3-years
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years
   Cumulative Since Inception (6/1/92)
</TABLE>
 
  * During the period shown (6/1/92 - / / ), fees on the adviser's individ-
    ual accounts ranged from 0.50% to 1.00%. The adviser's returns presented
    above are net of the average maximum fee of 0.70%. Net returns to in-
    vestors vary depending on the management fee.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.     has audited
  this information. The financial statements and the unqualified opinion of
       are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is avail-
  able upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
        N/A                        902556760                                     920
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)


     TJ Core Equity Portfolio
     Institutional Service Class Prospectus              July 31, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



<PAGE>
 
 Table Of Contents
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1
 
 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How Has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   2
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3
 
Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4
 
 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   5
 
Account Policies ............................................................. 9
 
 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9
 
Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11
 
 Principal Investments And Risks Of The Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  17
 
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Summary
 
 
WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The portfolio seeks maximum total return consistent with reasonable risk
  to principal by investing in the common stock of quality companies with
  lower valuations in sectors of the economy exhibiting strong, or improv-
  ing, relative performance. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet its
  investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment objec-
  tive without shareholder approval.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."
 
  Normally, the portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of companies
  with market capitalizations of over $800 million at the time of purchase.
  The adviser chooses stocks by first examining key economic variables to
  identify sectors (groups of related industries) of the economy that ex-
  hibit strong or improving economic fundamentals. The adviser then attempts
  to invest in companies that offer the best value by emphasizing low cost
  industry leaders that are currently out-of-favor and selling at attractive
  prices relative to other companies in that sector.
 
WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."
 
Risks Common to All Mutual Funds
 
  As with all mutual funds, at any time your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:
 
  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.
 
  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.
 
  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
TJ Core Equity Portfolio
 
  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities.
 
  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or a particu-
  lar company.
 
HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.
 
Calendar Year Returns
 
  [BAR CHART APPEARS HERE]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  20.65%   12/31/98
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter    5.90%    9/30/98
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date               6/30/99
</TABLE>
 
Average Annual Returns
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Average annual return for periods ended 12/31/98   1 Year Since Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>
   TJ Core Equity Portfolio                           30.10%      25.60%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index                                      28.60%      28.08%
</TABLE>
 
  *The fund began operations 9/28/95. Index comparisons begin on 9/30/95.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)
 
  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal year
   ended 4/30/99
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management Fees       0.75%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other Expenses
  ----------------------------
   Total Expenses*       1.00%
</TABLE>
 
  * Actual Fees and Expenses The ratios stated in the table above are higher
    than the expenses you would have actually paid as an investor in the
    portfolio. Due to certain expense limits by the adviser and expense off-
    sets, investors in the portfolio actually paid the total operating ex-
    penses listed in the table below. The adviser intends to continue its
    expense limitation until January 1, 2001, but may change or cancel it at
    any time.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the fiscal
   year ended
   4/30/99
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Actual Expenses  1.25%
</TABLE>
 
Example
 
  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year                3 Years                           5 Years                           10 Years
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                   <C>                                <C>                               <C> 
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 Investing with the UAM Funds
 
 
BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows.
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:
 
                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       Not Available                To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan                                 completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.
 
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:
 
                   .   The name of the UAM Fund.
 
                   .   The account number.
 
                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.
 
                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments. Please see the Statement of Additional Information
                   (SAI) if you need more information.
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.
 
                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.
 
                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.
 
EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may not exchange shares represented by certif-
  icates over the telephone. You may only exchange shares between accounts
  with identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).
 
TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Calculating Your Share Price
 
  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the New
  York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day.
  Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close of
  trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for business
  on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain hol-
  idays.
 
  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.
 
  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary
 
  You may buy, exchange or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial
  intermediary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy
  or sell shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary
  must receive your order by the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all subscription
  and redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money
  to the UAM Funds on time.
 
  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.
 
Calculating NAV
 
  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt securities
  that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which approximates
  market value.
 
In-Kind Transactions
 
  Under certain conditions, the UAM Funds may allow to pay for shares with
  securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay all or part
  of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds
 
  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.
 
Signature Guarantee
 
  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.
 
  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.
 
Telephone Transactions
 
  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine; they may be liable for any
  losses if they fail to do so. The UAM Funds will not be responsible for
  any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
  by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds
 
  Purchases
 
  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Stop offering shares of a portfolio.
 
  .   Reject any purchase order.
 
  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares of any portfolio. (Excessive trading can hurt the performance
      of a portfolio by disrupting its management and by increasing its ex-
      penses.)
 
  Redemptions
 
  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:
 
  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.
 
  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  Exchanges
 
  The UAM Funds may:
 
  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.
 
  .   Reject any request for an exchange.
 
  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 Account Policies
 
SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:
 
  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.
 
  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.
 
  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.
 
FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in this portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.
 
  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions
 
  When you redeem or exchange shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  gain or loss for income tax purposes. This gain or loss will be based on
  the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you re-
  ceive for them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should keep your
  account statements for the periods during which you held shares.) Any loss
  realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-
  term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were
  received with respect to the shares.
 
  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.
 
  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.
 
Backup Withholding
 
  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Details
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please read
  the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the statement of additional information (SAI).
  You can find information on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings
  in its annual/semi-annual report. As long as it is consistent with its ob-
  jective, the portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.
 
  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in equity
  securities. These investments will consist primarily of common stocks of
  companies with market capitalizations greater than $200 million at the
  time of purchase. Eighty percent of the common stocks held by the portfo-
  lio will be of companies with market capitalizations greater than $800
  million. The portfolio may also invest up to 35% of its assets in
  investment-grade debt securities. The adviser expects the portfolio to
  hold less than 20% of its assets in cash or cash equivalents.
 
Investment Process
 
  The adviser first analyzes each sector (group of related industries) of
  the economy in detail using selected industry screens and then looking at
  individual companies. By examining key economic variables the adviser
  tries to identify sectors exhibiting strong or improving economic funda-
  mentals. Some of the economic factors the adviser considers include the
  level and direction of interest rates, forecasted growth in the gross do-
  mestic product (GDP), anticipated gains in corporate profits, inflationary
  pressures and money supply growth.
 
  The adviser then attempts to invest in companies that offer the best value
  by emphasizing industry leaders that are currently out-of-favor and sell-
  ing at attractive prices relative to other companies in their industry and
  the S&P 500 Index. The adviser is particularly interested in the company's
  market value and forecasted earnings and dividends growth over the next 1
  to 5 years.
 
  The adviser monitors the valuations of the securities held by the portfo-
  lio and sells securities when:
 
  .   They reach the target price set by the adviser.
 
  .   Their price declines by 20% relative the their industry and the S&P
      500.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
Equity Securities
 
  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.
 
  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases
  in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific company,
  such as decisions made by its management.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  In addition to the principal investments described above, the portfolio
  may invest in foreign securities, derivatives and may deviate from its in-
  vestment strategies from time to time. It may also employ investment prac-
  tices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase agree-
  ments, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of securi-
  ties, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning these in-
  vestment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.
 
Foreign Securities
 
  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities.
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.
 
  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro will have
  the same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.
 
Derivatives
 
  To remain fully invested and to reduce transaction costs, the portfolio
  may use derivatives, including futures and options. Derivatives are often
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  more volatile than other investments and may magnify a portfolio's gains
  or losses. A portfolio may lose money if the adviser:
 
  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.
 
  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.
 
  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.
 
Short-Term Investing
 
  At times, the adviser may decide to suspend temporarily the normal invest-
  ment activities of the portfolio by investing up to 100% of its assets in
  a variety of securities, such as U.S. government and other high quality
  and short-term debt obligations. The adviser may temporarily adopt a de-
  fensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the port-
  folio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments. The portfolio may also invest in these types of securities
  to earn a return on its cash reserves.
 
  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.
 
YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.
 
  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Investment Adviser
 
  Tom Johnson Investment Management, a Massachusetts corporation located at
  Two Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson, Suite 450, Oklahoma City, Okla-
  homa, is the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and
  supervises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary ba-
  sis. The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has
  provided investment management services to corporations, unions, pension
  and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well
  as individuals since 1983.
 
  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser  . % of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.25% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. While the adviser intends to continue its ex-
  pense limitation until January 1, 2001, it may change or cancel it at any
  time.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                    <S>
   Thomas E. Johnson, CFA Mr. Johnson is currently a Portfolio Manager for the
                          adviser. From 1981 to 1983, he served as Senior Vice
                          President and Bank Economist at the First National
                          Bank and Trust Company of Oklahoma City, where he
                          managed over $1 billion in investment assets. After
                          joining the First National Bank in 1975, he served as
                          the head of Trust Investments until 1981. From 1970
                          to 1975, he was the Equity and Fixed Income Manager
                          at Sammons Enterprises, in Dallas, and from 1966 to
                          1970, an Equity Portfolio Manager at Liberty National
                          Bank and Trust Company of Oklahoma City. He began his
                          investment career as an Economic Analyst and later
                          became a Security Analyst at Republic National Bank
                          in Dallas. Mr. Johnson earned his B.B.A. in Economics
                          and his M.B.A. in Finance from Texas Tech University.
                          He is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
</TABLE>
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                 Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                     <S>
   Jerry L. Wise, CFA, CPA Mr. Wise is currently a Portfolio Manager for the
                           adviser. Before joining the adviser in June of 1986,
                           Mr. Wise served as Senior Portfolio Manager and
                           Equity Strategist for First Investment Management, a
                           division of First National Bank and Trust Company of
                           Oklahoma City. In that capacity, he managed $170
                           million of tax-exempt assets, was Director of Equity
                           Research/Chairman of the Stock Selection Committee,
                           and was a member of both the Investment Strategy and
                           Marketing Committees. Mr. Wise joined First
                           National's Trust Department in June of 1981 where he
                           served as Controller in the Trust Department,
                           Research Analyst, and Portfolio Manager. Other work
                           experience includes two years as a Staff Auditor for
                           Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Company in Tulsa, Oklahoma
                           and three years in the U.S. Army. He received his
                           B.B.A. in Accounting and his M.B.A. in Finance from
                           the University of Oklahoma. He is a Certified Public
                           Accountant and a Chartered Financial Analyst.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Richard H. Parry, CFA   Mr. Parry is currently a Portfolio Manager for the
                           adviser. Before joining the adviser in August of
                           1989, Mr. Parry served as Senior Portfolio Manager
                           for First Investment Management Corporation (FIMCO),
                           a subsidiary of First Interstate Bank of Oklahoma
                           City. In that capacity he was one of four voting
                           members responsible for the investment and strategy
                           decision making process. In addition, he was the
                           primary portfolio manager of FIMCO's intermediate
                           bond fund and was head of the marketing and client
                           retention unit. Other work experience included being
                           a member of the Executive Committee Planning Staff
                           in 1981 and Staff Auditor in 1980 for First National
                           Bank and Trust Company of Oklahoma City. He received
                           his Bachelor of Science Degree in Business from the
                           University of Colorado and his M.B.A. from Oklahoma
                           City University. He is a Chartered Financial
                           Analyst, Adjunct Professor for Oklahoma City
                           University and past President of the Oklahoma
                           Society of Financial Analysts.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Thomas A. Giles, CFA    Mr. Giles is a Portfolio Manager for the adviser.
                           Before joining the adviser in October 1989, Mr.
                           Giles served as a Portfolio Manager for American
                           National Insurance Company of Galveston, Texas. In
                           that capacity, he was one of the voting members of
                           the Securities Investment Committee, responsible for
                           individual security selections. Additional
                           responsibilities included managing the TriFlex Fund,
                           a conservative yield-oriented balanced fund, as well
                           as asset allocation decisions and individual
                           security analysis. Mr. Giles received his Bachelor
                           of Business and Administration Degree in 1979 and
                           his M.B.A. in Finance in 1982 from the University of
                           Texas. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                  Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                      <S>
   James R. McGlynn, CFA    Mr. McGlynn is currently a Portfolio Manager of the
                            adviser. Before joining the adviser in May of 1991,
                            Mr. McGlynn served as a Portfolio Manager for
                            American National Insurance Company of Galveston,
                            Texas. In that capacity, he was one of the voting
                            members of the Securities Investment Committee,
                            responsible for individual security selections.
                            Additional responsibilities included managing the
                            American National Income Fund, an $80 million
                            equity income mutual fund. He began his career as a
                            Security Analyst at the Permanent University Fund
                            -- the endowment fund of the University of Texas.
                            He received his Bachelor of Business Administration
                            Degree in 1980 from the University of Texas. He is
                            a Chartered Financial Analyst.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   John A. Shepley, CFA     Mr. Shepley is currently a Portfolio Manager of the
                            adviser. Before joining the adviser in August of
                            1990, Mr. Shepley was employed for seven years at
                            Sauder Management Company, Dallas, Texas. His
                            responsibilities included the planning and
                            execution of portfolio strategies for privately
                            held profit-sharing and individual investment
                            accounts, equity research and analysis, and trading
                            and computer operations. He received his Bachelor
                            of Business Administration Degree from Midwestern
                            State University in 1982, and his M.B.A. from
                            Oklahoma City University. He is a Chartered
                            Financial Analyst.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Edward L. (Ned) Schrems, Mr. Schrems is currently a Portfolio Manager of the
   Ph.D., CFA               adviser. Before joining the adviser in March of
                            1988, Mr. Schrems served as Senior Portfolio
                            Manager and Director of Equity Investments at
                            Liberty National Bank and Trust Company and its
                            successor, Bank One of Oklahoma City. He received
                            his Bachelor of Business Administration Degree in
                            1967 and his M.B.A. in 1968 from Michigan State
                            University. He received his M.S. in 1972 and his
                            Ph.D. in 1973 from Stanford University. He is a
                            Chartered Financial Analyst.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Douglas A. Haws, CFA     Mr. Haws is currently a Portfolio Manager of the
                            Adviser. Before joining the adviser in October of
                            1994, Mr. Haws worked as an International Auditor
                            at Union Pacific Corporation in Omaha, Nebraska. As
                            staff auditor his responsibilities included
                            comprehensive audits of both the financial and
                            operational aspects of all corporate subsidiaries.
                            Mr. Haws received his B.B.A. in Finance in 1993
                            from the University of Oklahoma, and is currently
                            an adjunct professor at the University. He is a
                            Chartered Financial Analyst.
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how the UAM Funds pay financial representatives.
 
Distribution Plans
 
  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.
 
Fees paid by the UAM Funds To Certain Financial Intermediaries
 
  The UAM Funds may pay financial intermediaries for providing certain serv-
  ices to their clients. These services may include record keeping and
  transaction processing for shareholders' accounts. These intermediaries
  may provide shareholders services the UAM Funds do not currently offer
  shareholders that deal directly with the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds will pay
  these service providers a pro rata fee based on the assets of the UAM
  Funds that are attributable to the service provider. Your service agent
  may charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the
  UAM Funds. Your service provider should provide you with a schedule of its
  fees and services.
 
  The UAM Funds do not pay these fees on shares purchased directly from UAM
  Fund Distributors.
 
Fees Paid by Affiliates of the UAM Funds
 
  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies for referring investors to
  the UAM Funds. The adviser and its affiliates also may, at their own ex-
  pense, pay qualified service providers for marketing, shareholder servic-
  ing, record-keeping and/or other services performed with respect to the
  UAM Funds.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Special Arrangements
 
  UAM Fund Distributors, the adviser and certain of their other affiliates
  also participate, as of the date of this prospectus, in an arrangement
  with Salomon Smith Barney under which Salomon Smith Barney provides cer-
  tain defined contribution plan marketing and shareholder services and re-
  ceives from such entities an amount equal to up to 33.3% of the portion of
  the investment advisory fees attributable to the invested assets of Salo-
  mon Smith Barney's eligible customer accounts without regard to any ex-
  pense limitation in addition to amounts payable to all selling dealers.
  The UAM Funds also compensate Salomon Smith Barney for services it pro-
  vides to certain defined contribution plan shareholders that are not oth-
  erwise provided by the UAM Funds' administrator.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 Financial Highlights
 
  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolios
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.           has
  audited this information. The financial statements and the unqualified
  opinion of           are included in the annual report of the portfolio,
  which is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-
  5465.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 Portfolio Codes
 
  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       TJCEX                       902556877                                     935
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
TJ Core Equity Portfolio
 
  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.
 
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
 
  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.
 
  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com
 
 
  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolios and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.
 
[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART B
                                UAM FUNDS TRUST

The following statements of additional information are included in this Post-
Effective Amendment No. 31:

 .  BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
 .  Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
 .  Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
 .  Clipper Focus Portfolio
 .  FPA Crescent Portfolio
 .  Hanson Equity Portfolio
 .  Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
 .  MJI International Equity Portfolio
 .  Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
 .  TJ Core Equity Portfolio

The statement of additional information of Heitman Real Estate Portfolio is
contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 30, filed on April 22, 1999.

The statement of additional information of Dwight Capital Preservation Portfolio
is contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 29, filed on April 12, 1999.
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)




                       BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
                          Institutional Class Shares



                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 July __, 1999


This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectus of the portfolio dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for the portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
Table Of Contents

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                              <C>   
Part I: Portfolio Summary.....................................................     I-1 
   BHM&S TOTAL RETURN BOND PORTFOLIO..........................................     I-2 
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?........................     I-2 
     What Are The Investment Restrictions Of The Portfolio?...................     I-2 
        Fundamental Policies..................................................     I-2 
        Non-Fundamental Policies..............................................     I-3 
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..........................     I-3 
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.............     I-3 
     Who Are The Principal Holds Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?..........     I-4 
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?...     I-4 
        Average Annual Total Return...........................................     I-4 
        Yield.................................................................     I-4 
     Expenses.................................................................     I-4 
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail..............................................    II-1 
   DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS.......................................    II-1 
     Debt Securities..........................................................    II-1 
        Types of Debt Securities..............................................    II-1 
        Terms to Understand...................................................    II-5 
        Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities........................    II-6 
     Derivatives..............................................................    II-7 
        Types of Derivatives..................................................    II-7 
        Risks of Derivatives..................................................   II-12 
     Equity Securities........................................................   II-14 
        Types of Equity Securities............................................   II-14 
        Risks of Investing in Equity Securities...............................   II-15 
     Foreign Securities.......................................................   II-16 
        Types of Foreign Securities...........................................   II-16 
        Risks of Foreign Securities...........................................   II-17 
        The Euro..............................................................   II-19 
     Investment Companies.....................................................   II-19 
     Repurchase Agreements....................................................   II-19 
     Restricted Securities....................................................   II-20 
     Securities Lending.......................................................   II-20 
     Short Sales..............................................................   II-20 
        Description of Short Sales............................................   II-20 
        Short Sales Against the Box...........................................   II-21 
        Restrictions on Short Sales...........................................   II-21 
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions........   II-21 
   MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND.....................................................   II-22 
   INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES.....................................   II-24 
     Investment Adviser.......................................................   II-24 
        Control Of Adviser....................................................   II-24 
        Investment Advisory Agreement.........................................   II-24 
        Continuing an Advisory Agreement......................................   II-24 
        Terminating an Advisory Agreement.....................................   II-24 
     Distributor..............................................................   II-25 
     Administrative Services..................................................   II-25 
        Administrator.........................................................   II-25 
        Sub-Administrator.....................................................   II-26 
        Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent................   II-26 
        Administrative Fees...................................................   II-26 
     Custodian................................................................   II-26 
     Independent Public Accountant............................................   II-26 
   BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES...................................   II-27 
     Selection of Brokers.....................................................   II-27 
     Simultaneous Transactions................................................   II-27  
</TABLE> 

                                        i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                              <C> 
     Brokerage Commissions....................................................   II-27
        Equity Securities.....................................................   II-27
        Debt Securities.......................................................   II-27
   CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.........................................   II-27
     The Fund.................................................................   II-27  
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights..................................   II-28  
        Description of Shares.................................................   II-28  
        Class Differences.....................................................   II-28  
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions................................   II-28  
        Dividend and Distribution Options.....................................   II-28  
        Taxes on Distributions................................................   II-29  
        "Buying a Dividend"...................................................   II-29  
   PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES..................................   II-29  
     Net Asset Value Per Share................................................   II-29  
        Calculating NAV.......................................................   II-29  
        How the Fund Values it Assets.........................................   II-30  
     Purchase of Shares.......................................................   II-30  
        In-Kind Purchases.....................................................   II-30  
     Redemption of Shares.....................................................   II-31  
        By Mail...............................................................   II-31  
        By Telephone..........................................................   II-31  
        Redemptions-In-Kind...................................................   II-31  
        Signature Guarantees..................................................   II-32  
        Other Redemption Information..........................................   II-32  
     Exchange Privilege.......................................................   II-32  
     Transfer Of Shares.......................................................   II-33  
   PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS...................................................   II-32  
     Total Return.............................................................   II-33  
     Yield....................................................................   II-34  
     Comparisons..............................................................   II-34  
   TAXES......................................................................   II-35  
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................   II-35  
Glossary......................................................................    11-1  
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings............................    11-1   
   MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.............................................     A-1  
     Preferred Stock Ratings..................................................     A-1  
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..........................     A-1  
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally........     A-2  
   STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES.........................................     A-3  
     Preferred Stock Ratings..................................................     A-3  
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...........................................     A-3  
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..........................................     A-4  
   DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.............................................     A-5  
     Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock.......................................     A-5  
     Short-Term Debt..........................................................     A-5  
        High Grade............................................................     A-5  
        Good Grade............................................................     A-6  
        Satisfactory Grade....................................................     A-6  
        Non-Investment Grade..................................................     A-6  
        Default...............................................................     A-6  
   FITCH IBCA RATINGS.........................................................     A-6  
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings...................................     A-6  
        Investment Grade......................................................     A-6   
        Speculative Grade.....................................................     A-6 
        International Short-Term Credit Ratings...............................     A-7 
        Notes.................................................................     A-7 
Appendix B - Comparisons......................................................     A-1  
</TABLE> 

                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                               Part I: Portfolio

                                    Summary

BHM&S TOTAL RETURN BOND PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .    Debt securities rated investment-grade or higher.

     .    Futures (To hedge and/or manage the duration of the portfolio).

     .    Options (To hedge and/or manage the duration of the portfolio).

     .    Investment company securities.

     .    Repurchase agreements.

     .    Restricted securities.

     .    Securities lending.

     .    When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
          assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
          (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
          interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
          instrumentalities).

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
          of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
     .    Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
          industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
          instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
          agencies.

     .    Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
          or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of
          the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .    Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .    Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
          although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
          in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured
          by interests in real estate.

     .    Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
          its investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or
          (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers
          and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not
          inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
          interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .    Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
          restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
          making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
          entering into repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .    Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
          its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
          futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
          from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
          purchase.

     .    Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on
          futures.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

     .    Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
          total assets.

     .    Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
          than 331/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Barrow, Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc.is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.35% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. For more
     information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other
     Services" in Part II of this SAI.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
          Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     Name and Address of Shareholder                  Percentage of Shares Owned
     ===========================================================================

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

     For the Periods                        Shorter of 10 Years
     Ended 4/30/99     1 Year   5 Years     or Since Inception    Inception Date
     ===========================================================================

Yield

     For the 30-day period ended April 30, 1999, the yield of the portfolio was
     ____%.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Investment       Investment
               Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees                         Sub-Administrator   Brokerage
                    Paid            Waived        Administrator Fee          Fee         Commissions
       ==============================================================================================
       <S>          <C>             <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>
       1999
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1998
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                       Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
     investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
     and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
     such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at
     a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other
     things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or
     asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

     U.S. Government Securities

     U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
     has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
     government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
     securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
     ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten
     years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described
     under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI
     discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the
     section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

     The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
     securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
     United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
     securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

     .    By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

     .    By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy
          the obligations of the agency

     .    By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

     While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
     interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
     are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
     income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
     highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
     guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

     Corporate Bonds

     Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
     for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
     and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
     investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
     the principal amount of the bond or note.

     Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
     various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble
     as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
     interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
     mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both
     interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a
     "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on
     their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of
     such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either
     part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of
     a mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure
     or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools
     through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual
     loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser
     will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the
     issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets
     its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers
     or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies
     or guarantee arrangements.

     Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
     securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
     marketable.

     Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

     GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
     securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
     it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities
     issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of
     the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
     principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by
     GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA
     does not guarantee the market value or yield of mortgage-backed securities
     or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may
     have to pay a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages,
     which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

     Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
     stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
     development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
     sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
     savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
     credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
     securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their
     timely payment of principal and interest.

     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

     FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
     owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
     to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing.
     FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
     conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
     guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
     principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
     government.

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers 

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
     pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
     guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
     have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these
     issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by
     GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

     Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
     traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
     which are that mortgage-backed securities:

     .    Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
          monthly).

     .    They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
     .    The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than
          their final distribution dates so that the price of the security will
          generally decline when interest rates rise.

     In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
     "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
     geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
     property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the
     loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the
     prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal
     at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing
     mortgage-backed securities.

     Other Asset-Backed Securities

     These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
     than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
     receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
     pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
     shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
     substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

     Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
     mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
     benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
     possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
     to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
     receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
     protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
     which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
     owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by
     automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain
     possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell
     these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser
     would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the rated
     asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and
     requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile
     receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the
     obligations backing such receivables.

     To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
     payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
     the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
     ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
     insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
     the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
     the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated
     or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
     investment in such a security.

     The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
     securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
     payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
     amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
     asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
     underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
     rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
     experience on the underlying assets.

     Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
     securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
     principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
     portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
     FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

     A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages
     primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted
     investments.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
     maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
     "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
     by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
     certificates pay or accrue interest

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
     monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
     involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
     securities.

     Short-Term Investments

     To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
     temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
     assets in

     .    The short-term investments described below.

     .    U.S. government securities

     .    Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

     Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
     one year or less.

     Bank Obligations

     The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
     the bank:

     .    Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
          currencies;

     .    Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation; and

     .    Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the
          security is of an investment quality comparable with other debt
          securities that the portfolio may purchase.

     Time Deposits

     Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
     with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
     giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
     penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
     the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from
     two business days through seven calendar days.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
     deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
     definite period of time and earning a specified return.

     Banker's Acceptance

     A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
     borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
     transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

     Commercial Paper

     Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
     to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
     investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in
     commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's,
     or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured
     debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a
     description of commercial paper ratings.

     Yankee Bonds

     Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
     by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
     which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
     See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
     Zero Coupon Bonds

     These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
     sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
     entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
     difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
     of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
     remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
     liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
     securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
     securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
     ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
     in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
     certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
     certain income distribution requirements.

     These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
     interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
     ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
     brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
     corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or
     corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the
     right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
     receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
     coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
     maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
     security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
     case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
     ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
     owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
     discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
     securities that the Treasury sells itself.

     The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
     securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
     particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
     through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
     Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
     Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
     its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry
     record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

     Maturity

     Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
     the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
     however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
     on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
     to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
     refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
     The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

     A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
     it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
     the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
     maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
     portfolio it represents.

     Duration

     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
     debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
     in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
     because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
     the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
     payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
     multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
     expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
     call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
     debt security.

     An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
     1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
     security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
     magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
     knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
     estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
     in

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
     general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
     returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

     The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
     percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
     yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
     price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
     coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
     return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
     much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
     interest rates change.

     Interest Rates

     The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
     interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will
     go down, and vice versa).

     Prepayment Risk

     This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
     securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
     which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
     pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
     The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
     at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
     of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
     interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
     portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
     portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
     effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
     expected performance of the portfolio.

     Extension Risk

     The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
     Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
     unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
     sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
     declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
     increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
     interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
     effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
     "locking in" interest rates.

     Credit Rating

     Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
     compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
     securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
     Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their
     payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain.
     The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
     of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
     the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable U.S.
     treasuries.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to
     investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond
     market may make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause
     the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack
     of reliable, objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult
     to value junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
     Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
     Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not
     an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
     market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings
     of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries
     to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
     fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
     rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging."
     When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation
     in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value
     of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and
     purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the
     portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more
     effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

     Futures

     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .    Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to
          the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .    Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between
          currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers,
          as opposed to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges
          regulated by the CFTC.

     .    Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .    May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
          trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to
          a commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in

                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
     losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
     currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Options

     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

     Purchasing Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                      II-9
<PAGE>
 
     exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
     Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
     purchase of the call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .    Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .    Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
          or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
          the strike price; or

     .    Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

     .    The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
          security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
          exercise price.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
          price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
          the difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
          optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
          contract.

     .    In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds
          to the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .    Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
          price.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
          segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
          difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices

     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures

     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Combined Positions

     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
     Swap Agreements

     Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
     exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
     Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
     portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
     Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of
     names.

     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
     one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
     exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
     agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
     rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
     Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease
     the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share
     price.

     The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
     change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
     determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
     agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
     prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
     counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
     would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

     The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
     either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
     offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
     party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
     segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
     agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
     it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
     if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
     over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
     agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
     net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
     of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

     While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
     transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
     unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
     exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
     than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
     may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
     substantially more than it invested.

     When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
     the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred
     with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging
     could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

     Correlation of Prices

     The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
     on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
     instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
     the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
     hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
     the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
     investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the
     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it could have.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .    Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in
          volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until
          expiration of the contract.

     .    A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
          different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
          imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an
          instrument stops.

     .    Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
          requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the
          participation of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity

     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .    Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a
          time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

     .    Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

     .    Not be able to hedge its investments.

     .    Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .    An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
          instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives,
          which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

     .    Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
          an exchange.

     .    The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
          trading volume.

     .    Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
          firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
          activity.

     .    Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
          derivatives.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
     Management Risk

     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage

     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .    Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

     .    Fiscal and monetary policies

     .    National and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
     related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks

     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

     Preferred Stocks

     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
     the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
     conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
     credit risk.

     Convertible Securities

     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants

     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks

     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .    Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made
          by its management or lower demand for the company's products or
          services.

     .    Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
          costs.

     .    Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated
          to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates,
          currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
     Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
     obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
     issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
     a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

     Small and Medium-Sized Companies

     A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
     falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
     Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
     risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
     established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
     business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial
     resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The
     securities of small and medium companies are often traded in the
     over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of
     securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities
     of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid,
     and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of
     larger, more established companies.

     Technology Companies

     Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
     volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
     associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
     various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
     characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may significantly
     influence other, related industries. For example, technology companies may
     be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments
     and their products and services may be subject to governmental regulation
     or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .    They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a
          foreign currency.

     .    They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

     .    They can invest in investment funds.

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

     Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

     Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

     Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .    The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
          United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate
          of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
          deficits and national debt.

     .    Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
          through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
          economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
          the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

     .    The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international
          trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected
          if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
          economic conditions.

     .    The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
          stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
          external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
          other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

     .    A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
          investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
          confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
          country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
          markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to
          invest a particular country or make it very expensive for the
          portfolio to invest in that country. Some countries require prior
          governmental approval, limit the types or amount of securities or
          companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may
          restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
          investment income and capital gains.

     Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

     Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .    They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more
          volatile, than those in the United States.

     .    They have substantially less volume.

     .    Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
          erratic price movements. 

     .    Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
          minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

     .    Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
          less developed than those in U.S. markets.

     .    They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
          and increase the potential for failed settlements.

     Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .    It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
          dollars and vice versa.

     .    Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
          values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
          their exchange rates.

     .    Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
          selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
          contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
          response to other market forces.

     .    There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
          foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
          through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
          basis.

     .    Available quotation information is generally representative of very
          large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
          reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
          million) where rates may be less favorable.

     .    The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global,
          around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while
          the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets
          may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

     Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
     Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .    Have relatively unstable governments.

     .    Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions
          on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

     .    Offer less protection of property rights than more developed
          countries.

     .    Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
          vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
          suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .    Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
          may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
          potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
          impossible at times.

The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .    Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
          institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .    Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
          financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than
          Euro?

     .    How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .    Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
          currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
     greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
     Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .    For cash management purposes.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
     .    Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

     .    The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
          assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
          Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .    Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them
          or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

     .    Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price
          of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
          security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
     incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
     for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
     qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
     1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker-dealers or
     other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
     collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
     When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
     guidelines:

     .    The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market
          value of the securities loaned.

     .    The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
          issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
          the U. S. government.

     .    The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
          securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     .    The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

     .    The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
          include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest
          bearing short-term investments).

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
     .    The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
          risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

     .    Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
          securities it lent to the borrower.

     .    Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .    Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .    Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .    After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
          securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio
          net assets.

     .    The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
          sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
          value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .    Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
          class of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
     with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
     segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
     the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
     with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
     the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
     price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
     into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
     the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
     delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
     party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
     sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
     favorable price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
     date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
     elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
     CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
     people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
     Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                     Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                   Compensation     From UAM Funds
                            Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as     Complex as of
   Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                    years                      of 4/30/99         12/31/99
==================================================================================================================
<S>                        <C>          <C>                                        <C>              <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board        President of Squam Investment
College Road -- RFD 3      Member       Management Company, Inc. and Great
Meredith, NH 03253                      Island Investment Company, Inc.;
1/26/29                                 President of Bennett Management Company
                                        from 1988 to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board        Financial Officer of World Wildlife
10 Garden Street           Member       Fund since January 1999. Formerly, Vice
Cambridge, MA 02138                     President for Finance and
8/14/51                                 Administration and Treasurer of
                                        Radcliffe College from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board        Executive Vice President and Chief
100 King Street West       Member       Administrative Officer of Philip
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                    Services Corp.; Formerly, a Partner in
Hamilton  Ontario,                      the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Canada L8N-4J6                          Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director
4/21/42                                 of Hofler Corp.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board        President and Chief Executive Officer
16 West Madison Street     Member       of Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman
Baltimore, MD 21201                     of the Board of Chektec Corporation and
8/5/48                                  Cyber Scientific, Inc
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board        President of UAM Investment Services,           0                0
211 Congress Street        Member       Inc. since March 1999 and Vice
Boston, MA  02110                       President UAM Trust Company since
2/24/53                                 January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
                                        Distributors, Inc. since December 1995;
                                        formerly Vice President of UAM
                                        Investment Services, Inc. from January
                                        1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                        Operating Officer of CS First Boston
                                        Investment Management from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board        Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a         0                0
One International Place    Member;      Director of United Asset Management
Boston, MA 02110           President    Corporation; Director, Partner or
3/21/35                    and          Trustee of each of the Investment
                           Chairman     Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of
                                        Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board        President and Chief Investment Officer          0                0
One Financial Center       Member       of Dewey Square Investors Corporation
Boston, MA 02111                        since 1988; Director and Chief
7/1/43                                  Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
                                        Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey
                                        Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park            Vice         Executive Vice President and Chief              0                0
One International Place    President    Financial Officer of United Asset
Boston, MA 02110                        Management Corporation.
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer    President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI,                 0                0
211 Congress Street                     formerly Vice President of Operations,
Boston, MA 02110                        Development and Control of Fidelity
7/4/51                                  Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
                                        Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991
                                        to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary    Vice President and General Counsel of           0                0
211 Congress Street                     UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Associate Attorney
Boston, MA 02110                        of Ropes & Gray (a law firm) from 1993
2/28/68                                 to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant    Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly              0                0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer    Manager of Fund Administration and
Boston, MA 02110                        Compliance of CGFSC from 1995 to 1996;
9/18/63                                 Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
                                        from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary           Assistant    Vice President of Chase Global Funds            0                0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer    Services Company since 1993.  Manager
Boston, MA  02108                       of Audit at Ernst & Young from 1988 to
11/23/65                                1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                     Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                   Compensation     From UAM Funds
                            Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as     Complex as of
   Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                    years                      of 4/30/99         12/31/99
==================================================================================================================
<S>                        <C>          <C>                                        <C>              <C>
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant    Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global             0                0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary    Funds Services Company since 1996.
Boston, MA 02108                        Senior Public Accountant with Price
4/12/69                                 Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

     Service Performed by Adviser

     Each adviser:

     .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
          portfolios.

     .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
          program of the portfolios.

     .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
          securities and what portion will consist of cash.

     Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability

                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
     whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
     other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
          Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
          of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     .    The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
          without the payment of any penalty if:

     .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
          the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
          An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
          it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

     .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
          officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
          including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

     .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

     .    EDGAR filing fees.

     .    Processing services and related fees.

     .    Advisory and administration fees.

                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
     .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
          accountants and custodians.

     .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

     .    Outside legal expenses.

     .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

     .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
          for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

     .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
          meetings.

     .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

     .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

     .    Trade association dues and expenses.

     .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
     broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive

                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
     office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
     shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
     cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .    Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
          shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
          exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
          distribution expenditures.

     .    Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
          and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
          with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
          Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .    Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .    Net income

     .    Dividends

     .    NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:

                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value

     Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.



PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

     .    Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

     .    Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
          portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
          received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .    The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

     .    The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
     .    The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
          that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
          or otherwise.

     .    All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
          such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
          to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

     .    Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
          securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
          of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
          U.S. government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .    Share certificates, if issued.

     .    A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
          shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
          registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
          registered.

     .    Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

     .    Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
          and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
          necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .    Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
          receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
          must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with each
          signature guaranteed).

     .    Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
     rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
     portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .    Written requests for redemption.

     .    Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
          specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

     .    On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .    When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .    Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .    During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
          the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
          for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
          determine the value of its assets.

     .    For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any

                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

     Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates
     its current yield and average annual compounded total return information
     using the method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
     and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
     with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
     calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
     in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
     incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and
     ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an
     annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
     generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

         P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

         Where:

         P      =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

         T      =   average annual total return

         /n/    =   number of years

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
         ERV    =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                    end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                    thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
     differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
     income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

         Where:

         a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

         b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

         c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive income distributions

         d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
     their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
     performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information
     in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications,
     indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types of
     advertisements generally:

     Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
     independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
     data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

     In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
     mind that

     The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may
     be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

     Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

     The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
     be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

     In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
     performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

     In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
     treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year
     must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
     derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or
     foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of
     investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

     The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
     gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
     Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

     If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
     investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
     the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
     rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this
     event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as
     ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and
     profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the
     dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The
     portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

     Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
     withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would
     reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income
     reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax
     treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for
     more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
                                   Glossary

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
     1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

     Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

     Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

     CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

     Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

     Governing Board, see Board.

     NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
     information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
     Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

     NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
     Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
     in the United States.

     Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
     all of the series of the Fund.

     SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
     agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
     States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and
     the 1934 ACT.

     UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc.
     II and all of their portfolios.

     UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

     UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

     UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

     UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
     sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

     All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
     the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
                           Appendix A: Description 
                           of Securities and Ratings

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     aaa       An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
               preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and
               the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of
               preferred stock.

     aa        An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
               stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
               the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
               maintained in the foreseeable future.

     a         An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
               grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat
               greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and
               asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at
               adequate levels.

     baa       An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
               preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
               Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may
               be questionable over any great length of time.

     ba        An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
               elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
               Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well
               safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position
               characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

     b         An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics
               of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and
               maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of
               time may be small.

     caa       An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
               dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to
               indicate the future status of payments.

     ca        An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and
               is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
               eventual payments.

     c         This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
               Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
     classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
     higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
     mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
     lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Aaa       Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
               They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are
               generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are
               protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and
               principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
               likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most
               unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
               issues.

     Aa        Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
               standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because
               margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
               fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
               there may be other elements present which make the long-term
               risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A         Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
               attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
               obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
               are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
               suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     Baa        Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
                obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
                secured). Interest payments and principal security appear
                adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
                lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
                length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
                characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
                well.

     Ba         Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative
                elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured.
                Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be
                very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good
                and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position
                characterizes bonds in this class.

     B          Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
                desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
                payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
                any long period of time may be small.

     Caa        Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
                be in default or there may be present elements of danger with
                respect to principal or interest.

     Ca         Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
                speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default
                or have other marked shortcomings.

     C          Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
                issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
                prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
     classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
     obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier
     2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in
     the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
     original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

     Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
     investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
     issuers:

     Prime-1    Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced
                by many of the following characteristics:

                .   High rates of return on funds employed.

                .   Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance
                    on debt and ample asset protection.

                .   Broad leading market positions in well-established
                    industries.

                .   margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                    high internal cash generation.

                .   Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                    assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2    Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
                ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
                This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics
                cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
                ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
                Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
                more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
                is maintained.

     Prime 3    Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
                compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and
                profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
                protection measurements and may require relatively high
                financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Not Prime  Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                rating categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
                   Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
                   strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

      AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a
                   high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                   preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
                   overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

      A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
                   preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
                   susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                   circumstances and economic conditions.

      BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate
                   capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it
                   normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse
                   economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
                   to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a
                   preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A
                   category.

      BB, B,       Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on
      CCC          balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to the
                   issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB
                   indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the
                   highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and
                   protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large
                   uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

      CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is
                   in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
                   currently paying.

      C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

      D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the
                   issuer in default on debt instruments.

      N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there
                   is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or
                   that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of
                   obligation as a matter of policy.

      Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock
      minus (-)    quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
                   addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing
                   within the major rating categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
     considerations:

     Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
     financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
     obligation;

     Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

     Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
     event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
     bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

     AAA           An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
                   Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
                   financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

     AA            An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated
                   obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to
                   meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very
                   strong.

     A             An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the
                   adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
                   conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.
                   However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
                   commitment on the obligation is still strong.

     BBB           An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection
                   parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
                   circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
                   of the obligator to meet its financial commitment on the
                   obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
     speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
     and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
     protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties
     or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB        An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     B         An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

     CCC       An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

     CC        An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.

     C         The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.

     D         An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
     rating categories.

     r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
     noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
     returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
     obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
     obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
     principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
     interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
     short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
     obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
     commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
     creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
     obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
     addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
     Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

     A-1       A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

     A-2       A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.

     A-3       A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

     B         A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     C               A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
                     nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business,
                     financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation.

     D               A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The
                     D rating category is used when payments on an obligation
                     are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace
                     period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes
                     that such payments will be made during such grace period.
                     The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
                     bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if
                     payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     AAA             Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible,
                     being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                     Treasury debt.

     AA+/AA          High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                     modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                     economic conditions.

     A+/A/A-         Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                     factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                     stress.

     BBB+/BBB        Below-average protection factors but still considered
                     sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability
                     in risk during economic cycles.
     BBB-
     BB+/BB/BB-      Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet
                     obligations when due. Present or prospective financial
                     protection factors fluctuate according to industry
                     conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
                     within this category.

     B+/B/B-         Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                     will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                     fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                     conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                     frequent changes in the rating within this category or into
                     a higher or lower rating grade.

     CCC             Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                     uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                     interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors are
                     narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
                     company developments.

     DD              Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                     principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                     scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

     DP              Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Grade

     D-1+             Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
                      including internal operating factors and/or access to
                      alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety
                      is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
                      obligations.

     D-1              Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors
                      are excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors. Risk factors are minor.

     D-1-             High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                      strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors. Risk factors are very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

     D-2              Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                      company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding
                      needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to
                      capital markets is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

     D-3              Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors
                      qualify issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are
                      larger and subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely
                      payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

     D-4              Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                      sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                      Operating factors and market access may be subject to a
                      high degree of variation.

Default

     D-5              Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest 
                      payments.

FITCH IBCA RATINGS

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

     AAA              Highest credit quality.  'AAA' ratings denote the lowest
                      expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case
                      of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for
                      financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to
                      be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

     AA               Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low
                      expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong
                      capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This
                      capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
                      events.

     A                High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation
                      of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity
                      may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in
                      circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case
                      for higher ratings.

     B                Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is
                      currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity
                      for timely payment of financial commitments is considered
                      adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in
                      economic conditions are more likely to impair this
                      capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

     BB               Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a
                      possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the
                      result of adverse economic change over time; however,
                      business or financial alternatives may be available to
                      allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in
                      this category are not investment grade.

     B                Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant
                      credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety
                      remains. Financial commitments are currently being met;
                      however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon
                      a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     CCC,CC,C         High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                      for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon
                      sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A
                      'CC' rating indicates that default of some kind appears
                      probable. 'C' ratings signal imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
     DDD,DD,D         Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations
                      and are extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the
                      highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on
                      any securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for
                      example, 'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90%
                      of such outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery
                      potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

     F1               Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity
                      for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an
                      added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit
                      feature.

     F2               Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely
                      payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety
                      is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

     F3               Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term
                      adverse changes could result in a reduction to
                      non-investment grade.

     B                Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                      adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

     C                High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                      for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a
                      sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     D                Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

     "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
     major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term
     rating category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other
     than 'F1'.

     'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
     question.

     'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
     information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
     obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

     RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
     there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
     direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
     potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if
     ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
     resolved over a relatively short period.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
     analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of
     return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods
     for the mutual fund industry.

     Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
     Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in
     the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

     Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
     stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the
     stock market since October 1, 1928.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
     blue-chip stocks.

     Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
     Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times,
     Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
     Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal
     and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate
     fund performance over specified time periods.

     Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
     Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
     Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

     IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

     IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
     Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
     equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
     portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
     securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
     practically accessible to foreign investors.

     Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index
     and the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
     issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
     securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB) or
     higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par values of
     at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25 million for
     others.

     Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
     fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
     included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered
     public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
     governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international
     agencies.

     Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including
     all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
     foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued
     debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and
     corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the
     aggregate index, sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

     Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
     Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
     yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
     maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least $100
     million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others. Any
     security downgraded during the month is held in the index until month end
     and then removed. All returns are market value weighted inclusive of
     accrued income.

     Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate,
     non-investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
     denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity
     and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
     Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
     market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
     (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

     Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average
     of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt
     issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years
     or less.

     Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
     whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time
     a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond
     ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

     Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
     seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing
     60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

     Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
     funds by asset size in this investment objective.

     Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
     Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
     the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
     specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions,
     exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

     Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
     unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with
     maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB
     or higher).

     Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
     value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on
     the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

     Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
     yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

     NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
     index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
     regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign
     common stocks and ADRs..

     New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices
     of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange.

     Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
     in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
     higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

     Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

     Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend
     yields and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
     Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000.

     Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

     Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
     companies based on total market capitalization, which represents
     approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

     Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
     Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

     Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of
     the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the
     Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

     Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
     comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
     greater, but less than three years.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
     treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
     equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
     issues.

     Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
     Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

     Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
     domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
     representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
     utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

     Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
     chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700
     million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
     proportion to its market value.

     Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
     industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
     transportation stocks.

     Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
     securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
     index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
     securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
     Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

     Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
     weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three
     groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock
     Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas
     distributors and 8 telephone companies.

     Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
     historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
     company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S.
     treasury bills and inflation.

     U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
     treasury bills for the previous three month period.

     Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
     Survey.

     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted
     index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
     investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The
     index is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure
     of the performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and
     performance comparison.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs)
     but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..

     Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
     securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment
     of dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds

                                 PO Box 419081

                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081

                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)




                         Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio

                          Institutional Class Shares


                      Statement of Additional Information

                                 July __, 1999

This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectus of the portfolio dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for the portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                              <C> 
Table Of Contents
Part I: Portfolio Summary...................................................      I-1  
  CAMBIAR OPPORTUNITY PORTFOLIO.............................................      I-1  
    What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.......................      I-1  
    What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?......................      I-1  
     Fundamental Policies...................................................      I-1  
     Non-Fundamental Policies...............................................      I-2  
    Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.........................      I-2  
    How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?............      I-2  
    Who Are The Principal Holds Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.........      I-3  
    What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..      I-3  
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail............................................     II-1  
  DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS......................................     II-1  
    Debt Securities.........................................................     II-1  
     Types of Debt Securities...............................................     II-1  
     Terms to Understand....................................................     II-5  
     Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities.........................     II-6  
    Derivatives.............................................................     II-7  
     Types of Derivatives...................................................     II-7  
     Risks of Derivatives...................................................    II-12  
    Equity Securities.......................................................    II-14  
     Types of Equity Securities.............................................    II-14  
     Risks of Investing in Equity Securities................................    II-15  
    Foreign Securities......................................................    II-16  
     Types of Foreign Securities............................................    II-16  
     Risks of Foreign Securities............................................    II-17  
     The Euro...............................................................    II-19  
    Investment Companies....................................................    II-19  
    Repurchase Agreements...................................................    II-19  
    Restricted Securities...................................................    II-20  
    Securities Lending......................................................    II-20  
    Short Sales.............................................................    II-20  
     Description of Short Sales.............................................    II-20  
     Short Sales Against the Box............................................    II-21  
     Restrictions on Short Sales............................................    II-21  
    When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.......    II-21  
  MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND....................................................    II-22  
  INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES....................................    II-24  
    Investment Adviser......................................................    II-24  
     Control Of Adviser.....................................................    II-24  
     Investment Advisory Agreement..........................................    II-24  
     Continuing an Advisory Agreement.......................................    II-24  
     Terminating an Advisory Agreement......................................    II-24  
    Distributor.............................................................    II-25  
    Administrative Services.................................................    II-25  
     Administrator..........................................................    II-25  
     Sub-Administrator......................................................    II-26  
     Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent.................    II-26  
     Administrative Fees....................................................    II-26  
    Custodian...............................................................    II-26  
    Independent Public Accountant...........................................    II-26  
  BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES..................................    II-26  
    Selection of Brokers....................................................    II-26  
    Simultaneous Transactions...............................................    II-27  
    Brokerage Commissions...................................................    II-27  
     Equity Securities......................................................    II-27  
     Debt Securities........................................................    II-27  
</TABLE> 
                                                                              
                                                 
                                       i         
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                             <C> 
  CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.......................................     II-27  
    The Fund...............................................................     II-27  
    Description Of Shares And Voting Rights................................     II-27  
     Description of Shares.................................................     II-27  
     Class Differences.....................................................     II-28  
    Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions..............................     II-28  
     Dividend and Distribution Options.....................................     II-28  
     Taxes on Distributions................................................     II-28  
     "Buying a Dividend"...................................................     II-29  
  PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES................................     II-29  
    Net Asset Value Per Share..............................................     II-29  
     Calculating NAV.......................................................     II-29  
     How the Fund Values it Assets.........................................     II-29  
    Purchase of Shares.....................................................     II-30  
     In-Kind Purchases.....................................................     II-30  
    Redemption of Shares...................................................     II-30  
     By Mail...............................................................     II-31  
     By Telephone..........................................................     II-31  
     Redemptions-In-Kind...................................................     II-31  
     Signature Guarantees..................................................     II-31  
     Other Redemption Information..........................................     II-32  
    Exchange Privilege.....................................................     II-32  
    Transfer Of Shares.....................................................     II-32  
  PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS.................................................     II-32  
    Total Return...........................................................     II-33  
    Yield..................................................................     II-33  
    Comparisons............................................................     II-34  
  TAXES....................................................................     II-34  
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.....................................................     II-35  
Glossary...................................................................      II-1  
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings.........................       A-1  
  MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC...........................................       A-1  
    Preferred Stock Ratings................................................       A-1  
    Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally........................       A-1  
    Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally......       A-2  
  STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES.......................................       A-3  
    Preferred Stock Ratings................................................       A-3  
    Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings.........................................       A-3  
    Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings........................................       A-4  
  DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO...........................................       A-5  
    Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock.....................................       A-5  
    Short-Term Debt........................................................       A-5  
     High Grade............................................................       A-5  
     Good Grade............................................................       A-6  
     Satisfactory Grade....................................................       A-6  
     Non-Investment Grade..................................................       A-6  
     Default...............................................................       A-6  
  FITCH IBCA RATINGS.......................................................       A-6  
    International Long-Term Credit Ratings.................................       A-6  
     Investment Grade......................................................       A-6  
     Speculative Grade.....................................................       A-6  
     International Short-Term Credit Ratings...............................       A-7  
     Notes.................................................................       A-7  
Appendix B - Comparisons...................................................       B-1   
</TABLE> 

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                               Part I: Portfolio

                                    Summary


CAMBIAR OPPORTUNITY PORTFOLIO


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed
      below in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
      investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
      Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
      strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
      prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
      limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
      Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

      .     Equity securities (at least 65% in companies with market
            capitalizations over $500 million at the time of purchase).

      .     American Depositary Receipts (up to 25%)

      .     Futures (to remain fully invested and reduce transaction costs).

      .     Options (to remain fully invested and reduce transaction costs).

      .     Investment company securities.

      .     Repurchase agreements.

      .     Restricted securities.

      .     Securities lending.

      .     When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
      limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
      portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
      portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
      circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
      investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

      The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
      portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
      the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
      Act. The portfolio will not:

      .   With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
          assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
          (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
          interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
          instrumentalities).

      .   With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
          of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
     .    Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
          industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
          instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
          agencies.

     .    Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
          or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of
          the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .    Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .    Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
          although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
          in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured
          by interests in real estate.

     .    Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
          its investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or
          (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers
          and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not
          inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
          interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .    Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
          restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
          making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
          entering into repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .    Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
          its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
          futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
          from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
          purchase.

     .    Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on
          futures.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

     .    Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
          total assets.

     .    Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
          than 331/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?

     Cambiar Investors, Inc. is the investment adviser of the portfolio. For its
     services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of the
     average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect of fee waivers
     by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the
     portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth
     in its contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the
     adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this
     SAI.

     .    How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
     .    In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to
          UAMFSI calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     .    The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and
          other services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC,
          is calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
          Funds.

     .    Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?

     .    As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of
          record or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:


      Name and Address of Shareholder              Percentage of Shares Owned
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

     Average Annual Total Return

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    
                                                                     Shorter of 10  
                                                                     Years or Since   
     For the Periods Ended 4/30/99     One Year        Five Years       Inception     Inception Date
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                  <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>  
Expenses
     
                                     Investment       Investment                      Sub-
                                     Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees   Administrator   Administrator    Brokerage
                                     Paid             Waived          Fee             Fee              Commissions
     1999
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
                           Part II: The UAM Funds in
                                    Detail
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
     investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
     and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
     such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at
     a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other
     things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or
     asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

     U.S. Government Securities

     U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
     has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
     government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
     securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
     ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten
     years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described
     under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI
     discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the
     section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

     The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
     securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
     United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
     securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

     .    By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

     .    By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy
          the obligations of the agency

     .    By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

     While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
     interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
     are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
     income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
     highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
     guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

     Corporate Bonds

     Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
     for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
     and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
     investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
     the principal amount of the bond or note.

     Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
     various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble
     as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
     interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
     mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both
     interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-
     through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their
     mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such
     securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part
     or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a
     mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure
     or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools
     through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual
     loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser
     will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the
     issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets
     its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers
     or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies
     or guarantee arrangements.

     Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
     securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
     marketable.

     Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

     GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
     securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
     it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities
     issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of
     the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
     principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by
     GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA
     does not guarantee the market value or yield of mortgage-backed securities
     or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may
     have to pay a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages,
     which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

     Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
     stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
     development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
     sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
     savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
     credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
     securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their
     timely payment of principal and interest.

     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

     FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
     owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
     to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing.
     FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
     conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
     guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
     principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
     government.

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
     pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
     guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
     have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these
     issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by
     GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

     Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
     traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
     which are that mortgage-backed securities:

     .    Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
          monthly).

     .    They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
     .    The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than
          their final distribution dates so that the price of the security will
          generally decline when interest rates rise.

     In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
     "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
     geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
     property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the
     loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the
     prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal
     at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-
     backed securities.

     Other Asset-Backed Securities

     These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
     than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
     receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
     pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
     shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
     substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

     Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
     mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
     benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
     possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
     to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
     receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
     protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
     which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
     owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by
     automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain
     possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell
     these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser
     would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the rated
     asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and
     requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile
     receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the
     obligations backing such receivables.

     To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
     payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
     the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
     ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
     insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
     the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
     the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated
     or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
     investment in such a security.

     The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
     securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
     payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
     amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
     asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
     underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
     rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
     experience on the underlying assets.

     Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
     securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
     principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
     portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
     FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

     A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages
     primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted
     investments.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
     maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
     "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
     by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
     certificates pay or accrue interest

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
     monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
     involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
     securities.

     Short-Term Investments

     To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
     temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
     assets in

     .    The short-term investments described below.

     .    U.S. government securities

     .    Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

     Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
     one year or less.

     Bank Obligations

     The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
     the bank:

     .    Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
          currencies;

     .    Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation; and

     .    Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the
          security is of an investment quality comparable with other debt
          securities that the portfolio may purchase.

     Time Deposits

     Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
     with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
     giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
     penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
     the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from
     two business days through seven calendar days.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
     deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
     definite period of time and earning a specified return.

     Banker's Acceptance

     A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
     borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
     transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

     Commercial Paper

     Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
     to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
     investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in
     commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's,
     or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured
     debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a
     description of commercial paper ratings.

     Yankee Bonds

     Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
     by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
     which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
     See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
     Zero Coupon Bonds

     These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
     sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
     entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
     difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
     of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
     remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
     liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
     securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
     securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
     ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
     in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
     certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
     certain income distribution requirements.

     These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
     interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
     ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
     brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
     corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or
     corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the
     right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
     receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
     coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
     maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
     security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
     case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
     ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
     owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
     discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
     securities that the Treasury sells itself.

     The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
     securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
     particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
     through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
     Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
     Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
     its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry
     record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

     Maturity

     Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
     the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
     however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
     on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
     to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
     refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
     The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

     A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
     it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
     the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
     maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
     portfolio it represents.

     Duration

     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
     debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
     in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
     because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
     the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
     payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
     multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
     expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
     call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
     debt security.

     An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
     1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
     security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
     magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
     knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
     estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
     in

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
     general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
     returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

     The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
     percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
     yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
     price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
     coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
     return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
     much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
     interest rates change.

     Interest Rates

     The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
     interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will
     go down, and vice versa).

     Prepayment Risk

     This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
     securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
     which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
     pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
     The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
     at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
     of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
     interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
     portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
     portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
     effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
     expected performance of the portfolio.

     Extension Risk

     The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
     Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
     unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
     sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
     declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
     increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
     interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
     effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
     "locking in" interest rates.

     Credit Rating

     Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
     compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
     securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
     Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their
     payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain.
     The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
     of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
     the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable U.S.
     treasuries.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to investment-
     grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond market may
     make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause the portfolio
     to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack of reliable,
     objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult to value
     junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
     Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
     Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not
     an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
     market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings
     of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries
     to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
     fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
     rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging."
     When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation
     in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value
     of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and
     purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the
     portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more
     effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

     Futures

     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .    Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to
          the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .    Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between
          currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers,
          as opposed to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges
          regulated by the CFTC.

     .    Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .    May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
          trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to
          a commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
     losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
     currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Options

     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

     Purchasing Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
     exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
     Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
     purchase of the call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .    Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .    Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
          or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
          the strike price; or

     .    Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

     .    The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
          security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
          exercise price.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
          price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
          the difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
          optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
          contract.

     .    In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds
          to the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .    Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
          price.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
          segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
          difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices

     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures

     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Combined Positions

     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
     Swap Agreements

     Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
     exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
     Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
     portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
     Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of
     names.

     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
     one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
     exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
     agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
     rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
     Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease
     the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share
     price.

     The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
     change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
     determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
     agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
     prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
     counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
     would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

     The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
     either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
     offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
     party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
     segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
     agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
     it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
     if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
     over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
     agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
     net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
     of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

     While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
     transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
     unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
     exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
     than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
     may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
     substantially more than it invested.

     When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
     the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred
     with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging
     could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

     Correlation of Prices

     The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
     on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
     instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
     the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
     hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
     the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
     investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the
     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it could have.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .    Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in
          volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until
          expiration of the contract.

     .    A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
          different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
          imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an
          instrument stops.

     .    Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
          requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the
          participation of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity

     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .    Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a
          time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

     .    Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

     .    Not be able to hedge its investments.

     .    Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .    An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
          instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives,
          which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

     .    Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
          an exchange.

     .    The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
          trading volume.

     .    Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
          firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
          activity.

     .    Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
          derivatives.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
     Management Risk

     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage

     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .    Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

     .    Fiscal and monetary policies

     .    National and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
     related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks

     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

     Preferred Stocks

     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
     the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
     conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
     credit risk.

     Convertible Securities

     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants

     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks

     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .    Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made
          by its management or lower demand for the company's products or
          services.

     .    Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
          costs.

     .    Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated
          to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates,
          currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
     Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
     obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
     issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
     a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

     Small and Medium-Sized Companies

     A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
     falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
     Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
     risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
     established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
     business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial
     resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The
     securities of small and medium companies are often traded in the over-the-
     counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of securities
     traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of small and
     medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid, and subject
     to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of larger, more
     established companies.

     Technology Companies

     Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
     volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
     associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
     various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
     characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may significantly
     influence other, related industries. For example, technology companies may
     be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments
     and their products and services may be subject to governmental regulation
     or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .    They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a
          foreign currency.

     .    They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

     .    They can invest in investment funds.

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

     Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

     Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

     Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .    The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
          United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate
          of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
          deficits and national debt.

     .    Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
          through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
          economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
          the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

     .    The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
          trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected
          if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
          economic conditions.

     .    The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
          stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
          external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
          other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

     .    A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
          investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
          confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
          country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
          markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to
          invest a particular country or make it very expensive for the
          portfolio to invest in that country. Some countries require prior
          governmental approval, limit the types or amount of securities or
          companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may
          restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
          investment income and capital gains.

     Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

     Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .    They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more
          volatile, than those in the United States.

     .    They have substantially less volume.

     .    Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
          erratic price movements.

     .    Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
          minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

     .    Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
          less developed than those in U.S. markets.

     .    They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
          and increase the potential for failed settlements.

     Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .    It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
          dollars and vice versa.

     .    Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
          values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
          their exchange rates.

     .    Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
          selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
          contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
          response to other market forces.

     .    There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
          foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
          through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
          basis.

     .    Available quotation information is generally representative of very
          large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
          reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
          million) where rates may be less favorable.

     .    The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-
          clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets
          for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not
          always reflect significant price and rate movements.

     Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
     Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .    Have relatively unstable governments.

     .    Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions
          on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

     .    Offer less protection of property rights than more developed
          countries.

     .    Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
          vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
          suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .    Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
          may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
          potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
          impossible at times.

The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .    Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
          institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .    Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
          financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than
          Euro?

     .    How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .    Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
          currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
     greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
     Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .    For cash management purposes.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
     .    Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

     .    The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
          assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
          Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .    Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them
          or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

     .    Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price
          of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
          security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
     incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
     for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
     qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
     1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
     collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
     When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
     guidelines:

     .    The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market
          value of the securities loaned.

     .    The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
          issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
          the U. S. government.

     .    The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
          securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     .    The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

     .    The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
          include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest
          bearing short-term investments).

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
     .    The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
          risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

     .    Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
          securities it lent to the borrower.

     .    Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .    Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .    Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .    After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
          securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio
          net assets.

     .    The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
          sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
          value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .    Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
          class of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
     with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
     segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
     the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
     with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
     the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
     price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
     into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
     the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
     delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
     party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
     sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
     favorable price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
     date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
     elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
     CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
     people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
     Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Total
                                                                                Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                               Compensation   From UAM Funds
                        Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as    Complex as of
 Name, Address, DOB     with Fund                    years                      of 4/30/99       12/31/99
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>                                        <C>            <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.   Board        President of Squam Investment
College Road -- RFD 3  Member       Management Company, Inc. and Great
Meredith, NH 03253                  Island Investment Company, Inc.;
1/26/29                             President of Bennett Management
                                    Company from 1988 to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn          Board        Financial Officer of World Wildlife
10 Garden Street       Member       Fund since January 1999. Formerly,
Cambridge, MA 02138                 Vice President for Finance and
8/14/51                             Administration and Treasurer of
                                    Radcliffe College from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk     Board        Executive Vice President and Chief
100 King Street West   Member       Administrative Officer of Philip
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                Services Corp.; Formerly, a Partner in
Hamilton  Ontario,                  the Philadelphia office of the law
Canada L8N-4J6                      firm Dechert Price & Rhoads and a
4/21/42                             Director of Hofler Corp.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English      Board        President and Chief Executive Officer
16 West Madison        Member       of Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman
Street                              of the Board of Chektec Corporation
Baltimore, MD 21201                 and Cyber Scientific, Inc
8/5/48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*       Board        President of UAM Investment Services,           0                0
211 Congress Street    Member       Inc. since March 1999 and Vice
Boston, MA  02110                   President UAM Trust Company since
2/24/53                             January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
                                    Distributors, Inc. since December
                                    1995; formerly Vice President of UAM
                                    Investment Services, Inc. from January
                                    1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                    Operating Officer of CS First Boston
                                    Investment Management from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*      Board        Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and           0                0
One International      Member;      a Director of United Asset Management
Place                  President    Corporation; Director, Partner or
Boston, MA 02110       and          Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                Chairman     Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of
                                    Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman,      Board        President and Chief Investment Officer          0                0
Jr.*                   Member       of Dewey Square Investors Corporation
One Financial Center                since 1988; Director and Chief
Boston, MA 02111                    Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                              Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey
                                    Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park        Vice         Executive Vice President and Chief              0                0
One International      President    Financial Officer of United Asset
Place                               Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French         Treasurer    President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI,                 0                0
211 Congress Street                 formerly Vice President of Operations,
Boston, MA 02110                    Development and Control of Fidelity
7/4/51                              Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
                                    Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from
                                    1991 to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao       Secretary    Vice President and General Counsel of           0                0
211 Congress Street                 UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Associate Attorney
Boston, MA 02110                    of Ropes & Gray (a law firm) from 1993
2/28/68                             to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty     Assistant    Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly              0                0
211 Congress Street    Treasurer    Manager of Fund Administration and
Boston, MA 02110                    Compliance of CGFSC from 1995 to 1996;
9/18/63                             Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche
                                    LLP from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary       Assistant    Vice President of Chase Global Funds            0                0
73 Tremont Street      Treasurer    Services Company since 1993. Manager
Boston, MA  02108                   of Audit at Ernst & Young from 1988 to
11/23/65                            1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Total
                                                                                Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                               Compensation   From UAM Funds
                        Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as    Complex as of
 Name, Address, DOB     with Fund                    years                      of 4/30/99       12/31/99
<S>                    <C>          <C>                                             <C>              <C>
Michelle Azrialy       Assistant    Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global             0                0
73 Tremont Street      Secretary    Funds Services Company since 1996.
Boston, MA 02108                    Senior Public Accountant with Price
4/12/69                             Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

     Service Performed by Adviser

     Each adviser:

     .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
          portfolios.

     .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
          program of the portfolios.

     .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
          securities and what portion will consist of cash.

     Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability


                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
     whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
     other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
          Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
          of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     .    The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
          without the payment of any penalty if:

     .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
          the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
          An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
          it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

     .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
          officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
          including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

     .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

     .    EDGAR filing fees.

     .    Processing services and related fees.

     .    Advisory and administration fees.


                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
     .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
          accountants and custodians.

     .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

     .    Outside legal expenses.

     .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

     .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
          for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

     .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
          meetings.

     .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

     .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

     .    Trade association dues and expenses.

     .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
     broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

THE FUND
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive


                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
     office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
     shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
     cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .    Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
          shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
          exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
          distribution expenditures.

     .    Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
          and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
          with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
          Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .    Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .    Net income

     .    Dividends

     .    NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:


                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value

     Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

     .    Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

     .    Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
          portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
          received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.


                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .    The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

     .    The securities have readily available market quotations.


                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
     .    The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
          that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
          or otherwise.

     .    All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
          such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
          to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

     .    Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
          securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
          of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
          U.S. government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .    Share certificates, if issued.

     .    A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
          shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
          registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
          registered.

     .    Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

     .    Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
          and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
          necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .    Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
          receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
          must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with each
          signature guaranteed).

     .    Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable


                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
     rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
     portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .    Written requests for redemption.

     .    Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
          specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

     .    On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .    When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .    Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .    During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
          the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
          for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
          determine the value of its assets.

     .    For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

     Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates
     its current yield and average annual compounded total return information
     using the method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
     and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
     with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
     calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
     in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
     incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and
     ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an
     annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
     generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

            P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

            Where:

            P    =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

            T    =  average annual total return

            n    =  number of years


                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
            ERV  = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                   at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                   the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
     differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
     income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

            Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

            Where:

            a = dividends and interest earned during the period

            b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

            c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
            that were entitled to receive income distributions

            d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
            period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
     their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
     performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information
     in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications,
     indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types of
     advertisements generally:

     Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
     independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
     data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

     In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
     mind that

     The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may
     be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

     Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

     The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
     be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

     In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
     performance as compared to such other average or index.


                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

     In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
     treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year
     must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
     derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or
     foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of
     investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

     The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
     gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
     Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

     If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
     investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
     the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
     rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this
     event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as
     ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and
     profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the
     dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The
     portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

     Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
     withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would
     reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income
     reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax
     treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for
     more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

Governing Board, see Board.

NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find information on
how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of
Shares."

NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
United States.

Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
of the series of the Fund.

SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal agency
that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States. In
particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and the 1934 ACT.

UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
and all of their portfolios.

UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in the
SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                             Appendix A: Description
                            of Securities and Ratings


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      aaa   An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
            preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the
            least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred
            stock.

      aa    An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
            stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
            the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
            maintained in the foreseeable future.

      a     An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
            grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater
            than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset
            protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate
            levels.

      baa   An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
            preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
            Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be
            questionable over any great length of time.

      ba    An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
            elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings
            and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded
            during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes
            preferred stocks in this class.

      b     An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a
            desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance
            of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be
            small.

      caa   An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend
            payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the
            future status of payments.

      ca    An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is
            likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
            eventual payments.

      c     This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
            Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
            prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
      classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
      higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
      mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
      lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Aaa   Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
            carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
            referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a
            large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.
            While the various protective elements are likely to change, such
            changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
            fundamentally strong position of such issues.

      Aa    Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
            standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
            of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
            fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
            there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks
            appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

      A     Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
            and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
            giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,
            but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to
            impairment sometime in the future.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
      Baa   Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
            obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
            secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate
            for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or
            may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
            Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact
            have speculative characteristics as well.

      Ba    Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
            their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
            protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate,
            and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over
            the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
            class.

      B     Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
            desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments
            or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long
            period of time may be small.

      Caa   Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be
            in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect
            to principal or interest.

      Ca    Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
            in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
            marked shortcomings.

      C     Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
            issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects
            of ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic
      rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that
      the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;
      modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a
      ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
      repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
      original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

      Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
      investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
      issuers:

      Prime-1    Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                 superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                 obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced
                 by many of the following characteristics:

                 .     High rates of return on funds employed.

                 .     Conservative capitalization structure with moderate
                       reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

                 .     Broad leading market positions in well-established
                       industries.

                 .     margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
                       and high internal cash generation.

                 .     Well-established access to a range of financial markets
                       and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

      Prime-2    Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                 strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                 obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                 characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings
                 trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject
                 to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
                 appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.
                 Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

      Prime 3    Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                 acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                 obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
                 compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings
                 and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
                 protection measurements and may require relatively high
                 financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is
                 maintained.

      Not Prime  Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the
                 Prime rating categories.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA     This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
              Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
              strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

      AA      A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a
              high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
              preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
              overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

      A       An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
              preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
              susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
              and economic conditions.

      BBB     An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
              to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
              exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
              conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to
              a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in
              this category than for issues in the A category.

      BB, B,  Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance,
      CCC     as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's
              capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the
              lowest degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such
              issues will likely have some quality and protective
              characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or
              major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

      CC      The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
              arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
              currently paying.

      C       A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

      D       A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer
              in default on debt instruments.

      N.R.    This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
              insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
              Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
              as a matter of policy.

      Plus    To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
      (+) or  ratings or from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a
      minus   plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
      (-)     rating categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
      considerations:

      Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
      financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
      obligation;

      Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

      Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
      event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws
      of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

      AAA   An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard
            & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
            the obligation is extremely strong.

      AA    An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
            only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is very strong.

      A     An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
            effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
            obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
            capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still
            strong.

      BBB   An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
            However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
            more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
      Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
      speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
      and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality
      and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
      uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

      BB    An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other
            speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
            exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions
            which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its
            financial commitment on the obligation.

      B     An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
            obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to
            meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business,
            financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's
            capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.

      CCC   An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and
            is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
            conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic
            conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligations.

      CC    An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

      C     The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
            petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
            payments on this obligation are being continued.

      D     An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category
            is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
            even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
            & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace
            period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
            bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
            an obligation are jeopardized.

      Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
      addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
      major rating categories.

      r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
      noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of
      expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples
      include: obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or
      commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as
      interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with
      unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
      short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
      obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
      commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
      creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
      obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
      addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
      Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

      A-1   A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category
            by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category,
            certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This
            indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

      A-2   A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
            the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
            conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However, the
            obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation is satisfactory.

      A-3   A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
            parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
            circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the
            obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

      B     A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
            speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity
            to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it
            faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's
            inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
      C     A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
            nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and
            economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment
            on the obligation.

      D     A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
            category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
            date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless
            Standard & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during
            such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of
            a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments
            on an obligation are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA       Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible,
                being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury
                debt.

      AA+/AA    High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                economic conditions.

      A+/A/A-   Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                stress.

      BBB+/BBB  Below-average protection factors but still considered
      BBB-      sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability
                in risk during economic cycles.

      BB+/BB/   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet
      BB-       obligations when due. Present or prospective financial
                protection factors fluctuate according to industry
                conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
                within this category.

      B+/B/B-   Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                frequent changes in the rating within this category or into
                a higher or lower rating grade.

      CCC       Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors are
                narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
                company developments.

      DD        Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

      DP        Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

      D-1+  Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
            internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of
            funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S.
            Treasury short-term obligations.

      D-1   Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
            excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
            factors are minor.

      D-1-  High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
            supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are
            very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

      D-2   Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
            fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge
            total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.
            Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

      D-3   Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues
            as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more
            variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

      D-4   Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient
            to insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and
            market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default

      D-5   Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

FITCH IBCA RATINGS

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade

      AAA   Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation
            of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally
            strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments. This
            capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable
            events.

      AA    Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low expectation
            of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly
            vulnerable to foreseeable events.

      A     High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit
            risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is
            considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more
            vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions
            than is the case for higher ratings.

      B     Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently
            a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
            circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair
            this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

      BB    Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
            credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
            economic change over time; however, business or financial
            alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be
            met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

      B     Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
            risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial
            commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued
            payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and
            economic environment.

      CCC,  High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
      CC,C  meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
            favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating indicates
            that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings signal
            imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
      DDD,  Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
      DD,D  extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
            recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For U.S.
            corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% -
            90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery potential,
            i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

      F1    Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote
            any exceptionally strong credit feature.

      F2    Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as
            in the case of the higher ratings.

      F3    Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
            result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

      B     Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
            financial and economic conditions.

      C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
            meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
            favorable business and economic environment.

      D     Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

      "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
      major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA'
      long-term rating category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term
      ratings other than 'F1'.

      `NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
      question.

      `Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
      information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
      obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

      RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
      there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
      direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
      potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving",
      if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
      resolved over a relatively short period.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
(average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
mutual fund industry.

Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau of
Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price of
goods and services in major expenditure groups.

Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
market since October 1, 1928.

Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
blue-chip stocks.

Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World, Forbes,
Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global Investor,
Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., New York
Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger Investment
Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over specified time
periods.

Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch & Co.,
Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market fund
yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging equity
markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns portfolio
managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity securities by
focusing on companies and markets that are legally and practically accessible to
foreign investors.

Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities. It includes fixed rate
issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
issues and $25 million for others.

Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of
U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the aggregate index,
sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds. All
issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S. government
issues and $25 million for others. Any security downgraded during the month is
held in the index until month end and then removed. All returns are market value
weighted inclusive of accrued income.

Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-investment
grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar denominated,
noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and an outstanding
par value of at least $100 million.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
(intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
(BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a balanced
portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio ranges
around 60%/40%.

Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which seek
relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60% or
more of the portfolio in equities.

Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market capitalizations
less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
by asset size in this investment objective.

Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for the
mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over specified
time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive of any
applicable sales charges.

Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities from
1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price, yield,
risk and total return for equity funds.

NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
stocks and ADRs..

New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
York Stock Exchange.

Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
the Russell 3000 Index.

Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
in the Russell 3000 Index.

Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower
forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
in the Russell 3000.

Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower
forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or greater,
but less than three years.

Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all treasury
bills for the previous three-month period.

Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return equivalent
yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
and Loan League Fact Book. Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged
index comprised of 600 domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and
industry group representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the
industrial, utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen for
market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a market-value weighted
index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400 industrial
stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20 transportation stocks.

Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the securities
in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This index contains the
securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the securities with the higher
price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization weighted
index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups, 43 of the
largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, including 23
electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8 telephone companies.

Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small company
stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
bills for the previous three month period.

Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment Survey.

Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The index is used by
he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance of
public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.


                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the Wilshire
Real Estate Securities Index..

Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                    UAM Funds
                                  PO Box 419081
                           Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                      (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)

                       Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
                           Institutional Class Shares

                       Statement of Additional Information
                                  July __, 1999

This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
 
Table Of Contents

Part I: Portfolio Summaries...............................................   I-1
   CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO...................   I-2
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?....................   I-2
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...................   I-2
        Fundamental Policies..............................................   I-2
        Non-Fundamental Policies..........................................   I-3
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?......................   I-3
        What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?.......   I-3
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.........   I-4
     Who Are The Principal Holds Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?......   I-4
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?  I-4
        Average Annual Total Return.......................................   I-4
        Yield.............................................................   I-5
     Expenses.............................................................   I-5
   CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT VALUE/CONTRARIAN PORTFOLIO....................   I-6
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?....................   I-6
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...................   I-6
        Fundamental Policies..............................................   I-6
        Non-Fundamental Policies..........................................   I-7
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?......................   I-7
        What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?.......   I-7
     How much does the Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?.........   I-8
     Who are the Principal Holds of the Securities of the Portfolio?......   I-8
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?  I-8
        Average Annual Total Return.......................................   I-8
     Expenses.............................................................   I-9
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail..........................................  II-1
   DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS...................................  II-2
     Debt Securities......................................................  II-2
        Types of Debt Securities..........................................  II-2
        Terms to Understand...............................................  II-6
        Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities....................  II-7
     Derivatives..........................................................  II-8
        Types of Derivatives..............................................  II-8
        Risks of Derivatives.............................................. II-13
     Equity Securities.................................................... II-15
        Types of Equity Securities........................................ II-15
        Risks of Investing in Equity Securities........................... II-16
     Foreign Securities................................................... II-17
        Types of Foreign Securities....................................... II-17
        Risks of Foreign Securities....................................... II-18
        The Euro.......................................................... II-20
     Investment Companies................................................. II-20
     Repurchase Agreements................................................ II-20
     Restricted Securities................................................ II-21
     Securities Lending................................................... II-21
     Short Sales.......................................................... II-22
        Description of Short Sales........................................ II-22
        Short Sales Against the Box....................................... II-22
        Restrictions on Short Sales....................................... II-22
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.... II-23
   MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND................................................. II-23
   INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES................................. II-25
     Investment Adviser................................................... II-25
        Control Of Adviser................................................ II-25
        Investment Advisory Agreement..................................... II-25


                                       i
<PAGE>
 
        Continuing an Advisory Agreement................................   II-26
        Terminating an Advisory Agreement...............................   II-26
     Distributor........................................................   II-26
     Administrative Services............................................   II-26
        Administrator...................................................   II-26
        Sub-Administrator...............................................   II-27
        Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent..........   II-27
        Administrative Fees.............................................   II-27
     Custodian..........................................................   II-27
     Independent Public Accountant......................................   II-27
   BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES.............................   II-27
     Selection of Brokers...............................................   II-27
     Simultaneous Transactions..........................................   II-28
     Brokerage Commissions..............................................   II-28
        Equity Securities...............................................   II-28
        Debt Securities.................................................   II-28
   CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES...................................   II-28
     The Fund...........................................................   II-28
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights............................   II-29
        Description of Shares...........................................   II-29
        Class Differences...............................................   II-29
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions..........................   II-29
        Dividend and Distribution Options...............................   II-29
        Taxes on Distributions..........................................   II-30
        "Buying a Dividend".............................................   II-30
   PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES............................   II-30
     Net Asset Value Per Share..........................................   II-30
        Calculating NAV.................................................   II-30
        How the Fund Values it Assets...................................   II-31
     Purchase of Shares.................................................   II-31
        In-Kind Purchases...............................................   II-31
     Redemption of Shares...............................................   II-32
        By Mail.........................................................   II-32
        By Telephone....................................................   II-32
        Redemptions-In-Kind.............................................   II-32
        Signature Guarantees............................................   II-32
        Other Redemption Information....................................   II-33
     Exchange Privilege.................................................   II-33
     Transfer Of Shares.................................................   II-34
   PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS.............................................   II-34
     Total Return.......................................................   II-34
     Yield..............................................................   II-35
     Comparisons........................................................   II-35
   TAXES................................................................   II-36
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................................................   II-36
Glossary................................................................    II-1
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings......................    II-1
   MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.......................................     A-1
     Preferred Stock Ratings............................................     A-1
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally....................     A-1
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..     A-2
   STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES...................................     A-3
     Preferred Stock Ratings............................................     A-3
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings.....................................     A-3
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings....................................     A-4
   DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.......................................     A-5
     Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock.................................     A-5
     Short-Term Debt....................................................     A-5


                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
        High Grade........................................................   A-5
        Good Grade........................................................   A-6
        Satisfactory Grade................................................   A-6
        Non-Investment Grade..............................................   A-6
        Default...........................................................   A-6
   FITCH IBCA RATINGS.....................................................   A-6
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings...............................   A-6
        Investment Grade..................................................   A-6
        Speculative Grade.................................................   A-6
        International Short-Term Credit Ratings...........................   A-7
        Notes.............................................................   A-7
Appendix B - Comparisons..................................................   A-1


                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                           Part I: Portfolio Summaries
<PAGE>
 
CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .  Investment-Grade debt securities (at least 65% of its assets in
        intermediate-term investment-grade debt securities).

     .  Below investment-grade debt securities (up to 10% of its total assets).

     .  Foreign securities (up to 10% of its total assets).

     .  Futures (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Options (to enhance income or hedge risk).

     .  Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Swaps (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Investment company securities.

     .  Repurchase agreements.

     .  Restricted securities.

     .  Securities lending.

     .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
        assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
        (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
        interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
        instrumentalities).

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
        of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
     .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
        industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
        instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
        agencies.

     .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
        or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of
        the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
        although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in
        real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by
        interests in real estate.

     .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
        its investment objectives and policies, (ii) entering into repurchase
        agreements or (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks,
        brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans
        are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
        interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
        restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
        making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
        into options, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
        its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
        futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
        from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
        purchase.

     .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

     .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
        investment companies.

     .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
        investment company.

     .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
        company.

     .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
        that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
        (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
        available markets (illiquid securities).

     .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
        total assets.

     .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
        than 33 1/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Chicago Asset Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.48% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect
     of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets
     that the portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate
     set forth in its contract with the adviser. For more information concerning
     the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of
     this SAI.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

     The adviser's approach is predicated on a controlled risk strategy that
     attempts to avoid dependence on interest rate anticipation while
     emphasizing value added through sector rotation and yield curve analysis.
     The firm seeks to add value by improving the odds in a risk/reward
     equation. The adviser focuses on the more traditional aspects of active
     portfolio management by scrutinizing sectors, coupons, call features, and
     the shape of the yield curve. The adviser attempts to constructs the
     portfolio for income and safety.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     Name and Address of Shareholder                Percentage of Shares Owned
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

     For the Periods                        Shorter of 10 Years
     Ended 4/30/99     1 Year   5 Years     or Since Inception   Inception Date
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
Yield

     For the 30-dayperiod ended April 30, 1999, the yield of the portfolio was
     ____%.

EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Investment     Investment
           Advisory Fees  Advisory Fees   Administrator  Sub-Administrator   Brokerage
                Paid          Waived           Fee             Fee          Commissions
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>                <C> 
     1999
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
</TABLE>


                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT VALUE/CONTRARIAN PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .  Equity securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

     .  Below investment-grade debt securities (up to 5% of its total assets).

     .  Foreign securities (up to 10% of its total assets in foreign securities
        and up to 25% of its total assets in American Depositary Receipts).

     .  Futures (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Options (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Swaps (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Investment company securities.

     .  Repurchase agreements.

     .  Restricted securities.

     .  Securities lending.

     .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
        assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
        (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
        interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
        instrumentalities).

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
        of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

     .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
        industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
        instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
        agencies.


                                      I-6
<PAGE>
 
     .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
        or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of
        the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
        although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in
        real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by
        interests in real estate.

     .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
        its investment objectives and policies, (ii) entering into repurchase
        agreements or (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks,
        brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans
        are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
        interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
        restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
        making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
        into options, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
        its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
        futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
        from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
        purchase.

     .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

     .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
        investment companies.

     .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
        investment company.

     .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
        company.

     .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
        that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
        (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
        available markets (illiquid securities).

     .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
        total assets.

     .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
        than 33 1/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Chicago Asset Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.625% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect
     of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets
     that the portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate
     set forth in its contract with the adviser. For more information concerning
     the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of
     this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

     The adviser views itself as an equity manager who, by combining value
     judgment and contrarian opinion, strives to outperform the market and other
     money managers not by market timing, but by 


                                      I-7
<PAGE>
 
     focusing on the selection of individual securities. Categorized as a large
     cap, bottom-up, value/contrarian strategy, the adviser's philosophy and
     strategy are qualitative and have remained the same since the inception of
     the firm.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .  0.06% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     Name and Address of Shareholder                Percentage of Shares Owned
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

     For the Periods                        Shorter of 10 Years
     Ended 4/30/99     1 Year   5 Years     or Since Inception   Inception Date
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      I-8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Investment     Investment
           Advisory Fees  Advisory Fees   Administrator  Sub-Administrator   Brokerage
                Paid          Waived           Fee             Fee          Commissions
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>                <C> 
     1999
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-9
<PAGE>
 
                            Part II: The UAM Funds in
                                     Detail
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
     investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
     and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
     such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at
     a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other
     things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or
     asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

     U.S. Government Securities

     U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
     has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
     government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
     securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
     ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten
     years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described
     under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI
     discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the
     section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

     The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
     securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
     United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
     securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

     .  By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

     .  By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy
        the obligations of the agency

     .  By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

     While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
     interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
     are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
     income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
     highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
     guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

     Corporate Bonds

     Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
     for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
     and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
     investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
     the principal amount of the bond or note.

     Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
     various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble
     as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
     interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
     mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both
     interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a
     "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on
     their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of
     such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either
     part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of
     a mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
     Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure
     or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools
     through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual
     loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser
     will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the
     issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets
     its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers
     or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies
     or guarantee arrangements.

     Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
     securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
     marketable.

     Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

     GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
     securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
     it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities
     issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of
     the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
     principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by
     GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA
     does not guarantee the market value or yield of mortgage-backed securities
     or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may
     have to pay a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages,
     which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

     Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
     stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
     development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
     sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
     savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
     credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
     securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their
     timely payment of principal and interest.

     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

     FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
     owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
     to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing.
     FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
     conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
     guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
     principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
     government.

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers Commercial
     banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies,
     mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
     pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
     guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
     have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these
     issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by
     GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

     Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
     traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
     which are that mortgage-backed securities:

     .  Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
        monthly).

     .  They usually have adjustable interest rates.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
     .  The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
        final distribution dates so that the price of the security will
        generally decline when interest rates rise.

     In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
     "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
     geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
     property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the
     loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the
     prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal
     at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing
     mortgage-backed securities.

     Other Asset-Backed Securities

     These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
     than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
     receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
     pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
     shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
     substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

     Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
     mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
     benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
     possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
     to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
     receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
     protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
     which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
     owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by
     automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain
     possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell
     these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser
     would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the rated
     asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and
     requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile
     receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the
     obligations backing such receivables.

     To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
     payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
     the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
     ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
     insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
     the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
     the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated
     or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
     investment in such a security.

     The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
     securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
     payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
     amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
     asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
     underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
     rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
     experience on the underlying assets.

     Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
     securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
     principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
     portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
     FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

     A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages
     primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted
     investments.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
     maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
     "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
     by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
     certificates pay or accrue interest 


                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
     monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates 
     involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity 
     securities.

     Short-Term Investments

     To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
     temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
     assets in

     .  The short-term investments described below.

     .  U.S. government securities

     .  Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

     Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
     one year or less.

     Bank Obligations

     The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
     the bank:

     .  Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
        currencies;

     .  Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
        Corporation; and

     .  Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security
        is of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that
        the portfolio may purchase.

     Time Deposits

     Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
     with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
     giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
     penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
     the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from
     two business days through seven calendar days.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
     deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
     definite period of time and earning a specified return.

     Banker's Acceptance

     A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
     borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
     transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

     Commercial Paper

     Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
     to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
     investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in
     commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's,
     or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured
     debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a 
     description of commercial paper ratings.

     Yankee Bonds

     Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
     by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
     which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
     See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".


                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
     Zero Coupon Bonds

     These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
     sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
     entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
     difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
     of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
     remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
     liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
     securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
     securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
     ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
     in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
     certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
     certain income distribution requirements.

     These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
     interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
     ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
     brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
     corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or
     corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the
     right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
     receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
     coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
     maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
     security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
     case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
     ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
     owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
     discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
     securities that the Treasury sells itself.

     The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
     securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
     particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
     through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
     Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
     Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
     its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry
     record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

     Maturity

     Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
     the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
     however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
     on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
     to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
     refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
     The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

     A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
     it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
     the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
     maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
     portfolio it represents.

     Duration

     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
     debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
     in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
     because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
     the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
     payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
     multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
     expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
     call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
     debt security.

     An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
     1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
     security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
     magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
     knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
     estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
     in 


                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
     general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
     returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

     The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
     percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
     yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
     price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
     coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
     return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
     much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
     interest rates change.

     Interest Rates

     The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
     interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will
     go down, and vice versa).

     Prepayment Risk

     This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
     securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
     which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
     pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
     The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
     at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
     of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
     interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
     portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
     portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
     effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
     expected performance of the portfolio.

     Extension Risk

     The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
     Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
     unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
     sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
     declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
     increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
     interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
     effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
     "locking in" interest rates.

     Credit Rating

     Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
     compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
     securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
     Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their
     payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain.
     The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
     of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
     the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable U.S.
     treasuries.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse


                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to
     investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond
     market may make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause
     the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack
     of reliable, objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult
     to value junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
     Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
     Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not
     an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
     market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings
     of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries
     to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
     fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
     rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging."
     When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation
     in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value
     of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and
     purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the
     portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more
     effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

     Futures

     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.


                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
        contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
        traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed
        to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by
        the CFTC.

     .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
        trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
        commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in 


                                      II-9
<PAGE>
 
     losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the 
     currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Options

     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

     Purchasing Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the 


                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
     exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
     Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
     purchase of the call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
        or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
        the strike price; or

     .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

     .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
        security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract.

     .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
        exercise price.

     .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
        price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
        the difference between the exercise prices.

     .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
        optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
        contract.

     .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
        the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

     .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
        price.


                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
     .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
        segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
        difference between the exercise prices.

     .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices

     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures

     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Combined Positions

     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.


                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
     Swap Agreements

     Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
     exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
     Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
     portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
     Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of
     names.

     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
     one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
     exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
     agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
     rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
     Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease
     the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share
     price.

     The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
     change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
     determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
     agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
     prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
     counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
     would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

     The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
     either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
     offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
     party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
     segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
     agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
     it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
     if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
     over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
     agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
     net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
     of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

     While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
     transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
     unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
     exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
     than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
     may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
     substantially more than it invested.

     When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
     the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred
     with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging
     could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

     Correlation of Prices

     The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
     on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
     instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
     the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
     hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
     the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
     investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the
     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it could have.


                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .  Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility
        of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of
        the contract.

     .  A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
        different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
        imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument
        stops.

     .  Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
        requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the participation
        of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity

     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .  Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
        when it is disadvantageous to do so.

     .  Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

     .  Not be able to hedge its investments.

     .  Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .  An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
        instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
        sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

     .  Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
        an exchange.

     .  The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
        trading volume.

     .  Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
        firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
        activity.

     .  Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
        derivatives.


                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
     Management Risk

     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage

     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .  Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

     .  Fiscal and monetary policies

     .  National and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
     related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks

     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

     Preferred Stocks

     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally, 


                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
     the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
     conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
     credit risk.

     Convertible Securities

     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants

     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks

     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by
        its management or lower demand for the company's products or services.

     .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
        costs.

     .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to
        the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
        exchange rates or inflation rates.


                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
     Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
     obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
     issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
     a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

     Small and Medium-Sized Companies

     A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
     falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
     Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
     risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
     established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
     business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial
     resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The
     securities of small and medium companies are often traded in the
     over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of
     securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities
     of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid,
     and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of
     larger, more established companies.

     Technology Companies

     Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
     volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
     associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
     various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
     characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may significantly
     influence other, related industries. For example, technology companies may
     be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments
     and their products and services may be subject to governmental regulation
     or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
        currency.

     .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

     .  They can invest in investment funds.

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

     Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the


                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

     Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

     Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
        United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
        inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
        deficits and national debt.

     .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
        through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
        economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
        the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

     .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international
        trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
        their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
        economic conditions.

     .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
        than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
        political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other
        countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

     .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
        investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
        confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
        country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
        markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to invest
        a particular country or make it very expensive for the portfolio to
        invest in that country. Some countries require prior governmental
        approval, limit the types or amount of securities or companies in which
        a foreigner can invest. Other countries may restrict the ability of
        foreign investors to repatriate their investment income and capital
        gains.

     Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those


                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

     Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
        than those in the United States.

     .  They have substantially less volume.

     .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
        erratic price movements. 

     .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
        minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

     .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
        less developed than those in U.S. markets.

     .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
        increase the potential for failed settlements.

     Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
        dollars and vice versa.

     .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
        values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their
        exchange rates.

     .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
        selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
        contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response
        to other market forces.

     .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
        foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
        through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
        basis.

     .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very
        large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
        reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
        million) where rates may be less favorable.

     .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global,
        around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the
        markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may
        not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

     Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.


                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
     Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .  Have relatively unstable governments.

     .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
        foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

     .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

     .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
        vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
        suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may
        be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
        potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
        impossible at times.

The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
        institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
        financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

     .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
        currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
     greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
     Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .  For cash management purposes.


                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
     .  Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

     .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
        assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
        Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
        upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

     .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
        the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
        security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
        daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
     incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
     for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
     qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
     1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
     collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
     When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
     guidelines:

     .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value
        of the securities loaned.

     .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
        issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the
        U.S. government.

     .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
        securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
        daily basis).

     .  The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

     .  The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
        include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing
        short-term investments).


                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
     .  The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
        risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

     .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
        securities it lent to the borrower.

     .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
        securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
        assets.

     .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
        sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
        value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class
        of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection 


                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
     with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
     segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
     the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
     with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
     the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
     price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
     into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
     the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
     delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
     party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
     sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
     favorable price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
     date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
     elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
     CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
     people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
     Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.


                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Total
                                                                                         Aggregate     Compensation
                                                                                       Compensation   From UAM Funds
                                Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                    years                       of 4/30/99        12/31/99
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                      <C>           <C>                                        <C>            <C> 
     John T. Bennett, Jr.     Board         President of Squam Investment Management    
     College Road -- RFD 3    Member        Company, Inc. and Great Island Investment        
     Meredith, NH 03253                     Company, Inc.; President of Bennett         
     1/26/29                                Management Company from 1988 to 1993.       
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Nancy J. Dunn            Board         Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund     
     10 Garden Street         Member        since January 1999. Formerly, Vice President 
     Cambridge, MA 02138                    for Finance and Administration and Treasurer 
     8/14/51                                of Radcliffe College from 1991 to 1999.      
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     William A. Humenuk       Board         Executive Vice President and Chief              
     100 King Street West     Member        Administrative Officer of Philip Services       
     P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                   Corp.; Formerly, a Partner in the          
     Hamilton  Ontario,                     Philadelphia office of the law firm        
     Canada L8N-4J6                         Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of   
     4/21/42                                Hofler Corp.                               
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Philip D. English        Board         President and Chief Executive Officer of     
     16 West Madison Street   Member        Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the    
     Baltimore, MD 21201                    Board of Chektec Corporation and Cyber       
     8/5/48                                 Scientific, Inc                              
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     James P. Pappas*         Board         President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.       0                0
     211 Congress Street      Member        since March 1999 and Vice President UAM          
     Boston, MA  02110                      Trust Company since January 1996;           
     2/24/53                                Principal of UAM Fund Distributors, Inc.    
                                            since December 1995; formerly Vice          
                                            President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.  
                                            from January 1999 to 1996 and a Director    
                                            and Chief Operating Officer of CS First     
                                            Boston Investment Management from           
                                            1993-1995.                                  
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Norton H. Reamer*        Board         Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a          0                0
     One International        Member;       Director of United Asset Management        
     Place                    President     Corporation; Director, Partner or Trustee  
     Boston, MA 02110         and           of each of the Investment Companies of the 
     3/21/35                  Chairman      Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.           
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*   Board         President and Chief Investment Officer of  
     One Financial Center     Member        Dewey Square Investors Corporation since         0                0
     Boston, MA 02111                       1988; Director and Chief Executive Officer 
     7/1/43                                 of H.T. Investors, Inc., formerly a        
                                            subsidiary of Dewey Square.                
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     William H. Park          Vice          Executive Vice President and Chief               0                0
     One International        President     Financial Officer of United Asset  
     Place                                  Management Corporation.            
     Boston, MA 02110                       
     9/19/47                         
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Gary L. French           Treasurer     President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI, formerly         0                0
     211 Congress Street                    Vice President of Operations, Development 
     Boston, MA 02110                       and Control of Fidelity Investments in    
     7/4/51                                 1995; Treasurer of the Fidelity Group of  
                                            Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995.           
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Michael E. DeFao         Secretary     Vice President and General Counsel of            0                0
     211 Congress Street                    UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of         
     Boston, MA 02110                       Ropes & Gray (a law firm) from 1993 to   
     2/28/68                                1995.                                    
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
     Robert R. Flaherty       Assistant     Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly Manager       0                0
     211 Congress Street      Treasurer     of Fund Administration and Compliance of             
     Boston, MA 02110                       CGFSC from 1995 to 1996; Senior Manager of   
     9/18/63                                Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995,     
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Michael J. Leary         Assistant     Vice President of Chase Global Funds             0                0
     73 Tremont Street        Treasurer     Services Company since 1993. Manager of            
     Boston, MA  02108                      Audit at Ernst & Young from 1988 to 1993. 
     11/23/65                               
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>                      
                            

                                      II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                       Aggregate     Compensation
                                                                                     Compensation   From UAM Funds
                              Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB     with Fund                    years                       of 4/30/99        12/31/99
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                    <C>           <C>                                        <C>            <C> 
     Michelle Azrialy       Assistant     Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds        0                0
     73 Tremont Street      Secretary     Services Company since 1996. Senior Public          
     Boston, MA 02108                     Accountant with Price Waterhouse LLP from   
     4/12/69                              1991 to 1994.                               
</TABLE>


INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

     Service Performed by Adviser
     Each adviser:

     .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios.

     .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program
        of the portfolios.

     .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
        securities and what portion will consist of cash.

     Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability 


                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
     whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
     other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
        Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
        the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     .  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
        without the payment of any penalty if:

     .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
        the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
        Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
        assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

     .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
        officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
        including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

     .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

     .  EDGAR filing fees.

     .  Processing services and related fees.

     .  Advisory and administration fees.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
     .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
        accountants and custodians.

     .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

     .  Outside legal expenses.

     .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

     .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
        distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

     .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
        meetings.

     .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

     .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

     .  Trade association dues and expenses.

     .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
     broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive 

                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
     office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
     shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
     cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
        shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
        exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
        distribution expenditures.

     .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
        and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
        with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
        Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .  Net income

     .  Dividends

     .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value

     Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

     .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

     .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
        portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
        received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

     .  The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
     .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
        that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
        or otherwise.

     .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
        such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
        to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

     .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
        securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of
        the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S.
        government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .  Share certificates, if issued.

     .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares
        or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
        registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
        registered.

     .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

     .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
        and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
        necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
        receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
        must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with each
        signature guaranteed).

     .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable 

                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
     rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of 
     portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .  Written requests for redemption.

     .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
        specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

     .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
        the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for
        the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
        determine the value of its assets.

     .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

     Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates
     its current yield and average annual compounded total return information
     using the method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
     and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
     with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
     calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
     in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
     incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and
     ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an
     annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
     generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

         P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

         Where:

         P     =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

         T     =   average annual total return

         n     =   number of years

                                    II-34
<PAGE>
 
         ERV   =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                   made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                   end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                   thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
     differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
     income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

         Where:

         a = dividends and interest earned during the period

         b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

         c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
             that were entitled to receive income distributions

         d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
     their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
     performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information
     in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications,
     indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types of
     advertisements generally:

     Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
     independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
     data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

     In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
     mind that

     The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may
     be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

     Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

     The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
     be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

     In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
     performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

     In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
     treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year
     must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
     derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or
     foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of
     investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

     The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
     gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
     Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

     If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
     investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
     the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
     rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this
     event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as
     ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and
     profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the
     dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The
     portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

     Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
     withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would
     reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income
     reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax
     treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for
     more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                   Glossary

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

     Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

     Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

     CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

     Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

     Governing Board, see Board.

     NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
     information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
     Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

     NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
     Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
     in the United States.

     Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
     all of the series of the Fund.

     SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
     agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
     States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and
     the 1934 ACT.

     UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc.
     II and all of their portfolios.

     UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

     UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

     UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

     UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
     sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

     All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
     the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix A: Description
                           of Securities and Ratings

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     aaa          An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a
                  top-quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good aaa
                  asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment
                  within the universe of preferred stock.

     aa           An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade
                  preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a
                  reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will
                  remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

     a            An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an
                  upper-medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to
                  be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification,
                  earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to
                  be maintained at adequate levels.

     baa          An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a
                  medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor
                  poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate
                  at present but may be questionable over any great length of
                  time.

     ba           An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
                  elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
                  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not
                  well safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of
                  position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

     b            An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the
                  characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of b
                  dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue
                  over any long periods of time may be small.

     caa          An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
                  dividend payments. This rating designation does caa not
                  purport to indicate the future status of payments.

     ca           An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree
                  and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little
                  likelihood of eventual payments.

     c            This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference
                  stock. Issues so rated can thus be regarded as c having
                  extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment
                  standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
     classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
     higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
     mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
     lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Aaa          Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best
                  quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and
                  are generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments
                  are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
                  and principal is secure. While the various protective elements
                  are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
                  most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of
                  such issues.

     Aa           Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by
                  all standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds
                  because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
                  securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
                  greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which
                  make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa
                  securities.

     A            Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
                  attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
                  obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
                  are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
                  suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     Baa          Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
                  obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor
                  poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security
                  appear adequate for the present but certain protective
                  elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
                  unreliable over any great length of time.

     Ba           Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in
                  fact have speculative characteristics as well. Bonds which are
                  rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future
                  cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of
                  interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and
                  thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times
                  over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds
                  in this class.

     B            Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
                  desirable investment. Assurance of interest and B principal
                  payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
                  any long period of time may be small.

     Caa          Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues
                  may be in default or there may be present Caa elements of
                  danger with respect to principal or interest.

     Ca           Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
                  speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default
                  or have other marked shortcomings.
 
     C            Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds,
                  and issues so rated can be regarded as having C extremely poor
                  prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
     classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
     obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier
     2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in
     the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
     original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

     Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
     investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
     issuers:

     Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                  superior ability for repayment of senior short-term Prime-1
                  debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be
                  evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

                  .  High rates of return on funds employed.

                  .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate
                     reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

                  .  Broad leading market positions in well-established
                     industries.

                  .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                     high internal cash generation.

                  .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                     assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                  strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                  obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                  characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings
                  trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject
                  to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
                  appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.
                  Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                  acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                  obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
                  compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings
                  and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
                  protection measurements and may require relatively high
                  financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is
                  maintained.

     Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                  rating categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
                  Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
                  strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

     AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a
                  high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay 
                  preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
                  overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

     A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
                  preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
                  susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
                  and economic conditions.

     BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate
                  capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it
                  normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse
                  economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
                  to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a
                  preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A
                  category.

     BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance,
                  as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's
                  capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the
                  lowest degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such
                  issues will likely have some quality and protective
                  characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties
                  or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

     CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is
                  in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
                  currently paying.

     C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

     D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer
                  in default on debt instruments. This indicates that no rating
                  has been requested, that there is insufficient information on
                  which to base a

     N.R.         rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular
                  type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock     
     minus (-)    quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the      
                  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing  
                  within the major rating categories.                         


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
     considerations:

     Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
     financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
     obligation;

     Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

     Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
     event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
     bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

     AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
                  Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
                  financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

     AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated
                  obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to
                  meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very
                  strong.

     A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the
                  adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
                  conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.
                  However, the obligor's capacity to meet its A financial
                  commitment on the obligation is still strong.

     BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection
                  parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
                  circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
                  of the obligator to meet its financial commitment on the
                  obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
     speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
     and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
     protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties
     or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
                  other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
                  uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
                  economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's
                  inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                  obligation.

     B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
                  obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the
                  capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
                  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will
                  likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet
                  its financial commitment on the obligation.

     CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to
                  non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                  financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its
                  financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
                  adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the
                  obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its
                  financial commitment on the obligations. CC An obligation
                  rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

     C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a
                  bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been
                  taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

     D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
                  category is used when payments on an obligation are not made
                  on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
                  expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments
                  will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will
                  be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking
                  of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                  jeopardized.

Plus (+) or       The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of
minus (-)         a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the    
                  major rating categories.                                     


     r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
     noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
     returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
     obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
     obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
     principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
     interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
     short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
     obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
     commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
     creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
     obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
     addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
     Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

     A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
                  category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet
                  its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within
                  this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus
                  sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet
                  its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely
                  strong.

     A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible
                  to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                  economic conditions than obligation in higher rating
                  categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
                  financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

     A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
                  parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
                  circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
                  of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                  obligation.

     B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having
                  significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently
                  has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                  obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties
                  which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet
                  its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     C            A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
                  nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business,
                  financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its
                  financial commitment on the obligation.

     D            A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D
                  rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not
                  made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has
                  not expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such
                  payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating
                  also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or
                  the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation
                  are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     AAA          Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
                  only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

     AA+/AA       High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                  modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                  economic conditions.

     A+/A/A-      Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                  factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                  stress.

     BBB+/BBB     Below-average protection factors but still considered
                  sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability in
                  risk during economic cycles.

     BBB-

     BB+/BB/BB-   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations
                  when due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
                  fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality
                  may move up or down frequently within this category.

     B+/B/B-      Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                  will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                  fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                  conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                  frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
                  higher or lower rating grade.

     CCC          Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                  uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal, interest
                  or preferred dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk
                  can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry
                  conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

     DD           Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                  principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                  scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

     DP           Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

     D-1+         Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
                  including internal operating factors and/or access to
                  alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is
                  just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

     D-1          Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                  excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                  factors. Risk factors are minor.

     D-1-         High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
                  and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
                  factors are very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

     D-2          Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                  company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs
                  may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital
                  markets is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

     D-3          Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
                  issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
                  subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
                  expected.

Non-Investment Grade

     D-4          Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                  sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
                  degree of variation.

Default

     D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
                  payments.

FITCH IBCA RATINGS

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

     AAA          Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest
                  expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
                  exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
                  commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
                  affected by foreseeable events.

     AA           Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low
                  expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
                  for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is
                  not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

     A            High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation of
                  credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
                  commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
                  nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances
                  or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.


     B            Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is
                  currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
                  timely payment of financial commitments is considered
                  adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic
                  conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is
                  the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

     BB           Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility
                  of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of
                  adverse economic change over time; however, business or
                  financial alternatives may be available to allow financial
                  commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are
                  not investment grade.

     B            Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant
                  credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety
                  remains. Financial commitments are currently being met;
                  however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a
                  sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
                  meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon
                  sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A 'CC'
                  rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable.
                  'C' ratings signal imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
     DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and
                  are extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest
                  potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any
                  securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for example, 'DD'
                  indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings,
                  and 'D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

     F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
                  timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+"
                  to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

     F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely
                  payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is
                  not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

     F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of
                  financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse
                  changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

     B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
                  commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes
                  in financial and economic conditions.

     C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
                  meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a
                  sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     D            Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

     "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
     major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term
     rating category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other
     than 'F1'.

     'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
     question.

     'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
     information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
     obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

     RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
     there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
     direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
     potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if
     ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
     resolved over a relatively short period.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
     analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of
     return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods
     for the mutual fund industry.

     Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
     Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in
     the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

     Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
     stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the
     stock market since October 1, 1928.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
     blue-chip stocks.

     Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
     Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times,
     Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
     Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal
     and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate
     fund performance over specified time periods.

     Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
     Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
     Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

     IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

     IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
     Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
     equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
     portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
     securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
     practically accessible to foreign investors.

     Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index
     and the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
     issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
     securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB) or
     higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par values of
     at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25 million for
     others.

     Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
     fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
     included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered
     public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
     governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international
     agencies.

     Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including
     all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
     foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued
     debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and
     corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the
     aggregate index, sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

     Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
     Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
     yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
     maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least $100
     million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others. Any
     security downgraded during the month is held in the index until month end
     and then removed. All returns are market value weighted inclusive of
     accrued income.

     Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate,
     non-investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
     denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity
     and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
     Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
     market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
     (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

     Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average
     of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt
     issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years
     or less.

     Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
     whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time
     a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.

     Typically, the stock/bond ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

     Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
     seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing
     60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

     Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
     funds by asset size in this investment objective.

     Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
     Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
     the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
     specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions,
     exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

     Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
     unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with
     maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB
     or higher).

     Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
     value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on
     the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

     Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
     yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

     NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
     index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
     regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign
     common stocks and ADRs..

     New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices
     of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange.

     Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
     in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
     higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

     Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

     Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend
     yields and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
     Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000.

     Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

     Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
     companies based on total market capitalization, which represents
     approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

     Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
     Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

     Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of
     the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the
     Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

     Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
     comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
     greater, but less than three years.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
     treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
     equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
     issues.

     Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
     Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

     Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
     domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
     representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
     utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

     Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
     chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700
     million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
     proportion to its market value.

     Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
     industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
     transportation stocks.

     Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
     securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
     index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
     securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
     Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

     Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
     weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three
     groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock
     Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas
     distributors and 8 telephone companies.

     Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
     historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
     company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and
     inflation.

     U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
     treasury bills for the previous three month period.

     Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
     Survey.

     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted
     index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
     investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The
     index is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure
     of the performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and
     performance comparison.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs)
     but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.

     Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
     securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment
     of dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                    UAM Funds
                                  PO Box 419081
                           Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                      (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)

                             Clipper Focus Portfolio
                           Institutional Class Shares

                       Statement of Additional Information
                                  July __, 1999

This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                              <C> 
Part I: Portfolio Summary....................................................    I-2
   CLIPPER FOCUS PORTFOLIO...................................................    I-2
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.......................    I-2
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?......................    I-2
        Fundamental Policies.................................................    I-2
        Non-Fundamental Policies.............................................    I-2
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.........................    I-3
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?............    I-3
     Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.......    I-3
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
        Average Annual Total Return..........................................    I-4
     Expenses................................................................    I-4
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail.............................................   II-1
   DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS......................................   II-2
     Debt Securities.........................................................   II-2
        Types of Debt Securities.............................................   II-2
        Terms to Understand..................................................   II-6
        Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities.......................   II-7
     Derivatives.............................................................   II-8
        Types of Derivatives.................................................   II-8
        Risks of Derivatives.................................................  II-13
     Equity Securities.......................................................  II-15
        Types of Equity Securities...........................................  II-15
        Risks of Investing in Equity Securities..............................  II-16
     Foreign Securities......................................................  II-17
        Types of Foreign Securities..........................................  II-17
        Risks of Foreign Securities..........................................  II-18
        The Euro.............................................................  II-20
     Investment Companies....................................................  II-20
     Repurchase Agreements...................................................  II-20
     Restricted Securities...................................................  II-21
     Securities Lending......................................................  II-21
      Short Sales............................................................  II-21
        Description of Short Sales...........................................  II-21
        Short Sales Against the Box..........................................  II-22
        Restrictions on Short Sales..........................................  II-22
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.......  II-22
   MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND....................................................  II-23
   INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES....................................  II-25
     Investment Adviser......................................................  II-25
        Control Of Adviser...................................................  II-25
        Investment Advisory Agreement........................................  II-25
        Continuing an Advisory Agreement.....................................  II-25
        Terminating an Advisory Agreement....................................  II-25
     Distributor.............................................................  II-26
     Administrative Services.................................................  II-26
        Administrator........................................................  II-26
        Sub-Administrator....................................................  II-27
        Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent...............  II-27
        Administrative Fees..................................................  II-27
     Custodian...............................................................  II-27
     Independent Public Accountant...........................................  II-27
   BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES..................................  II-27
     Selection of Brokers....................................................  II-27
     Simultaneous Transactions...............................................  II-28
     Brokerage Commissions...................................................  II-28
        Equity Securities....................................................  II-28
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
        Debt Securities..................................................  II-28
   CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES....................................  II-28
     The Fund............................................................  II-28
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.............................  II-28
        Description of Shares............................................  II-28
        Class Differences................................................  II-29
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions...........................  II-29
        Dividend and Distribution Options................................  II-29
        Taxes on Distributions...........................................  II-29
        "Buying a Dividend"..............................................  II-30
   PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES.............................  II-30
     Net Asset Value Per Share...........................................  II-30
        Calculating NAV..................................................  II-30
        How the Fund Values it Assets....................................  II-30
     Purchase of Shares..................................................  II-31
        In-Kind Purchases................................................  II-31
     Redemption of Shares................................................  II-31
        By Mail..........................................................  II-32
        By Telephone.....................................................  II-32
        Redemptions-In-Kind..............................................  II-32
        Signature Guarantees.............................................  II-32
        Other Redemption Information.....................................  II-33
     Exchange Privilege..................................................  II-33
     Transfer Of Shares..................................................  II-33
   PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS..............................................  II-33
     Total Return........................................................  II-34
     Yield...............................................................  II-34
     Comparisons.........................................................  II-35
   TAXES.................................................................  II-35
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................  II-36
Glossary.................................................................   II-1
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings.......................   II-1
   MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC........................................    A-1
     Preferred Stock Ratings.............................................    A-1
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.....................    A-1
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...    A-2
   STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES....................................    A-3
     Preferred Stock Ratings.............................................    A-3
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings......................................    A-3
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings.....................................    A-4
   DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO........................................    A-5
     Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock..................................    A-5
     Short-Term Debt.....................................................    A-5
        High Grade.......................................................    A-5
        Good Grade.......................................................    A-6
        Satisfactory Grade...............................................    A-6
        Non-Investment Grade.............................................    A-6
        Default..........................................................    A-6
   FITCH IBCA RATINGS....................................................    A-6
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings..............................    A-6
        Investment Grade.................................................    A-6
        Speculative Grade................................................    A-6
        International Short-Term Credit Ratings..........................    A-7
        Notes............................................................    A-7
Appendix B - Comparisons.................................................    A-1
</TABLE> 


                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                            Part I: Portfolio Summary

CLIPPER FOCUS PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed
      below in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
      investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
      Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
      strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
      prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
      ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are the
      Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

      .     Equity securities.

      .     Investment company securities.

      .     Repurchase agreements.

      .     Restricted securities.

      .     Securities lending.

      .     When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
      limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
      portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
      portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
      circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
      investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

      The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
      portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
      the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
      Act. The portfolio will not:

      .     Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

      .     Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
            although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
            in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are
            secured by interests in real estate.

      .     Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance
            with its investment objectives; and (ii) by lending its portfolio
            securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial
            institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the
            1940 Act, or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the
            Commission thereunder.

      .     Underwrite the securities of other issuers.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
      .     Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that
            this restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from
            (i) making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
            entering into repurchase transactions.

      .     Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for
            extraordinary or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess
            of 33 1/3% of the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of
            market or cost.

Non-Fundamental Policies

      The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
      may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

      .     Purchase on margin or sell short. 

      .     Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
            that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
            (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
            available markets (illiquid securities).

      .     Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
            investment companies.

      .     Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
            investment company.

      .     Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other
            investment company.

      .     With respect to 50% of its total assets, purchase the securities of
            any issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
            government or its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result,
            (i) more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested
            in the securities of any single issuer, or (ii) it would hold more
            than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, or
            (iii) with respect to the remaining 50% of its total assets, more
            than 25% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the
            securities of any single issuer.

      .     Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
            total assets.

      .     Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent
            greater than 33 1/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Pacific Financial Research, Inc.is the investment adviser of the
      portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal
      to:

      .     1.00% on the first $500 million in average daily net assets, plus

      .     0.95% of the next $500 million in average daily net assets, plus

      .     0.90% on average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion.

      Due to the effect of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of
      average net assets that the portfolio pays in any given year may be
      different from the rate set forth in its contract with the adviser. For
      more information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and
      Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to
      UAMFSI calculated at the annual rate of:

      .     $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

      .     $3,000 for each additional class; plus

      .     0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
      The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
      services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
      calculated at the annual rate of:

      .     $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

      .     $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

      .     0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
            Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of
      record or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

      Name and Address of Shareholder                Percentage of Shares Owned
      ==========================================================================

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
      shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is
      defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the
      portfolio could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the
      portfolio on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the
      portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
      return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings
      and are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio
      calculates its current yield and average annual total return information
      according to the methods required by the SEC. For more information
      concerning the performance of the portfolio, including the way it
      calculates its performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part
      II of this SAI.

 Average Annual Total Return

      For the Periods                     Shorter of 10 Years
      Ended 4/30/99    1 Year  5 Years     or Since Inception     Inception Date
      ==========================================================================

EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Investment      Investment
            Advisory Fees   Advisory Fees   Administrator  Sub-Administrator   Brokerage
                 Paid           Waived           Fee             Fee          Commissions
      ========================================================================================
      <S>   <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>
      1999
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      1998
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                        Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
      investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
      and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
      such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased
      at a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among
      other things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities
      or asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

      U.S. Government Securities 

      U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
      has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
      government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
      securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
      ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least
      ten years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are
      described under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This
      SAI discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in
      the section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

      The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
      securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
      United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
      securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

      .     By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States
            Treasury.

      .     By the discretionary authority of the United States government to
            buy the obligations of the agency

      .     By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

      While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
      interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
      are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
      income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
      highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
      guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

      Corporate Bonds

      Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
      for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
      and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
      investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
      the principal amount of the bond or note.

      Mortgage-Backed Securities

      Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
      various governmental, government-related and private organizations
      assemble as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities,
      which pay interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified
      call dates, mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist
      of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a
      "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on
      their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of
      such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either
      part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of
      a mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
      Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may
      insure or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these
      pools through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including
      individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.
      The adviser will consider such insurance and guarantees and the
      creditworthiness of the issuers thereof in determining whether a
      mortgage-related security meets its investment quality standards. It is
      possible that the private insurers or guarantors will not meet their
      obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.

      Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
      securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
      marketable.

      Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

      GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
      securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
      it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
      Securities issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith
      and credit of the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely
      payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions
      approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed
      mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value or yield of
      mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA
      securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
      value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if
      prepayment occurs.

      Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

      FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
      stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
      development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
      sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
      savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
      credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
      securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees
      their timely payment of principal and interest.

      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

      FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
      owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in
      1970 to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential
      housing. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent
      interests in conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like
      FNMA, FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate
      collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and
      credit of the U.S. government.

      Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage
      insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

      Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage
      insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers
      also create pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition
      to guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service
      and/or have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by
      these issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created
      by GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government
      agency.

      Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

      Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
      traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
      which are that mortgage-backed securities:

      .     Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
            monthly).

      .     They usually have adjustable interest rates.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
      .     The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than
            their final distribution dates so that the price of the security
            will generally decline when interest rates rise.

      In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described
      in "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of
      economic, geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the
      underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to
      repay the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than
      expected. If the prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to
      reinvest its principal at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate
      on existing mortgage-backed securities.

      Other Asset-Backed Securities

      These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
      than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
      receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
      pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
      shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
      substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

      Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
      mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
      benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
      possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
      to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
      receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
      protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
      which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
      owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed
      by automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to
      retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to
      sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the
      purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the
      rated asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved
      and requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by
      automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of
      the obligations backing such receivables.

      To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
      payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
      the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
      ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
      insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
      the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
      the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that
      anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the
      return on an investment in such a security.

      The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
      securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
      payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
      amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
      asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
      underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
      rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
      experience on the underlying assets.

      Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

      CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
      securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
      principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
      portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
      FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

      A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain
      mortgages primarily secured by interests in real property and other
      permitted investments.

      CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
      maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
      "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
      by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
      certificates pay or accrue interest 


                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
      monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
      involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
      securities.

      Short-Term Investments

      To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or
      for temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
      assets in

      .     The short-term investments described below.

      .     U.S. government securities

      .     Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

      Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
      one year or less.

      Bank Obligations

      The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank
      if the bank:

      .     Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
            currencies;

      .     Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
            Corporation; and

      .     Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the
            security is of an investment quality comparable with other debt
            securities that the portfolio may purchase.

      Time Deposits

      Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
      certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
      with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
      giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
      penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
      the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing
      from two business days through seven calendar days.

      Certificates of Deposit

      Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
      deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
      definite period of time and earning a specified return.

      Banker's Acceptance

      A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
      borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
      transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

      Commercial Paper

      Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
      to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
      investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest
      in commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by
      Moody's, or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding
      unsecured debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix
      A for a description of commercial paper ratings.

      Yankee Bonds

      Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
      by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
      which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
      See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".


                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
      Zero Coupon Bonds

      These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
      sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
      entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
      difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
      of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
      remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
      liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
      securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
      securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
      ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
      in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
      certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
      certain income distribution requirements.

      These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
      interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
      ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
      brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
      corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal
      or corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only
      the right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
      receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
      coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
      maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
      security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
      case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
      ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
      owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
      discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
      securities that the Treasury sells itself.

      The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
      securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
      particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
      through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
      Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
      Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
      its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the
      book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

      Maturity

      Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
      the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
      however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
      on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
      to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
      refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
      The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call
      date.

      A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
      it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
      the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with
      the maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of
      the portfolio it represents.

      Duration

      Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
      debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
      in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
      because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
      the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
      payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
      multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
      expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
      call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
      debt security.

      An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
      1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
      security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
      magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
      knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
      estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
      in 


                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
      general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
      returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

      The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
      percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
      yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if
      the price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period
      and coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
      return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
      much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security
      and interest rates change.

      Interest Rates

      The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
      from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond
      will go down, and vice versa).

      Prepayment Risk

      This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
      securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
      which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
      pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
      The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
      at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
      of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
      interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
      portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
      portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
      effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
      expected performance of the portfolio.

      Extension Risk

      The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
      Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
      unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase
      the sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for
      price declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
      increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
      interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
      effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
      "locking in" interest rates.

      Credit Rating

      Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
      compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
      securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
      Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because
      their payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less
      certain. The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect
      the value of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a
      security, the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest
      and return principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased
      risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a
      higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates above
      comparable U.S. treasuries.

      Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
      principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
      adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
      carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
      price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
      defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond
      may lose some or all of its value

      A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
      agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
      interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse


                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
      economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
      capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
      is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
      determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain
      securities that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those
      securities is warranted.

      Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
      speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
      worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
      issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
      event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
      degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
      principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
      the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
      liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to
      investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond
      market may make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause
      the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack
      of reliable, objective data or market quotations may make it more
      difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

      Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
      primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
      strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
      Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
      Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
      not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation
      of market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the
      ratings of certain rating agencies and their significance.

      The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
      determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
      rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
      monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
      rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not
      obligated to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in
      default or which are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an
      underlying asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic
      factor, such as an interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index.
      The portfolio tries to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to
      protect them from broad fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or
      foreign currency exchange rates. Investing in derivatives for these
      purposes is known as "hedging." When hedging is successful, the portfolio
      will have offset any depreciation in the value of its portfolio securities
      by the appreciation in the value of the derivative position. Although
      techniques other than the sale and purchase of derivatives could be used
      to control the exposure of the portfolio to market fluctuations, the use
      of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

      Futures

      A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
      sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
      instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
      underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
      interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
      to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
      contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
      sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
      contract or taking a short position in the contract.

      Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges
      or boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such
      trading and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a
      federal agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including
      the maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
      contracts.


                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
      Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
      pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
      date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
      seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
      futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
      margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
      value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
      must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
      If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
      position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
      payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
      value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
      on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
      a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the
      market."

      Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
      delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
      parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
      identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
      original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
      gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true
      for a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the
      original sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain;
      if it is less, it would realize a loss.

      The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
      futures positions.

      Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

      A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
      sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
      specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
      has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
      specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
      foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
      contracts, forward contracts:

      .     Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to
            the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

      .     Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between
            currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their
            customers, as opposed to futures contracts which are traded in only
            on exchanges regulated by the CFTC.

      .     Do not require an initial margin deposit.

      .     May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the
            currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as
            opposed to a commodities exchange.

      Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

      A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
      portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
      date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
      or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
      the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
      transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
      price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
      purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
      selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
      selected the specific investments.

      The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
      the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
      hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
      both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
      changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
      also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
      similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
      denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
      could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
      generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
      hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in 


                                      II-9
<PAGE>
 
      losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
      currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

      Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
      underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
      purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
      achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
      to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
      currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
      increase in value of such currency.

      The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
      exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for
      the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign
      currency, including currencies in which its securities are not then
      denominated. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a
      foreign currency, or from one foreign currency to another foreign
      currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will
      tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and
      increase exposure to the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect
      against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will
      cause the portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the
      currency it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of
      imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies
      involved.

      It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
      securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
      Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign
      currency on the spot market if the market value of a security it is
      hedging is less than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
      deliver. Conversely, the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market
      some of the foreign currency it received upon the sale of a security if
      the market value of such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency
      it is obligated to deliver.

      Options

      An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
      financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
      "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
      contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
      financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
      two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
      (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
      instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
      foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
      traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
      agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
      futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
      financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
      such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
      not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

      Purchasing Put and Call Options

      When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
      instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
      this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
      (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
      offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
      ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of
      securities that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a
      gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities
      decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and
      transaction costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does
      not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer
      would lose the premium and related transaction costs.

      Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
      the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
      option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
      in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns
      or wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during
      the option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the


                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
      exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
      Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
      purchase of the call option.

      The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

      .     Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

      .     Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put
            option) or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying
            instrument at the strike price; or

      .     Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

      Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

      When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
      specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
      the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
      when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to
      purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price
      if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The
      portfolio may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option
      before exercise by buying an option identical to the one it has written.
      Similarly, it may cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an
      offsetting transaction with the counter-party to the option.

      The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
      securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
      securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
      option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
      security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
      portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
      price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
      equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
      it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
      opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the
      securities it would like to acquire.

      The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of
      writing put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices
      remain the same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a
      decline in the value of securities it already owns by writing a call
      option. If the price of that security falls as expected, the portfolio
      would expect the option to expire and the premium it received to offset
      the decline of the security's value. However, the portfolio must be
      prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike
      price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to profit from an increase
      in the market price of the securities it holds.

      The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio
      can cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

      .     The underlying security (or securities convertible into the
            underlying security without additional consideration), index,
            interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract.

      .     A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
            exercise price.

      .     A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
            price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal
            to the difference between the exercise prices.

      .     Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
            optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
            contract.

      .     In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that
            corresponds to the index.

      The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the
      option:

      .     Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

      .     Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
            foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater
            exercise price.


                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
      .     Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
            foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price
            and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
            difference between the exercise prices.

      .     Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

      Options on Securities Indices

      Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
      that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
      payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.
      In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
      fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
      rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

      Options on Futures

      An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy
      a futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures
      contract (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon
      exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house
      establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option
      (in the case of a call option) or a corresponding long position (in the
      case of a put option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be
      subject to the futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on
      a futures contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements
      on the option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the
      same contract market as the underlying futures contract.

      The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
      option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
      the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
      purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
      represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

      The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
      instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a
      put option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a
      futures contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge
      a long position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy
      call options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual
      purchase of the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable
      market conditions.

      The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
      against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
      contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
      the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
      would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
      securities.

      The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
      purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
      the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
      instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
      transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

      Combined Positions

      The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
      other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
      risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
      portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
      characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
      put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
      Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
      and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
      call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
      options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
      transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.


                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
      Swap Agreements

      Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
      exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
      Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
      portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
      securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
      Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety
      of names.

      Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
      typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
      under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
      the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains
      the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
      exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
      obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
      falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines
      elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

      Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio
      from one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio
      agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency,
      the swap agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S.
      interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest
      rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or
      decrease the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and
      its share price.

      The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
      change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
      determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
      agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
      prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
      counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
      would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

      The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
      either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
      offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
      party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
      segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
      agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
      it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
      if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
      over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
      agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
      net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
      of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

      While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
      transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
      unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
      exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
      than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
      may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
      substantially more than it invested.

      When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
      the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses
      incurred with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than
      hedging could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

      Correlation of Prices

      The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives
      depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
      instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
      the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
      hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
      the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
      investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble
      the portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the
      portfolio's prediction of interest and currency rates, market value,
      volatility or other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose
      money, or may not make as much money as it could have.


                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
      Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
      instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
      very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
      may cause such a divergence.

      .     Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in
            volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining
            until expiration of the contract.

      .     A difference between the derivatives and securities markets,
            including different levels of demand, how the instruments are
            traded, the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading
            of an instrument stops.

      .     Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
            requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the
            participation of speculators in such markets.

      Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
      particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
      on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
      number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
      fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

      While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
      exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value
      of the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
      protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
      protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
      in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
      foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
      than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of
      currency options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments
      precisely over time.

      Lack of Liquidity

      Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
      can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
      transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only
      on the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
      intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
      active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
      If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
      illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
      illiquid market, the portfolio may:

      .     Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a
            time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

      .     Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

      .     Not be able to hedge its investments.

      .     Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

      Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
      and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

      .     An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
            instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives,
            which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

      .     Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations
            of an exchange.

      .     The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
            trading volume.

      .     Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a
            brokerage firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt
            normal trading activity.

      .     Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category
            of derivatives.


                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
      Management Risk

      If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
      the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
      the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
      expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
      price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
      security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
      Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
      adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would
      rise, but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required
      to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
      market price.

      Volatility and Leverage

      The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
      substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
      factors, including

      .     Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

      .     Fiscal and monetary policies

      .     National and international political events.

      Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
      change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
      maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the
      settlement price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous
      day. Once the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may
      not trade that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit
      governs only price movements during a given day and does not limit
      potential gains or losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to
      the daily limit for several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt
      liquidation of the derivative.

      Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
      derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
      leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
      may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
      portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
      derivative.

      If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
      have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
      meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
      margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
      related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

      Common Stocks

      Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
      usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
      which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but
      are declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

      Preferred Stocks

      Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred
      stocks normally have preference over common stock in the payment of
      dividends and the liquidation of the company. However, in all other
      resects, preferred stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the
      issuer. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled
      to vote on corporate matters. Types of preferred stocks include
      adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual
      preferred stock, and sinking fund preferred stock. Generally, 


                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
      the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
      conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
      credit risk.

      Convertible Securities

      Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
      convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
      exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
      rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the
      same corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price
      moves up.

      Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
      without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
      more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
      debt securities.

      Rights and Warrants

      A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
      subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
      Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
      transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
      price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
      usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
      give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
      specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
      exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
      years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
      that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
      issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
      security more attractive.

      An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
      other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry
      the right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to
      the underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the
      assets of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change
      with the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value
      if they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
      rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
      from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
      underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

      General Risks of Investing in Stocks

      While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the
      benefits of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of
      ownership. Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings
      and cash flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in
      order of priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a
      company meets its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a
      company's stock will usually react more strongly to actual or perceived
      changes in the company's financial condition or prospects than its debt
      obligations. Stockholders of a company that fares poorly can lose money.

      Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
      rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
      because of:

      .     Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made
            by its management or lower demand for the company's products or
            services.

      .     Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in
            production costs.

      .     Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated
            to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates,
            currency exchange rates or inflation rates.


                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
      Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
      obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
      issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than
      in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

      Small and Medium-Sized Companies

      A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
      falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
      Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
      risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
      established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
      business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and
      financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management
      depth. The securities of small and medium companies are often traded in
      the over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of
      securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities
      of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid,
      and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of
      larger, more established companies.

      Technology Companies

      Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
      volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
      associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
      various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
      characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may
      significantly influence other, related industries. For example, technology
      companies may be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or
      technological developments and their products and services may be subject
      to governmental regulation or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

      Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
      markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these
      securities are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in
      foreign securities in a number of ways:

      .     They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a
            foreign currency.

      .     They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

      .     They can invest in investment funds.

      American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

      American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
      of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
      banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
      elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
      issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
      bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
      times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
      dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
      directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
      markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of
      the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

      Emerging Markets

      An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
      Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
      Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
      Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
      industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
      developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the


                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
      international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
      developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
      markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world
      except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most
      nations located in Western Europe.

      Investment Funds

      Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in
      the securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however,
      permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed
      and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they
      have specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment
      funds subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in
      such investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their
      proportionate share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating
      expenses and the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear
      similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these
      investment funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

      Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
      entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
      in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

      Political and Economic Factors

      Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
      action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
      of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
      political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
      investments.

      .     The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of
            the United States in such areas as growth of gross national product,
            rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency,
            budget deficits and national debt.

      .     Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
            through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
            economies. Actions by these governments could significantly
            influence the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

      .     The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on
            international trade and their trading partners and they could be
            severely affected if their trading partners were to enact protective
            trade barriers and economic conditions.

      .     The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
            stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
            external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
            other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

      .     A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
            investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
            confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
            country may restrict or control foreign investments in its
            securities markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a
            portfolio to invest a particular country or make it very expensive
            for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some countries require
            prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of securities
            or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may
            restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
            investment income and capital gains.

      Information and Supervision

      There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
      companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there
      are often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies
      comparable to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign
      companies are typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and
      financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to
      those 


                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
      applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
      makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
      less reliable than domestic companies.

      Stock Exchange and Market Risk

      The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
      (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
      available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
      growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as
      the markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ
      from those in the United States in a number of ways:

      .     They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more
            volatile, than those in the United States.

      .     They have substantially less volume.

      .     Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
            erratic price movements. 

      .     Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to
            set minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

      .     Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are
            often less developed than those in U.S. markets.

      .     They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
            and increase the potential for failed settlements.

      Foreign Currency Risk

      While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
      dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
      foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
      against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
      value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
      impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

      .     It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
            dollars and vice versa.

      .     Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
            values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
            their exchange rates.

      .     Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
            selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
            contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
            response to other market forces.

      .     There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
            foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations
            available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised
            on a timely basis.

      .     Available quotation information is generally representative of very
            large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may
            not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less
            than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable.

      .     The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global,
            around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while
            the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain
            markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

      Taxes

      Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and
      interest income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a
      portion of these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the
      income the portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not
      expect such foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on
      performance.


                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
      Emerging Markets

      Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
      Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
      than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
      of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
      countries with emerging markets may:

      .     Have relatively unstable governments.

      .     Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions
            on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

      .     Offer less protection of property rights than more developed
            countries.

      .     Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be
            highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions,
            and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation
            rates.

      .     Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
            may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
            potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
            impossible at times.

The Euro

      The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
      the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for
      participating member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999
      and ends in July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be
      compulsory and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate
      currencies in any form. Until then, however, each country and issuers
      within each country are free to choose whether to use the Euro.

      On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
      the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
      Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
      On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
      transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
      balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also
      anticipates pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose
      nominal values remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros.
      Accordingly, the portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact
      investments in countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the
      investment process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments,
      settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the
      uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

      .     Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other
            financial institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

      .     Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on
            outstanding financial contracts that refer to existing currencies
            rather than Euro?

      .     How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

      .     Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
            currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
      investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
      the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
      portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
      shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
      portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
      the portfolio invests.

      The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
      greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
      Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

      .     For cash management purposes.


                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
      .     Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and
            restrictions.

      .     The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on
            the assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money
            Market Portfolio.

      The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
      Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security
      (underlying security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of
      the Federal Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party
      agrees to repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus
      interest. Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short
      period (usually not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use
      repurchase agreements to earn income on assets that are not invested.

      When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

      .     Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving
            them or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

      .     Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the
            price of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the
            underlying security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the
            market" on a daily basis).

      If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
      financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
      the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
      might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
      incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
      for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
      qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
      1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines
      the liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors.
      Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities
      exists, these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities
      for purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized
      from the sales of these securities could be more or less than those
      originally paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the
      fair value of such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
      other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
      collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
      When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
      guidelines:

      .     The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market
            value of the securities loaned.

      .     The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
            issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
            the U. S. government.

      .     The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
            securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on
            a daily basis).

      .     The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

      .     The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which
            may include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest
            bearing short-term investments).


                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
      .     The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable
            credit risk.

      These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
      When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
      fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
      obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

      .     Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
            securities it lent to the borrower.

      .     Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

      Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
      own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
      someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
      security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
      time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
      the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that
      may have accrued during the period of the loan.

      Investors typically sell securities short to:

      .     Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

      .     Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

      A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
      increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
      portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
      if the price of the security declines between those dates.

      To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
      which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
      transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
      will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
      premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
      pay in connection with a short sale.

      The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
      necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
      out.

Short Sales Against the Box

      In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
      short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date
      a security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to
      acquire at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to
      open, maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

      A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

      .     After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of
            all securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the
            portfolio net assets.

      .     The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have
            been sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%)
            of the value of the portfolio's net assets.

      .     Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
            class of the issuer's securities.

      Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
      amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a)
      the market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold
      short and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is
      required to deposit with the broker in connection 


                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
      with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
      segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
      the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
      with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
      the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
      market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
      transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
      price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed
      delivery" refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where
      settlement occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the
      parties fix the payment obligation and the interest rate that they will
      receive on the securities at the time the parties enter the commitment;
      however, they do not pay money or deliver securities until a later date.
      Typically, no income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to
      purchase before the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may
      earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio
      will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention of
      actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
      date.

      The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
      transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield
      at the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
      delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
      party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
      sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
      favorable price or yield.

      When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
      delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
      the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time
      of settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than
      the purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery
      takes place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction
      itself. Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the
      delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with
      its other investments.

      The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
      commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
      transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily
      so that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its
      commitments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

      The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
      elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
      execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
      who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
      a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a
      $2,000 meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent
      board member for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board
      meetings. The $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated
      for all of the board members and allocated proportionately among the
      portfolios of the UAM Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members
      that are affiliated with the fund for their services as board members. UAM
      or its affiliates or CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

      The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
      provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
      address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
      compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
      the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios.
      Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons"
      of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.


                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                      Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                                     Compensation   From UAM Funds
                               Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5   from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                  years                      of 4/30/99       12/31/99
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                      <C>         <C>                                       <C>            <C>
      John T. Bennett, Jr.      Board         President of Squam Investment
      College Road -- RFD 3     Member        Management Company, Inc. and 
      Meredith, NH 03253                      Great Island Investment
      1/26/29                                 Company, Inc.; President of
                                              Bennett Management Company 
                                              from 1988 to 1993. 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Nancy J. Dunn             Board         Financial Officer of World 
      10 Garden Street          Member        Wildlife Fund since January
      Cambridge, MA 02138                     1999. Formerly, Vice 
      8/14/51                                 President for Finance and
                                              Administration and Treasurer 
                                              of Radcliffe College from
                                              1991 to 1999.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William A. Humenuk        Board         Executive Vice President and 
      100 King Street West      Member        Chief Administrative Officer 
      P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                    of Philip Services Corp.;
      Hamilton  Ontario,                      Formerly, a Partner in the 
      Canada L8N-4J6                          Philadelphia office of the 
      4/21/42                                 law firm Dechert Price & 
                                              Rhoads and a Director of 
                                              Hofler Corp. 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Philip D. English         Board         President and Chief Executive
      16 West Madison           Member        Officer of Broventure
       Street                                 Company, Inc.; Chairman of 
      Baltimore, MD 21201                     the Board of Chektec 
      8/5/48                                  Corporation and Cyber
                                              Scientific, Inc
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      James P. Pappas*          Board         President of UAM Investment                  0               0
      211 Congress Street       Member        Services, Inc. since March 
      Boston, MA  02110                       1999 and Vice President UAM
      2/24/53                                 Trust Company since January
                                              1996; Principal of UAM Fund
                                              Distributors, Inc. since 
                                              December 1995; formerly Vice 
                                              President of UAM Investment
                                              Services, Inc. from January
                                              1999 to 1996 and a Director
                                              and Chief Operating Officer
                                              of CS First Boston Investment
                                              Management from 1993-1995. 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Norton H. Reamer*         Board         Chairman, Chief Executive                    0               0
      One International         Member;       Officer and a Director of
       Place                    President     United Asset Management
      Boston, MA 02110          and           Corporation; Director, 
      3/21/35                   Chairman      Partner or Trustee of each of
                                              the Investment Companies of
                                              the Eaton Vance Group of 
                                              Mutual Funds.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*    Board         President and Chief                          0               0
      One Financial Center      Member        Investment Officer of Dewey
      Boston, MA 02111                        Square Investors Corporation 
      7/1/43                                  since 1988; Director and 
                                              Chief Executive Officer of 
                                              H.T. Investors, Inc.,
                                              formerly a subsidiary of 
                                              Dewey Square.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William H. Park           Vice          Executive Vice President and                 0               0
      One International         President     Chief Financial Officer of 
      Place                                   United Asset Management
      Boston, MA 02110                        Corporation. 
      9/19/47
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Gary L. French            Treasurer     President of UAMFSI and                      0               0
      211 Congress Street                     UAMFDI, formerly Vice
      Boston, MA 02110                        President of Operations, 
      7/4/51                                  Development and Control of 
                                              Fidelity Investments in 1995;
                                              Treasurer of the Fidelity
                                              Group of Mutual Funds from 
                                              1991 to 1995.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael E. DeFao          Secretary     Vice President and General                   0               0
      211 Congress Street                     Counsel of UAMFSI and UAMFDI;
      Boston, MA 02110                        Associate Attorney of Ropes &
      2/28/68                                 Gray (a law firm) from 1993
                                              to 1995. 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Robert R. Flaherty        Assistant     Vice President of UAMFSI;                    0               0
      211 Congress Street       Treasurer     formerly Manager of Fund 
      Boston, MA 02110                        Administration and Compliance
      9/18/63                                 of CGFSC from 1995 to 1996;
                                              Senior Manager of Deloitte & 
                                              Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995,
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael J. Leary          Assistant     Vice President of Chase                      0               0
      73 Tremont Street         Treasurer     Global Funds Services Company
      Boston, MA  02108                       since 1993.  Manager of Audit
      11/23/65                                at Ernst & Young from 1988 to
                                              1993.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                      Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                                     Compensation   From UAM Funds
                               Position    Principal Occupations During the Past 5   from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                  years                      of 4/30/99       12/31/99
      <S>                      <C>         <C>                                       <C>            <C>
      Michelle Azrialy          Assistant     Assistant Treasurer of Chase                 0               0
      73 Tremont Street         Secretary     Global Funds Services Company
      Boston, MA 02108                        since 1996.  Senior Public 
      4/12/69                                 Accountant with Price
                                              Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to
                                              1994.
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

      Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
      in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
      engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
      acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
      Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
      retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
      allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
      intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
      Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
      operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and
      individual investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm
      manages its own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment
      strategies employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are
      separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act
      as investment advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds
      complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

      This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
      portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
      agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

      Service Performed by Adviser

      Each adviser:

      .     Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
            portfolios.

      .     Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
            program of the portfolios.

      .     Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
            securities and what portion will consist of cash.

      Limitation of Liability

      In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
      on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and
      duties under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser
      of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
      resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
      compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
      liability 


                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
      whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
      other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
      services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

      An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
      year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least
      annually by a:

      .     Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
            Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

      .     (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the
            shareholders of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

      .     The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
            without the payment of any penalty if:

      .     A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

      .     It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

      .     The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time,
            without the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to
            the Fund. An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately
            terminate if it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
      While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
      not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
      compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
      Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
      parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
      Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

      Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
      administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
      part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision
      by various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
      disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
      of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
      Massachusetts 02110.

      UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
      services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
      incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
      parties, including:

      .     Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

      .     Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
            officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of
            UAM, including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

      .     SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

      .     EDGAR filing fees.

      .     Processing services and related fees.

      .     Advisory and administration fees.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
      .     Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent
            public accountants and custodians.

      .     Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

      .     Outside legal expenses.

      .     Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

      .     Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
            for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

      .     Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
            meetings.

      .     Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

      .     Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

      .     Trade association dues and expenses.

      .     Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

      The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
      the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
      UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty,
      on not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
      Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
      the prior written consent of the Fund.

      UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
      performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
      may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the
      Fund. UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not
      incur any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

      UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund
      accounting services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank,
      under a Mutual Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is
      located at 73 Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

      UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
      services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
      DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
      City, Missouri 64141-6534.

      UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
      agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
      UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

      Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
      provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does
      the Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
      11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
      of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
      02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
      dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
      for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
      its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
      transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
      research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
      Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
      not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
      Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
      rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
      reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical,
      and pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

      It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
      principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
      broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with
      qualified broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in
      the purchase of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
      decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
      investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
      adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
      same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
      such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair
      and reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for
      allocating such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically
      reviews the various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

      Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
      transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from
      underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and
      purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's
      mark-up or reflect a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

      Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
      underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
      not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
      bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
      underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
      bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
      dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
      executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
      primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
      obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
      business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
      name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive 


                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
      office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
      shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
      cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
      unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
      Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or
      classes of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The
      Board has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class,
      Institutional Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios
      issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

      When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
      are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
      preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
      features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
      means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
      election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
      so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
      is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote
      for each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of
      the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class
      except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

      If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
      thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that
      portfolio, or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and
      allocable to that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its
      shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or
      class thereof held by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A
      majority of the Board may authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or
      class at any time.

      The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
      Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

      The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
      Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests
      in the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
      identical in all respects.

      .     Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
            shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
            exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
            distribution expenditures.

      .     Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
            servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive
            voting rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution
            expenditures. Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

      .     Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

      Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

      .     Net income

      .     Dividends

      .     NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

      There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
      gains:


                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
      Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
      additional shares at net asset value

      Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
      reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

      Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

      Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
      automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
      at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders
      may change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund
      at least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital
      gain distribution.

      The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
      income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

      Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
      investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
      taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
      excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
      cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

      Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
      separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
      capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
      capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

      Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
      the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
      the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint,
      it is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
      before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders
      will receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will
      receive some of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

      The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
      the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
      subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
      by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this
      calculation

      .     Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

      .     Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
            portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not
            yet received.

      Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
      the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes
      at 4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
      Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
      Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.


                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

      Equity Securities

      Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
      quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
      of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
      exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity
      securities and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for
      which market quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding
      the asked prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign
      securities in a foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
      The converted value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency
      against U.S. dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

      Debt Securities

      Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
      representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
      market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a
      pricing service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market
      value of such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities
      of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board
      determines that amortized cost reflects fair value.

      Other Assets

      The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
      readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
      faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
      customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
      before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
      before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price.
      The fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the
      portfolio calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents
      are responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of
      all subscription and redemption requests, investment information,
      documentation and money.

      Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
      places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
      fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
      the written request of a shareholder.

      The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
      investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
      or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales
      of the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

      At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
      the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
      shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
      according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the
      next determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will
      issue shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of
      the same time.

      The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
      investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
      purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

      .     The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

      .     The securities have readily available market quotations.


                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
      .     The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid
            and that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the
            1933 Act or otherwise.

      .     All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
            such securities become the property of the portfolio and are
            delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

      .     Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
            securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
            of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
            U.S. government securities.

      Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
      gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
      securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
      exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
      paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
      portfolio.

By Mail

      Requests to redeem shares must include:

      .     Share certificates, if issued.

      .     A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
            shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by
            all registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they
            are registered.

      .     Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

      .     Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations,
            pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit
            any other necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

      Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

      .     Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
            receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
            must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with
            each signature guaranteed).

      .     Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

      The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
      instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
      for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
      the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
      account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
      telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be
      recorded and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied
      written instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may
      be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone
      instructions if the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures
      described above. Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for
      any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instructions received
      by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

      If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
      interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
      partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part
      by a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in
      lieu of cash in conformity with applicable 


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
      rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
      portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

      However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
      redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount
      during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets
      of the Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is
      irrevocable without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess
      of the above limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment
      securities or in cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment
      will be made wholly in cash unless the governing board believes that
      economic or market conditions exist which would make such a practice
      detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in
      investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth under
      "Valuation of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would normally incur
      brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

      The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
      including.

      .     Written requests for redemption.

      .     Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
            specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

      .     On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

      The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the
      person who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect
      your account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

      The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
      institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
      participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
      institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
      securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing
      agencies and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of
      eligible guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
      guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
      maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be
      authorized to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

      Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper
      procedures within seven days after it received your request. However, the
      fund will pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so
      requires.

      The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of
      payment:

      .     When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

      .     Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

      .     During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules
            of the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably
            practicable for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it,
            or to fairly determine the value of its assets.

      .     For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
      are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
      are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
      Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
      not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

      Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
      the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
      governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any


                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
      time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
      exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
      disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
      making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
      the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
      owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
      are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
      stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
      as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
      the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
      be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

      Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
      return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings
      and are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted
      rules that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a
      standard manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance
      quotations only if they also provide certain standardized performance
      information that they have computed according to the requirements of the
      SEC. The fund calculates its current yield and average annual compounded
      total return information using the method of computing performance
      mandated by the SEC.

      The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
      and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
      with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
      calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
      in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
      incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
      borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
      a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
      A cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
      stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
      return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
      total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

      The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
      finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
      ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
      investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that
      all dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation
      assumes the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five
      and ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on
      an annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
      service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
      generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

      The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

         P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

         Where:

         P      =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

         T      =   average annual total return

         n      =   number of years


                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
         ERV    =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                    end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                    thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio
      over a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate.
      Yields are calculated according to a standard that is required for all
      funds. As this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may
      not equal the income actually paid to shareholders.

      The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
      share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
      share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
      accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
      the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
      service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower
      than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

      Yield is obtained using the following formula:

         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

         Where:

         a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

         b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

         c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
         that were entitled to receive income distributions

         d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
      their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
      performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this
      information in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the
      publications, indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types
      of advertisements generally:

      Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

      Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
      investments, indices or averages.

      Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
      independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
      data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

      In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
      mind that

      The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
      may be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

      Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

      The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
      be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
      performance.

      In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
      performance as compared to such other average or index.


                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

      In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
      treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue
      Code of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable
      year must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest,
      income derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of
      securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to
      its business of investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

      The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
      gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
      Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

      If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
      investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all
      of the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular
      corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.
      In this event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be
      taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated
      earnings and profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible
      for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate
      shareholders. The portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment
      company" each year.

      Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
      withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes
      would reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable
      income reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this
      tax treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser
      for more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
      portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

      .     Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

      .     Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

      .     The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

      The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
      Portfolio:

      .     Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

      .     Financial highlights for the periods presented

      .     The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

      Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
      this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
      incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
      portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
      telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
      1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

      Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

      Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

      Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

      CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

      Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

      Governing Board, see Board.

      NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
      information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
      Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

      NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
      Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
      in the United States.

      Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
      all of the series of the Fund.

      SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
      agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
      States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and
      the 1934 ACT.

      UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds
      Inc. II and all of their portfolios.

      UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

      UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

      UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

      UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
      sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

      All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning
      in the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                             Appendix A: Description
                           of Securities and Ratings


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      aaa   An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
            preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the
            least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred
            stock.

      aa    An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
            stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
            the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
            maintained in the foreseeable future.

      a     An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
            grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater
            than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset
            protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate
            levels.

      baa   An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
            preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
            Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be
            questionable over any great length of time.

      ba    An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
            elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings
            and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded
            during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes
            preferred stocks in this class.

      b     An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a
            desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance
            of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be
            small.

      caa   An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend
            payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the
            future status of payments.

      ca    An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is
            likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
            eventual payments.

      c     This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
            Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
            prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
      classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
      higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
      mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
      lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Aaa   Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
            carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
            referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a
            large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.
            While the various protective elements are likely to change, such
            changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
            fundamentally strong position of such issues.

      Aa    Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
            standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
            of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
            fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
            there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks
            appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

      A     Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
            and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
            giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,
            but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to
            impairment sometime in the future.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
      Baa   Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
            obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
            secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate
            for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or
            may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
            Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact
            have speculative characteristics as well.

      Ba    Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
            their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
            protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate,
            and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over
            the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
            class.

      B     Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
            desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments
            or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long
            period of time may be small.

      Caa   Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be
            in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect
            to principal or interest.

      Ca    Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
            in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
            marked shortcomings.

      C     Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
            issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects
            of ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic
      rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that
      the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;
      modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a
      ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
      repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
      original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

      Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
      investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
      issuers:

      Prime-1     Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                  superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                  obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced
                  by many of the following characteristics:

                  .     High rates of return on funds employed.

                  .     Conservative capitalization structure with moderate
                        reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

                  .     Broad leading market positions in well-established
                        industries.

                  .     margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
                        and high internal cash generation.

                  .     Well-established access to a range of financial markets
                        and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

      Prime-2     Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                  strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                  obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                  characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings
                  trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject
                  to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
                  appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.
                  Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

      Prime 3     Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                  acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                  obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
                  compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings
                  and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
                  protection measurements and may require relatively high
                  financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is
                  maintained.

      Not Prime   Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                  rating categories.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA     This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
              Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
              strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
 
      AA      A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality,
              fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred stock
              obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for
              issues rated AAA.
 
      A       An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
              preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
              susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
              economic conditions.
 
      BBB     An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
              to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
              exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
              conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
              weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
              category than for issues in the A category.
 
      BB, B,  Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as 
      CCC     predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
              pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of
              speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will likely
              have some quality and protective characteristics, these are 
              outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
              adverse conditions. 

      CC      The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
              arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
              currently paying.
 
      C       A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.
 
      D       A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
              default on debt instruments.
 
      N.R.    This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
              insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
              Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as
              a matter of policy.

      Plus    To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
      (+) or  ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
      minus   or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating 
      (-)     categories. 

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
      considerations:

      Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
      financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
      obligation;

      Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

      Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
      event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws
      of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

      AAA   An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard
            & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
            the obligation is extremely strong.

      AA    An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
            only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is very strong.

      A     An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
            effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
            obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
            capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still
            strong.

      BBB   An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
            However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
            more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
      Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
      speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
      and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality
      and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
      uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

      BB    An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other
            speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
            exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions
            which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its
            financial commitment on the obligation.

      B     An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
            obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to
            meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business,
            financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's
            capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.

      CCC   An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and
            is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
            conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic
            conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligations.

      CC    An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

      C     The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
            petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
            payments on this obligation are being continued.

      D     An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category
            is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
            even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
            & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace
            period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
            bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
            an obligation are jeopardized.

      Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
      addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
      major rating categories.

      r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
      noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of
      expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples
      include: obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or
      commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as
      interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with
      unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
      short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
      obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
      commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
      creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
      obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
      addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
      Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

      A-1   A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category
            by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category,
            certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This
            indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

      A-2   A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
            the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
            conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However, the
            obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation is satisfactory.

      A-3   A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
            parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
            circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the
            obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

      B     A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
            speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity
            to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it
            faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's
            inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
      C     A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
            nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and
            economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment
            on the obligation.

      D     A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
            category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
            date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless
            Standard & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during
            such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of
            a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments
            on an obligation are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA   Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
            slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

      AA+/  High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
      AA    but may vary slightly from time to time because of economic
            conditions.

      A+/   Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors
      A/A-  are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

      BBB+/ Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
      BBB   prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during economic
            cycles.

      BBB-

      BB+/  Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
      BB/   due. Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate
      BB-   according to industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or
            down frequently within this category.

      B+/   Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
      B/B-  not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
            widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
            company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
            rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating grade.

      CCC   Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
            exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
            dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial
            with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or with
            unfavorable company developments.

      DD    Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
            principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
            principal and/or interest payments.

      DP    Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

      D-1+  Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
            internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of
            funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S.
            Treasury short-term obligations.

      D-1   Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
            excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
            factors are minor.

      D-1-  High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
            supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are
            very small.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

      D-2   Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
            fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge
            total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.
            Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

      D-3   Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues
            as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more
            variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

      D-4   Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient
            to insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and
            market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default

      D-5   Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

FITCH IBCA RATINGS

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

      AAA   Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation
            of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally
            strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments. This
            capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable
            events.

      AA    Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low expectation
            of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly
            vulnerable to foreseeable events.

      A     High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit
            risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is
            considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more
            vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions
            than is the case for higher ratings.

      B     Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently
            a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
            circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair
            this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

      BB    Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
            credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
            economic change over time; however, business or financial
            alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be
            met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

      B     Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant credit
            risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial
            commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued
            payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and
            economic environment.

      CCC,  High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
      CC,C  meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
            favorable business or economic developments. A 'CC' rating indicates
            that default of some kind appears probable. 'C' ratings signal
            imminent default.


                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
      DDD,  Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
      DD,D  extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest potential for
            recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For U.S.
            corporates, for example, 'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% -
            90% of such outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential,
            i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

      F1    Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote
            any exceptionally strong credit feature.

      F2    Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as
            in the case of the higher ratings.

      F3    Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
            result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

      B     Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
            financial and economic conditions.

      C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
            meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
            favorable business and economic environment.

      D     Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

      "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
      major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA'
      long-term rating category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term
      ratings other than 'F1'.

      'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
      question.

      'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
      information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
      obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

      RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
      there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
      direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
      potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving",
      if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
      resolved over a relatively short period.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
      CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
      analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of
      return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods
      for the mutual fund industry.

      Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
      Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time
      in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

      Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market
      fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

      Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty
      blue-chip stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are
      listed on the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed
      indicator of the stock market since October 1, 1928.

      Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
      blue-chip stocks.

      Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
      Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times,
      Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
      Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal
      and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate
      fund performance over specified time periods.

      Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
      Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
      Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

      IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money
      market fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

      IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
      Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
      equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
      portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets
      equity securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally
      and practically accessible to foreign investors.

      Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market
      value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index
      and the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
      issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
      securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB) or
      higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par values of
      at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25 million for
      others.

      Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
      fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
      included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered
      public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
      governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international
      agencies.

      Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including
      all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
      foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued
      debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and
      corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the
      aggregate index, sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

      Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
      value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
      Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
      yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
      maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least $100
      million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others. Any
      security downgraded during the month is held in the index until month end
      and then removed. All returns are market value weighted inclusive of
      accrued income.

      Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate,
      non-investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
      denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity
      and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
      Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
      market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
      (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

      Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average
      of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt
      issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years
      or less.

      Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
      whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all
      time a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the
      stock/bond ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

      Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
      seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing
      60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

      Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
      prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
      capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

      Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
      prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
      capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

      Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
      funds by asset size in this investment objective.

      Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
      Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield
      for the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
      specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions,
      exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

      Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
      unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with
      maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB
      or higher).

      Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
      value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed
      on the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

      Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
      yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

      NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only,
      unmanaged index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks
      traded on the regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System
      traded foreign common stocks and ADRs..

      New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged
      indices of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks
      listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

      Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest
      stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

      Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
      higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

      Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest
      stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

      Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
      less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
      exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
      yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

      Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
      greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
      exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend
      yields and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
      Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
      stocks in the Russell 3000.

      Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
      less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
      exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
      yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

      Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
      companies based on total market capitalization, which represents
      approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

      Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
      Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

      Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of
      the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the
      Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

      Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
      comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
      greater, but less than three years.

      Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
      treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

      Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
      equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
      issues.

      Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
      Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

      Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of
      600 domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
      representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
      utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

      Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
      chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700
      million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
      market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
      proportion to its market value.

      Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
      industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
      transportation stocks.

      Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
      securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
      index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
      securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
      Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

      Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
      weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three
      groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock
      Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas
      distributors and 8 telephone companies.

      Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
      historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
      company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and
      inflation.

      U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
      treasury bills for the previous three month period.

      Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
      Survey.

      Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted
      index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
      investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The
      index is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure
      of the performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and
      performance comparison.


                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
      Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs)
      but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in
      the Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.

      Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
      securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume
      reinvestment of dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)


                            FPA Crescent Portfolio
                          Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 July __, 1999

This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
Table Of Contents
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Part I: Portfolio Summary...............................................................     I-1
   FPA Crescent Portfolio...............................................................     I-2
     What Investment Strategies may the Portfolio use?..................................     I-2
     What Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?.................................     I-2
        Fundamental Policies............................................................     I-2
        Non-Fundamental Policies........................................................     I-3
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?....................................     I-4
        What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?.....................     I-4
        Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?...............     I-4
     How much does the Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?.......................     I-4
     Who are the Principal Holders of the Securities of the Portfolio?..................     I-5
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?.............     I-5
        Average Annual Total Return.....................................................     I-5
     Expenses...........................................................................     I-5
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail........................................................    II-1
   Description of Permitted Investments.................................................    Ii-2
     Debt Securities....................................................................    II-2
        Types of Debt Securities........................................................    II-2
        Terms to Understand.............................................................    II-6
        Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities..................................    II-7
     Derivatives........................................................................    II-8
        Types of Derivatives............................................................    II-8
        Risks of Derivatives............................................................   II-13
     Equity Securities..................................................................   II-15
        Types of Equity Securities......................................................   II-15
        Risks of Investing in Equity Securities.........................................   II-16
     Foreign Securities.................................................................   II-17
        Types of Foreign Securities.....................................................   II-17
        Risks of Foreign Securities.....................................................   II-18
        The Euro........................................................................   II-20
     Investment Companies...............................................................   II-20
     Repurchase Agreements..............................................................   II-20
     Restricted Securities..............................................................   II-21
     Securities Lending.................................................................   II-21
     Short Sales........................................................................   II-21
        Description of Short Sales......................................................   II-21
        Short Sales Against the Box.....................................................   II-22
        Restrictions on Short Sales.....................................................   II-22
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions..................   II-22
   Management Of The Fund...............................................................   Ii-23
   Investment Advisory and Other Services...............................................   Ii-25
     Investment Adviser.................................................................   II-25
        Control Of Adviser..............................................................   II-25
        Investment Advisory Agreement...................................................   II-25
        Continuing an Advisory Agreement................................................   II-25
        Terminating an Advisory Agreement...............................................   II-25
     Distributor........................................................................   II-26
     Administrative Services............................................................   II-26
        Administrator...................................................................   II-26
        Sub-Administrator...............................................................   II-27
        Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent..........................   II-27
        Administrative Fees.............................................................   II-27
     Custodian..........................................................................   II-27
     Independent Public Accountant......................................................   II-27
   Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.............................................   Ii-27
     Selection of Brokers...............................................................   II-27
     Simultaneous Transactions..........................................................   II-28
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
     Brokerage Commissions.......................................................    II-28
        Equity Securities........................................................    II-28
        Debt Securities..........................................................    II-28
   Capital Stock and Other Securities............................................    Ii-28
     The Fund....................................................................    II-28
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.....................................    II-28
        Description of Shares....................................................    II-28
        Class Differences........................................................    II-29
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions...................................    II-29
        Dividend and Distribution Options........................................    II-29
        Taxes on Distributions...................................................    II-29
        "Buying a Dividend"......................................................    II-30
   Purchase Redemption and Pricing of Shares.....................................    Ii-30
     Net Asset Value Per Share...................................................    II-30
        Calculating NAV..........................................................    II-30
        How the Fund Values it Assets............................................    II-30
     Purchase of Shares..........................................................    II-31
        In-Kind Purchases........................................................    II-31
     Redemption of Shares........................................................    II-31
        By Mail..................................................................    II-32
        By Telephone.............................................................    II-32
        Redemptions-In-Kind......................................................    II-32
        Signature Guarantees.....................................................    II-32
        Other Redemption Information.............................................    II-33
     Exchange Privilege..........................................................    II-33
     Transfer Of Shares..........................................................    II-33
   Performance Calculations......................................................    Ii-33
     Total Return................................................................    II-34
     Yield.......................................................................    II-34
     Comparisons.................................................................    II-35
   Taxes.........................................................................    Ii-35
   Financial Statements..........................................................    Ii-36
Glossary.........................................................................     II-1
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings...............................     II-1
   Moody's Investors Service, Inc................................................      A-1
     Preferred Stock Ratings.....................................................      A-1
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............................      A-1
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...........      A-2
   Standard & Poor's Ratings Services............................................      A-3
     Preferred Stock Ratings.....................................................      A-3
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................      A-3
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings.............................................      A-4
   Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co................................................      A-5
     Long-term Debt and Preferred Stock..........................................      A-5
     Short-Term Debt.............................................................      A-5
        High Grade...............................................................      A-5
        Good Grade...............................................................      A-6
        Satisfactory Grade.......................................................      A-6
        Non-Investment Grade.....................................................      A-6
        Default..................................................................      A-6
   Fitch IBCA Ratings............................................................      A-6
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings......................................      A-6
        Investment Grade.........................................................      A-6
        Speculative Grade........................................................      A-6
        International Short-Term Credit Ratings..................................      A-7
        Notes....................................................................      A-7
Appendix B - Comparisons.........................................................      A-1
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                              Part I: Portfolio 
                                    Summary

FPA Crescent Portfolio

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments, see "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .    Equity securities (50% to 70% of its total assets).

     .    Debt Securities (30% to 50%).

     .    Debt Securities-- Below-investment grade (up to 30% of its total
          assets).

     .    Foreign securities (up to 20% of its total assets).

     .    Futures.

     .    Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

     .    Options.

     .    Short sales.

     .    Investment company securities.

     .    Repurchase agreements.

     .    Restricted securities.

     .    Securities lending.

     .    When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
     Make loans to others, except (i) through the purchase of debt securities in
         accordance with its investment objective and policies, and (ii) to the
         extent the entry into a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan.

     (i) borrow money, except as stated in the Prospectuses and this SAI. Any
         such borrowing will be made only if immediately thereafter there is an
         asset coverage of at least 300% of all borrowings; (ii) mortgage,
         pledge or hypothecate any of its assets except in connection with any
         such borrowings.

     Purchase securities on margin, participate on a joint or joint and several
         basis in any securities trading account, or underwrite securities (does
         not preclude the Portfolio from obtaining such short-term credit as may
         be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of its portfolio
         securities).

     Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts (other than futures
         transactions for the purposes and under the conditions described in the
         prospectuses and in this SAI).

     Invest more than 25% of the market value of its assets in the securities of
         companies engaged in any one industry (does not apply to investment in
         the securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or
         instrumentalities).

     Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
         restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
         making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
         into options, futures or repurchase transactions.

     Purchase the securities of any issuer, if as a result more than 5% of the
         total assets of the Portfolio would be invested in the securities of
         that issuer, other than obligations of the U.S. Government, its
         agencies or instrumentalities, provided that up to 25% of the value of
         the Portfolio's assets may be invested without regard to this
         limitation.

     Purchase or sell real estate; however, the Portfolio may invest in debt
         securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by
         companies which invest in real estate or interests therein, including
         real estate investment trusts.

     With respect to 75% of its assets, own more than 5% of the securities of
         any single issuer (other than investments issued or guaranteed by the
         U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities).

     With respect to 75% of its assets, own more than 10% of the outstanding
          voting securities of any one issuer.

     The portfolio may not borrow except from banks for temporary or emergency
     purposes and in connection with short sales of securities. In these
     situations, the portfolio will limit borrowings to no more than 33 1/3% of
     the portfolio's assets, and the portfolio may not purchase additional
     securities when borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

     These investment restrictions do not prohibit the portfolio from engaging
     in short sales of securities as described in the Prospectuses in Part II of
     this SAI under "Description of Permitted Investments."

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .    Hold more than 10% of any class of securities of an issuer (taking all
          common stock issues of an issuer as a single class, all preferred
          stock issues as a single class, and all debt issues as a single
          class).

     .    Hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

 WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     First Pacific Advisors, Inc. s the investment adviser of the portfolio. For
     its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 0.75 its
     average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by the
     adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
     pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
     contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
     "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

     Equity Securities

     The adviser uses a contrarian investment style, which often leads to
     investing in "what other people do not wish to own." The adviser searches
     for common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants and convertible securities
     that reflect low price/earnings ratios (P/Es) and trade at discounts to
     private market value. The adviser deems the following to be important in
     its stock selection process: high return on capital; solid balance sheet;
     meaningful cash flow; active share repurchase program; insider buying;
     strong management, seeking to add shareholder value; and projected earnings
     growth exceeding the stock market average. In the adviser's view, the stock
     market prices securities efficiently in the long term, rewarding companies
     which successfully grow their own earnings and penalizing those which do
     not. The investment philosophy is based on the conviction that the market
     valuation of securities is often inefficient in the short-term. The adviser
     feels that hasty short-term decisions could cause a particular security,
     industry group or the entire market to become underpriced or overpriced in
     the short- term, thereby creating an excellent opportunity to either buy or
     sell.

     The adviser's intensive research process includes looking for ideas by
     reviewing stock price or industry group under performance, insider
     purchasers, management changes and corporate spin-offs. Fundamental
     analysis is the foundation of the Adviser's investment approach.

     Debt Securities

     Through fixed income investments, the adviser seeks a reliable and
     recurring stream of income for the portfolio, while preserving its capital.
     The adviser attempts to identify the current interest rate trends and
     invests funds accordingly. Usually, a defensive strategy is employed, with
     investments made at different points along the yield curve in an attempt to
     keep the average maturity of fixed income investments less than or equal to
     ten years.

     The adviser considers yield spread relationships and their underlying
     factors such as credit quality, investor perception and liquidity on a
     continuous basis to determine which sector offers the best investment
     value. When combined with equity securities, the ownership of fixed income
     securities not only can broaden the universe of opportunities, but also can
     offer additional diversification and can help lower portfolio volatility.

Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?

     As of the date of this SAI, the adviser's representative institutional
     clients included: General Electric Investment Corporation; Eastman Kodak
     Company; Federated Department Stores, Inc.; Fox Inc.; Xerox Corporation;
     Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company; Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
     Public School Employees Retirement System; and The Lannan Foundation.

     In compiling this client list, the adviser used objective criteria such as
     account size, geographic location and client classification. The adviser
     did not use any performance-based criteria. The fund 

                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
     does not know whether these clients approve or disapprove of the adviser or
     the advisory services provided.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.06% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
          Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     Name and Address of Shareholder            Percentage of Shares Owned
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     For the Periods Ended                                  Shorter of 10 Years    
     3/31/99                           1 Year    5 Years    or Since Inception    Inception Date
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                               <C>       <C>        <C>                   <C>
     Institutional Class
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Institutional Service Class
</TABLE>

                                      I-6
<PAGE>
 
EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Investment       Investment     
             Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees    Administrator   Sub-Administrator   Brokerage 
                  Paid            Waived            Fee              Fee          Commissions
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>     <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>                <C>
     1999
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-7
<PAGE>
 
                          Part II: The UAM Funds in 
                                    Detail
<PAGE>
 
Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
     investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
     and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
     such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at
     a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other
     things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or
     asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

     U.S. Government Securities

     U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
     has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
     government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
     securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
     ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten
     years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described
     under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI
     discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the
     section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

     The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
     securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
     United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
     securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

     .    By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

     .    By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy
          the obligations of the agency

     .    By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

     While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
     interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
     are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
     income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
     highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
     guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

     Corporate Bonds

     Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
     for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
     and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
     investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
     the principal amount of the bond or note.

     Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
     various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble
     as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
     interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
     mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both
     interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a
     "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on
     their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of
     such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either
     part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of
     a mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
     Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure
     or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools
     through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual
     loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser
     will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the
     issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets
     its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers
     or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies
     or guarantee arrangements.

     Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
     securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
     marketable.

     Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

     GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
     securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
     it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities
     issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of
     the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
     principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by
     GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA
     does not guarantee the market value or yield of mortgage-backed securities
     or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may
     have to pay a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages,
     which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

     Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
     stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
     development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
     sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
     savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
     credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
     securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their
     timely payment of principal and interest.

     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

     FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
     owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
     to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing.
     FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
     conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
     guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
     principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
     government.

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers 

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
     pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
     guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
     have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these
     issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by
     GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

     Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
     traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
     which are that mortgage-backed securities:

     .    Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
          monthly).

     .    They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
     .    The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than
          their final distribution dates so that the price of the security will
          generally decline when interest rates rise.

     In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
     "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
     geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
     property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the
     loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the
     prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal
     at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing
     mortgage-backed securities.

     Other Asset-Backed Securities

     These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
     than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
     receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
     pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
     shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
     substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

     Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
     mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
     benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
     possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
     to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
     receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
     protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
     which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
     owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by
     automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain
     possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell
     these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser
     would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the rated
     asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and
     requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile
     receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the
     obligations backing such receivables.

     To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
     payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
     the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
     ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
     insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
     the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
     the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated
     or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
     investment in such a security.

     The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
     securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
     payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
     amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
     asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
     underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
     rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
     experience on the underlying assets.

     Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
     securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
     principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
     portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
     FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

     A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages
     primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted
     investments.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
     maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
     "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
     by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
     certificates pay or accrue interest

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
     monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
     involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
     securities.

     Short-Term Investments

     To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
     temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
     assets in

     .    The short-term investments described below.

     .    U.S. government securities

     .    Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

     Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
     one year or less.

     Bank Obligations

     The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
     the bank:

     .    Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
          currencies;

     .    Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation; and

     .    Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the
          security is of an investment quality comparable with other debt
          securities that the portfolio may purchase.

     Time Deposits

     Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
     with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
     giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
     penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
     the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from
     two business days through seven calendar days.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
     deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
     definite period of time and earning a specified return.

     Banker's Acceptance

     A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
     borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
     transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

     Commercial Paper

     Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
     to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
     investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in
     commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's,
     or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured
     debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a
     description of commercial paper ratings.

     Yankee Bonds

     Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
     by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
     which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
     See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
     Zero Coupon Bonds

     These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
     sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
     entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
     difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
     of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
     remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
     liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
     securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
     securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
     ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
     in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
     certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
     certain income distribution requirements.

     These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
     interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
     ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
     brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
     corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or
     corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the
     right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
     receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
     coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
     maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
     security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
     case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
     ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
     owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
     discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
     securities that the Treasury sells itself.

     The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
     securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
     particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
     through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
     Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
     Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
     its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry
     record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

     Maturity

     Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
     the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
     however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
     on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
     to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
     refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
     The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

     A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
     it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
     the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
     maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
     portfolio it represents.

     Duration

     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
     debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
     in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
     because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
     the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
     payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
     multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
     expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
     call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
     debt security.

     An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
     1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
     security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
     magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
     knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
     estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
     in

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
     general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
     returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

     The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
     percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
     yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
     price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
     coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
     return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
     much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
     interest rates change.

     Interest Rates

     The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
     interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will
     go down, and vice versa).

     Prepayment Risk

     This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
     securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
     which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
     pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
     The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
     at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
     of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
     interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
     portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
     portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
     effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
     expected performance of the portfolio.

     Extension Risk

     The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
     Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
     unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
     sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
     declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
     increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
     interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
     effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
     "locking in" interest rates.

     Credit Rating

     Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
     compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
     securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
     Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their
     payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain.
     The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
     of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
     the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable U.S.
     treasuries.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to
     investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond
     market may make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause
     the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack
     of reliable, objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult
     to value junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
     Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
     Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not
     an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
     market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings
     of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries
     to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
     fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
     rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging."
     When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation
     in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value
     of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and
     purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the
     portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more
     effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

     Futures

     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .    Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to
          the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .    Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between
          currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers,
          as opposed to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges
          regulated by the CFTC.

     .    Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .    May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
          trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to
          a commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in 

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
     losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
     currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Options

     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

     Purchasing Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
     exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
     Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
     purchase of the call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .    Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .    Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
          or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
          the strike price; or

     .    Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

     .    The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
          security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
          exercise price.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
          price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
          the difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
          optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
          contract.

     .    In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds
          to the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .    Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
          price.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
          segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
          difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices

     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures

     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Combined Positions

     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
     Swap Agreements

     Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
     exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
     Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
     portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
     Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of
     names.

     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
     one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
     exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
     agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
     rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
     Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease
     the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share
     price.

     The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
     change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
     determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
     agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
     prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
     counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
     would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

     The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
     either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
     offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
     party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
     segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
     agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
     it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
     if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
     over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
     agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
     net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
     of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

     While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
     transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
     unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
     exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
     than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
     may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
     substantially more than it invested.

     When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
     the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred
     with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging
     could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

     Correlation of Prices

     The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
     on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
     instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
     the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
     hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
     the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
     investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the
     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it could have.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .    Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in
          volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until
          expiration of the contract.

     .    A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
          different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
          imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an
          instrument stops.

     .    Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
          requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the
          participation of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity

     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .    Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a
          time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

     .    Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

     .    Not be able to hedge its investments.

     .    Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .    An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
          instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives,
          which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

     .    Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
          an exchange.

     .    The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
          trading volume.

     .    Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
          firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
          activity.

     .    Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
          derivatives.

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
     Management Risk

     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage

     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .    Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

     .    Fiscal and monetary policies

     .    National and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
     related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks

     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

     Preferred Stocks

     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
     the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
     conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
     credit risk.

     Convertible Securities

     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants

     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks

     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .    Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made
          by its management or lower demand for the company's products or
          services.

     .    Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
          costs.

     .    Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated
          to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates,
          currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
     Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
     obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
     issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
     a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

     Small and Medium-Sized Companies

     A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
     falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
     Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
     risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
     established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
     business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial
     resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The
     securities of small and medium companies are often traded in the
     over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of
     securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities
     of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid,
     and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of
     larger, more established companies.

     Technology Companies

     Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
     volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
     associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
     various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
     characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may significantly
     influence other, related industries. For example, technology companies may
     be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments
     and their products and services may be subject to governmental regulation
     or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .    They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a
          foreign currency.

     .    They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

     .    They can invest in investment funds.

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

     Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

     Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

     Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .    The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
          United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate
          of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
          deficits and national debt.

     .    Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
          through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
          economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
          the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

     .    The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international
          trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected
          if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
          economic conditions.

     .    The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
          stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
          external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
          other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

     .    A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
          investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
          confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
          country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
          markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to
          invest a particular country or make it very expensive for the
          portfolio to invest in that country. Some countries require prior
          governmental approval, limit the types or amount of securities or
          companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may
          restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
          investment income and capital gains.

     Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

     Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .    They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more
          volatile, than those in the United States.

     .    They have substantially less volume.

     .    Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
          erratic price movements. 

     .    Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
          minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

     .    Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
          less developed than those in U.S. markets.

     .    They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
          and increase the potential for failed settlements.

     Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .    It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
          dollars and vice versa.

     .    Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
          values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
          their exchange rates.

     .    Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
          selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
          contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
          response to other market forces.

     .    There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
          foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
          through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
          basis.

     .    Available quotation information is generally representative of very
          large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
          reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
          million) where rates may be less favorable.

     .    The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global,
          around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while
          the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets
          may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

     Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
     Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .    Have relatively unstable governments.

     .    Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions
          on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

     .    Offer less protection of property rights than more developed
          countries.

     .    Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
          vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
          suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .    Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
          may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
          potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
          impossible at times.

The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .    Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
          institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .    Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
          financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than
          Euro?

     .    How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .    Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
          currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
     greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
     Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .    For cash management purposes.

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
     .    Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

     .    The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
          assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
          Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .    Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them
          or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

     .    Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price
          of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
          security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
     incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
     for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
     qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
     1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
     collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
     When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
     guidelines:

     .    The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market
          value of the securities loaned.

     .    The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
          issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
          the U. S. government.

     .    The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
          securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     .    The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

     .    The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
          include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest
          bearing short-term investments).

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
     .    The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
          risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

     .    Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
          securities it lent to the borrower.

     .    Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .    Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .    Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .    After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
          securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio
          net assets.

     .    The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
          sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
          value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .    Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
          class of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
     with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
     segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
     the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
     with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
     the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
     price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
     into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
     the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
     delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
     party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
     sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
     favorable price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
     date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

Management Of The Fund

     The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
     elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
     CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
     people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
     Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Total
                                                                                Aggregate         Compensation
                                                                              Compensation       From UAM Funds
                                Position          Principal Occupations     from Fund as of      Complex as of
       Name, Address, DOB       with Fund        During the Past 5  years        4/30/99            12/31/99
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                       <C>              <C>                        <C>                  <C>
      John T. Bennett, Jr.        Board             President of Squam                            
      College Road -- RFD 3       Member            Investment Management                         
      Meredith, NH 03253                            Company, Inc. and                             
      1/26/29                                       Great Island                                  
                                                    Investment Company,                           
                                                    Inc.; President of                            
                                                    Bennett Management                            
                                                    Company from 1988 to                          
                                                    1993.                                         
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Nancy J. Dunn               Board             Financial Officer of                          
      10 Garden Street            Member            World Wildlife Fund                           
      Cambridge, MA 02138                           since January 1999.                           
      8/14/51                                       Formerly, Vice                                
                                                    President for Finance                         
                                                    and Administration                            
                                                    and Treasurer of                              
                                                    Radcliffe College                             
                                                    from 1991 to 1999.                            
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William A. Humenuk          Board             Executive Vice                                
      100 King Street West        Member            President and Chief                           
      P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                          Administrative                                
      Hamilton  Ontario,                            Officer of Philip                             
      Canada L8N-4J6                                Services Corp.;                               
      4/21/42                                       Formerly, a Partner                           
                                                    in the Philadelphia                           
                                                    office of the law                             
                                                    firm Dechert Price &                          
                                                    Rhoads and a Director                         
                                                    of Hofler Corp.                               
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Philip D. English           Board             President and Chief                           
      16 West Madison             Member            Executive Officer of                          
        Street                                      Broventure Company,                           
      Baltimore, MD 21201                           Inc.; Chairman of the                         
      8/5/48                                        Board of Chektec                              
                                                    Corporation and Cyber                         
                                                    Scientific, Inc                               
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      James P. Pappas*            Board             President of UAM                0                    0
      211 Congress Street         Member            Investment Services,                          
      Boston, MA  02110                             Inc. since March 1999                         
      2/24/53                                       and Vice President                            
                                                    UAM Trust Company                             
                                                    since January 1996;                           
                                                    Principal of UAM Fund                         
                                                    Distributors, Inc.                            
                                                    since December 1995;                          
                                                    formerly Vice                                 
                                                    President of UAM                              
                                                    Investment Services,                          
                                                    Inc. from January                             
                                                    1999 to 1996 and a                            
                                                    Director and Chief                            
                                                    Operating Officer of                          
                                                    CS First Boston                               
                                                    Investment Management                         
                                                    from 1993-1995.                               
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Norton H. Reamer*           Board             Chairman, Chief                 0                    0
      One International           Member;           Executive Officer and                         
        Place                     President         a Director of United                          
      Boston, MA 02110            and               Asset Management                              
      3/21/35                     Chairman          Corporation;                                  
                                                    Director, Partner or                          
                                                    Trustee of each of                            
                                                    the Investment                                
                                                    Companies of the                              
                                                    Eaton Vance Group of                          
                                                    Mutual Funds.                                 
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*      Board             President and Chief             0                    0
      One Financial Center        Member            Investment Officer of                         
      Boston, MA 02111                              Dewey Square                                  
      7/1/43                                        Investors Corporation                         
                                                    since 1988; Director                          
                                                    and Chief Executive                           
                                                    Officer of H.T.                               
                                                    Investors, Inc.,                              
                                                    formerly a subsidiary                         
                                                    of Dewey Square.                              
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William H. Park             Vice              Executive Vice                  0                    0
      One International           President         President and Chief                           
        Place                                       Financial Officer of                          
      Boston, MA 02110                              United Asset                                  
      9/19/47                                       Management                                    
                                                    Corporation.                                  
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Gary L. French              Treasurer         President of UAMFSI             0                    0
      211 Congress Street                           and UAMFDI, formerly                          
      Boston, MA 02110                              Vice President of                             
      7/4/51                                        Operations,                                   
                                                    Development and                               
                                                    Control of Fidelity                           
                                                    Investments in 1995;                          
                                                    Treasurer of the                              
                                                    Fidelity Group of                             
                                                    Mutual Funds from                             
                                                    1991 to 1995.                                 
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael E. DeFao            Secretary         Vice President and              0                    0
      211 Congress Street                           General Counsel of                            
      Boston, MA 02110                              UAMFSI and UAMFDI;                            
      2/28/68                                       Associate Attorney of                         
                                                    Ropes & Gray (a law                           
                                                    firm) from 1993 to                            
                                                    1995.                                         
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Robert R. Flaherty          Assistant         Vice President of               0                    0
      211 Congress Street         Treasurer         UAMFSI; formerly                              
      Boston, MA 02110                              Manager of Fund                               
      9/18/63                                       Administration and                            
                                                    Compliance of CGFSC                           
                                                    from 1995 to 1996;                            
                                                    Senior Manager of                             
                                                    Deloitte & Touche LLP                         
                                                    from 1985 to 1995,                            
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael J. Leary            Assistant         Vice President of               0                    0
      73 Tremont Street           Treasurer         Chase Global Funds                            
      Boston, MA  02108                             Services Company                              
      11/23/65                                      since 1993.  Manager                          
                                                    of Audit at Ernst &                           
                                                    Young from 1988 to                            
                                                    1993.                                         
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Total
                                                                                Aggregate         Compensation
                                                                              Compensation       From UAM Funds
                                Position          Principal Occupations     from Fund as of      Complex as of
       Name, Address, DOB       with Fund        During the Past 5  years        4/30/99            12/31/99
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                       <C>              <C>                        <C>                  <C>
      Michelle Azrialy            Assistant         Assistant Treasurer             0                    0
      73 Tremont Street           Secretary         of Chase Global Funds                         
      Boston, MA 02108                              Services Company                              
      4/12/69                                       since 1996.  Senior                           
                                                    Public Accountant                             
                                                    with Price Waterhouse                         
                                                    LLP from 1991 to 1994.                        
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

     Service Performed by Adviser

     Each adviser:

     .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
          portfolios.

     .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
          program of the portfolios.

     .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
          securities and what portion will consist of cash.

     Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability 

                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
     whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
     other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
          Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
          of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     .    The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
          without the payment of any penalty if:

     .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
          the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
          An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
          it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

     .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
          officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
          including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

     .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

     .    EDGAR filing fees.

     .    Processing services and related fees.

     .    Advisory and administration fees.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
     .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
          accountants and custodians.

     .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

     .    Outside legal expenses.

     .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

     .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
          for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

     .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
          meetings.

     .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

     .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

     .    Trade association dues and expenses.

     .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
     broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.

Capital Stock and Other Securities

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive 

                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
     office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
     shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
     cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .    Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
          shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
          exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
          distribution expenditures.

     .    Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
          and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
          with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
          Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .    Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .    Net income

     .    Dividends

     .    NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value

     Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

Purchase Redemption and Pricing of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

     .    Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

     .    Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
          portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
          received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .    The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

     .    The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
     .    The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
          that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
          or otherwise.

     .    All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
          such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
          to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

     .    Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
          securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
          of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
          U.S. government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .    Share certificates, if issued.

     .    A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
          shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
          registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
          registered.

     .    Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

     .    Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
          and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
          necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .    Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
          receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
          must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with each
          signature guaranteed).

     .    Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable 

                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
     rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
     portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .    Written requests for redemption.

     .    Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
          specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

     .    On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .    When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .    Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .    During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
          the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
          for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
          determine the value of its assets.

     .    For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.

Performance Calculations

     Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates
     its current yield and average annual compounded total return information
     using the method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
     and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
     with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
     calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
     in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
     incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and
     ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an
     annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
     generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

         P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

         Where:

         P      =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

         T      =   average annual total return

         n      =   number of years

                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
         ERV    =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                    end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                    thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
     differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
     income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

         Where:

         a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

         b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

         c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
         that were entitled to receive income distributions

         d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
     their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
     performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information
     in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications,
     indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types of
     advertisements generally:

     Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
     independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
     data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

     In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
     mind that

     The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may
     be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

     Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

     The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
     be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

     In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
     performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
Taxes

     In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
     treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year
     must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
     derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or
     foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of
     investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

     The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
     gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
     Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

     If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
     investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
     the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
     rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this
     event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as
     ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and
     profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the
     dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The
     portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

     Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
     withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would
     reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income
     reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax
     treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for
     more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

Financial Statements

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

     Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

     Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

     CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

     Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

     Governing Board, see Board.

     NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
     information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
     Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

     NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
     Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
     in the United States.

     Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
     all of the series of the Fund.

     SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
     agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
     States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and
     the 1934 ACT.

     UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc.
     II and all of their portfolios.

     UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

     UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

     UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

     UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
     sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

     All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
     the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                             Appendix A: Description
                            of Securities and Ratings

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     aaa             An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a
                     top-quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good
                     asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment
                     within the universe of preferred stock.

     aa              An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade
                     preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a
                     reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will
                     remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable
                     future.

     a               An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an
                     upper-medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged
                     to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa"
                     classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                     nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

     baa             An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a
                     medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor
                     poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear
                     adequate at present but may be questionable over any great
                     length of time.

     ba              An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have
                     speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                     well assured. Earnings and asset protection may be very
                     moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse periods.
                     Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in
                     this class.

     b               An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the
                     characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of
                     dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the
                     issue over any long periods of time may be small.

     caa             An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
                     dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport
                     to indicate the future status of payments.

     ca              An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high
                     degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                     little likelihood of eventual payments.

     c               This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference
                     stock. Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
                     investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
     classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
     higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
     mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
     lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Aaa             Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best
                     quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk
                     and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest
                     payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
                     stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
                     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as
                     can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
                     fundamentally strong position of such issues.

     Aa              Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality
                     by all standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds
                     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
                     securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
                     greater amplitude or there may be other elements present
                     which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than
                     the Aaa securities.

     A               Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
                     attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
                     obligations. Factors giving security to principal and
                     interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
                     present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
                     sometime in the future.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     Baa             Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
                     obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor
                     poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security
                     appear adequate for the present but certain protective
                     elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
                     unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack
                     outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
                     speculative characteristics as well.

     Ba              Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative
                     elements; their future cannot be considered as
                     well-assured. Often the protection of interest and
                     principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                     well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the
                     future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
                     class.

     B               Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of
                     the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and
                     principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the
                     contract over any long period of time may be small.

     Caa             Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues
                     may be in default or there may be present elements of
                     danger with respect to principal or interest.

     Ca              Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
                     speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in
                     default or have other marked shortcomings.

     C               Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of
                     bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
                     investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
     classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
     obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier
     2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in
     the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
     original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

     Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
     investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
     issuers:

     Prime-1        Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                    superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be
                    evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

                    .    High rates of return on funds employed.

                    .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate
                         reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

                    .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                         industries.

                    .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
                         and high internal cash generation.

                    .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets
                         and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2        Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                    strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                    characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
                    Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be
                    more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics,
                    while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
                    conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Prime 3        Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have
                    an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and
                    market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in
                    earnings and profitability may result in changes in the
                    level of debt protection measurements and may require
                    relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate 
                    liquidity is maintained.

     Not Prime      Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the
                    Prime rating categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA           This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard
                    & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an
                    extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock
                    obligations.

      AA            A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a
                    high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                    preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
                    overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

      A             An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
                    preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
                    susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions.

      BBB           An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate
                    capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it
                    normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse
                    economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
                    likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for
                    a preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A
                    category.

      BB, B,        Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded,
      CCC           on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
                    the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations.
                    BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the
                    highest. While such issues will likely have some quality
                    and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
                    large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse
                    conditions.

      CC            The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that
                    is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but
                    that is currently paying.

      C             A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

      D             A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the 
                    issuer in default on debt instruments.

      N.R.          This indicates that no rating has been requested, that
                    there is insufficient information on which to base a
                    rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a
                    particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

      Plus (+) or   To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock
      minus (-)     quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the 
                    addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing 
                    within the major rating categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
     considerations:

     Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
     financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
     obligation;

     Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

     Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
     event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
     bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

     AAA             An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
                     Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
                     financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

     AA              An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated
                     obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to
                     meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very
                     strong.

     A               An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the
                     adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
                     conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.
                     However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation is still strong.

     BBB             An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection
                     parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or
                     changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
                     weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
     speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
     and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
     protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties
     or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB             An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment
                    than other speculative issues. However, it faces major
                    ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business,
                    financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
                    obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.

     B              An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
                    obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
                    conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or
                    willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

     CCC            An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to
                    non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
                    adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the
                    obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on the obligations.

     CC             An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to 
                    nonpayment.

     C              The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a 
                    bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has 
                    been taken, but payments on this obligation are being 
                    continued.

     D              An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
                    category is used when payments on an obligation are not
                    made on the date due even if the applicable grace period
                    has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
                    such payments will be made during such grace period. The D
                    rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy
                    petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
                    an obligation are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
     rating categories.

     r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
     noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
     returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
     obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
     obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
     principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
     interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
     short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
     obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
     commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
     creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
     obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
     addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
     Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

     A-1            A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
                    category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.
                    Within this category, certain obligations are designated
                    with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on these
                    obligations is extremely strong.

     A-2            A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more
                    susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in
                    higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity
                    to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
                    satisfactory.

     A-3            A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate
                    protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions
                    or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
                    weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.

     B              A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having
                    significant speculative characteristics. The obligor
                    currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing
                    uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     C              A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
                    nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

     D              A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The
                    D rating category is used when payments on an obligation
                    are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace
                    period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes
                    that such payments will be made during such grace period.
                    The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
                    bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if
                    payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     AAA            Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible,
                    being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury
                    debt.

     AA+/AA         High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                    modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                    economic conditions.

     A+/A/A-        Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                    factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                    stress.

     BBB+/BBB       Below-average protection factors but still considered
                    sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability
                    in risk during economic cycles.

     BBB-

     BB+/BB/BB-     Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet
                    obligations when due. Present or prospective financial
                    protection factors fluctuate according to industry
                    conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
                    within this category.

     B+/B/B-        Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                    will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                    fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                    conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                    frequent changes in the rating within this category or into
                    a higher or lower rating grade.

     CCC            Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                    uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                    interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors are
                    narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                    economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
                    company developments.

     DD             Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                    principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                    scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

     DP             Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

     D-1+           Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
                    including internal operating factors and/or access to
                    alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety
                    is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
                    obligations.

     D-1            Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors
                    are excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                    factors. Risk factors are minor.

     D-1-           High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                    strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                    factors. Risk factors are very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

     D-2            Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                    company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding
                    needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to
                    capital markets is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

     D-3            Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors
                    qualify issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are
                    larger and subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely 
                    payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

     D-4            Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                    sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                    Operating factors and market access may be subject to a
                    high degree of variation.

Default

     D-5            Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest 
                    payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

     AAA            Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest
                    expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case
                    of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for
                    financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to
                    be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

     AA             Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low
                    expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong
                    capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This
                    capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
                    events.

     A              High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation
                    of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
                    financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity
                    may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in
                    circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case
                    for higher ratings.

     B              Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is
                    currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity
                    for timely payment of financial commitments is considered
                    adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in
                    economic conditions are more likely to impair this
                    capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

     BB             Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a
                    possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the
                    result of adverse economic change over time; however,
                    business or financial alternatives may be available to
                    allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in
                    this category are not investment grade.

     B              Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant
                    credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety
                    remains. Financial commitments are currently being met;
                    however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon
                    a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     CCC,CC,C       High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                    for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon
                    sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A
                    'CC' rating indicates that default of some kind appears
                    probable. 'C' ratings signal imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
     DDD,DD,D       Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and
                    are extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest
                    potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any
                    securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for example, 'DD'
                    indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such
                    outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e.
                    below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

     F1             Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity
                    for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an
                    added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit
                    feature.

     F2             Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely
                    payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety
                    is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

     F3             Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of
                    financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term
                    adverse changes could result in a reduction to
                    non-investment grade.

     B              Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of
                    financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                    adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

     C              High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                    for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a
                    sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     D              Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

     "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
     major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term
     rating category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other
     than 'F1'.

     'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
     question.

     'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
     information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
     obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

     RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
     there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
     direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
     potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if
     ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
     resolved over a relatively short period.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
     analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of
     return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods
     for the mutual fund industry.

     Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
     Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in
     the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

     Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
     stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the
     stock market since October 1, 1928.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
     blue-chip stocks.

     Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
     Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times,
     Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
     Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal
     and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate
     fund performance over specified time periods.

     Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
     Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
     Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

     IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

     IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
     Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
     equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
     portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
     securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
     practically accessible to foreign investors.

     Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index
     and the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
     issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
     securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB) or
     higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par values of
     at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25 million for
     others.

     Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
     fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
     included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered
     public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
     governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international
     agencies.

     Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including
     all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
     foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued
     debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and
     corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the
     aggregate index, sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

     Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
     Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
     yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
     maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least $100
     million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others. Any
     security downgraded during the month is held in the index until month end
     and then removed. All returns are market value weighted inclusive of
     accrued income.

     Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate,
     non-investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
     denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity
     and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
     Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
     market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
     (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

     Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average
     of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt
     issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years
     or less.

     Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
     whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time
     a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond
     ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

     Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
     seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing
     60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

     Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
     funds by asset size in this investment objective.

     Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
     Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
     the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
     specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions,
     exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

     Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
     unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with
     maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB
     or higher).

     Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
     value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on
     the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

     Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
     yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

     NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
     index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
     regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign
     common stocks and ADRs..

     New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices
     of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange.

     Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
     in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
     higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

     Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

     Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend
     yields and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
     Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000.

     Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

     Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
     companies based on total market capitalization, which represents
     approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

     Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
     Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

     Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of
     the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the
     Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

     Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
     comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
     greater, but less than three years.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
     treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
     equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
     issues.

     Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
     Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

     Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
     domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
     representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
     utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

     Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
     chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700
     million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
     proportion to its market value.

     Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
     industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
     transportation stocks.

     Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
     securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
     index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
     securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
     Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

     Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
     weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three
     groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock
     Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas
     distributors and 8 telephone companies.

     Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
     historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
     company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and
     inflation.

     U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
     treasury bills for the previous three month period.

     Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
     Survey.

     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted
     index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
     investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The
     index is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure
     of the performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and
     performance comparison.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs)
     but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..

     Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
     securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment
     of dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)

                            Hanson Equity Portfolio
                           Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 July __, 1999

     This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus.
     However, you should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the
     portfolios dated July __, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio
     by contacting the UAM Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
Table Of Contents

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Part I: Portfolio Summary....................................................    I-1
   HANSON EQUITY PORTFOLIO...................................................    I-2
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.......................    I-2
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?......................    I-2
        Fundamental Policies.................................................    I-2
        Non-Fundamental Policies.............................................    I-3
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.........................    I-3
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?............    I-3
     Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.......    I-4
     What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
        Average Annual Total Return..........................................    I-4
     Expenses................................................................    I-4
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail.............................................   II-1
   DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS......................................   II-2
     Debt Securities.........................................................   II-2
        Types of Debt Securities.............................................   II-2
        Terms to Understand..................................................   II-6
        Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities.......................   II-7
     Derivatives.............................................................   II-8
        Types of Derivatives.................................................   II-8
        Risks of Derivatives.................................................  II-13
     Equity Securities.......................................................  II-15
        Types of Equity Securities...........................................  II-15
        Risks of Investing in Equity Securities..............................  II-16
     Foreign Securities......................................................  II-17
        Types of Foreign Securities..........................................  II-17
        Risks of Foreign Securities..........................................  II-18
        The Euro.............................................................  II-20
     Investment Companies....................................................  II-20
     Repurchase Agreements...................................................  II-20
     Restricted Securities...................................................  II-21
     Securities Lending......................................................  II-21
     Short Sales.............................................................  II-21
        Description of Short Sales...........................................  II-21
        Short Sales Against the Box..........................................  II-22
        Restrictions on Short Sales..........................................  II-22
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.......  II-22
   MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND....................................................  II-23
   INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES....................................  II-25
     Investment Adviser......................................................  II-25
        Control Of Adviser...................................................  II-25
        Investment Advisory Agreement........................................  II-25
        Continuing an Advisory Agreement.....................................  II-25
        Terminating an Advisory Agreement....................................  II-25
     Distributor.............................................................  II-26
     Administrative Services.................................................  II-26
        Administrator........................................................  II-26
        Sub-Administrator....................................................  II-27
        Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent...............  II-27
        Administrative Fees..................................................  II-27
     Custodian...............................................................  II-27
     Independent Public Accountant...........................................  II-27
   BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES..................................  II-27
     Selection of Brokers....................................................  II-27
     Simultaneous Transactions...............................................  II-28
     Brokerage Commissions...................................................  II-28
        Equity Securities....................................................  II-28
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
        Debt Securities......................................................  II-28
   CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES........................................  II-28
     The Fund................................................................  II-28
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.................................  II-28
        Description of Shares................................................  II-28
        Class Differences....................................................  II-29
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions...............................  II-29
        Dividend and Distribution Options....................................  II-29
        Taxes on Distributions...............................................  II-29
        "Buying a Dividend"..................................................  II-30
   PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES.................................  II-30
     Net Asset Value Per Share...............................................  II-30
        Calculating NAV......................................................  II-30
        How the Fund Values it Assets........................................  II-30
     Purchase of Shares......................................................  II-31
        In-Kind Purchases....................................................  II-31
     Redemption of Shares....................................................  II-31
        By Mail..............................................................  II-32
        By Telephone.........................................................  II-32
        Redemptions-In-Kind..................................................  II-32
        Signature Guarantees.................................................  II-32
        Other Redemption Information.........................................  II-33
     Exchange Privilege......................................................  II-33
     Transfer Of Shares......................................................  II-33
   PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS..................................................  II-33
     Total Return............................................................  II-34
     Yield...................................................................  II-34
     Comparisons.............................................................  II-35
   TAXES.....................................................................  II-35
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................  II-36
Glossary.....................................................................   II-1
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings...........................   II-1
   MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC............................................    A-1
     Preferred Stock Ratings.................................................    A-1
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.........................    A-1
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.......    A-2
   STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES........................................    A-3
     Preferred Stock Ratings.................................................    A-3
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings..........................................    A-3
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings.........................................    A-4
   DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO............................................    A-5
     Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock......................................    A-5
     Short-Term Debt.........................................................    A-5
        High Grade...........................................................    A-5
        Good Grade...........................................................    A-6
        Satisfactory Grade...................................................    A-6
        Non-Investment Grade.................................................    A-6
        Default..............................................................    A-6
   FITCH IBCA RATINGS........................................................    A-6
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings..................................    A-6
        Investment Grade.....................................................    A-6
        Speculative Grade....................................................    A-6
        International Short-Term Credit Ratings..............................    A-7
        Notes................................................................    A-7
Appendix B - Comparisons.....................................................    A-1
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                              Part I: Portfolio 
                                    Summary
<PAGE>
 
HANSON EQUITY PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .    Equity securities (at least 80% in companies with market
          capitalizations over $1 billion at the time of purchase).

     .    American depositary receipts (up to 20% of its total assets).

     .    Investment company securities.

     .    Repurchase agreements.

     .    Restricted securities.

     .    Securities lending.

     .    When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
          assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
          (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
          interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
          instrumentalities).

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
          of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

     .    Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
          industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
          instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
          agencies.

     .    Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
          or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of
          the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .    Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
          although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
          in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured
          by interests in real estate.

     .    Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
          its investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or
          (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers
          and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not
          inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
          interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .    Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
          restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
          making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
          entering into repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .    Purchase on margin or sell short except that the portfolio may
          purchase futures as described in the prospectus and this SAI.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Hanson Investment Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.70 its average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
     the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
     pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
     contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
     "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
          Funds.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

       Name and Address of Shareholder            Percentage of Shares Owned
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average Annual Total Return
     For the Periods                                            Shorter of 10 Years or     
     Ended 4/30/99           1 Year               5 Years           Since Inception         Inception Date
     ======================================================================================================
     <S>                     <C>                  <C>               <C>                     <C>
</TABLE>

EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Investment        Investment       
                Advisory Fees     Advisory Fees      Administrator    Sub-Administrator     Brokerage  
                     Paid             Waived              Fee               Fee            Commissions 
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       <S>      <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>                  <C>
       1999
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1998
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                           Part II: The UAM Funds in
                                    Detail
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
     investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
     and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
     such as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at
     a discount from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other
     things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or
     asset-backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

     U.S. Government Securities

     U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury
     has issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
     government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
     securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to
     ten years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten
     years and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described
     under "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI
     discusses mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the
     section called "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

     The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury
     securities. Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the
     United States government generally do not back agency securities. Agency
     securities are typically supported in one of three ways:

     .    By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

     .    By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy
          the obligations of the agency

     .    By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

     While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and
     interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities
     are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed
     income securities. However, since U.S. government securities are of the
     highest quality, the credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not
     guarantee the net asset value of the assets of the portfolio.

     Corporate Bonds

     Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or
     for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases
     and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by
     investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay
     the principal amount of the bond or note.

     Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
     various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble
     as securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
     interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
     mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both
     interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a
     "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on
     their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of
     such securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either
     part or all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of
     a mortgage backed security is often shorter than its stated.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
     Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure
     or guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools
     through various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual
     loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser
     will consider such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the
     issuers thereof in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets
     its investment quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers
     or guarantors will not meet their obligations under the insurance policies
     or guarantee arrangements.

     Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
     securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
     marketable.

     Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

     GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related
     securities. GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and
     it falls within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities
     issued by GNMA are treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of
     the U.S. government backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
     principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by
     GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA
     does not guarantee the market value or yield of mortgage-backed securities
     or the value of portfolio shares. To buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may
     have to pay a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages,
     which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

     Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
     stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
     development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
     sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered
     savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and
     credit unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency
     securities, which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their
     timely payment of principal and interest.

     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

     FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
     owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
     to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing.
     FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
     conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
     guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
     principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
     government.

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers 

     Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
     companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
     pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
     guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
     have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these
     issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by
     GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

     Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

     Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
     traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
     which are that mortgage-backed securities:

     .    Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
          monthly).

     .    They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
     .    The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than
          their final distribution dates so that the price of the security will
          generally decline when interest rates rise.

     In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
     "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
     geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
     property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the
     loans underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the
     prepayment rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal
     at a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing
     mortgage-backed securities.

     Other Asset-Backed Securities

     These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other
     than mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
     receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are
     pass-through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of
     shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience
     substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

     Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
     mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
     benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
     possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available
     to support payments on these securities. For example, credit card
     receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the
     protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
     which allow debtors to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts
     owed on the credit cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by
     automobile receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain
     possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell
     these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser
     would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the rated
     asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of vehicles involved and
     requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities backed by automobile
     receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the
     obligations backing such receivables.

     To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
     payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure
     the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
     ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
     insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by
     the issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in
     the pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated
     or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
     investment in such a security.

     The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
     securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
     payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
     amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of
     asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the
     underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest
     rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment
     experience on the underlying assets.

     Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
     securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid
     principal semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs,
     portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
     FNMA, and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

     A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages
     primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted
     investments.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
     maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
     "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired
     by its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
     certificates pay or accrue interest 

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
     monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
     involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
     securities.

     Short-Term Investments

     To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
     temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its
     assets in

     .    The short-term investments described below.

     .    U.S. government securities

     .    Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

     Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of
     one year or less.

     Bank Obligations

     The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
     the bank:

     .    Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
          currencies;

     .    Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation; and

     .    Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the
          security is of an investment quality comparable with other debt
          securities that the portfolio may purchase.

     Time Deposits

     Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term
     with the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by
     giving notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal
     penalties depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of
     the obligation. The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from
     two business days through seven calendar days.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
     deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a
     definite period of time and earning a specified return.

     Banker's Acceptance

     A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
     borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial
     transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

     Commercial Paper

     Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1
     to 270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such
     investments are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in
     commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's,
     or, if not rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured
     debt issue rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a
     description of commercial paper ratings.

     Yankee Bonds

     Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States
     by foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks
     which are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.
     See "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
     Zero Coupon Bonds

     These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are
     sold at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their
     entire income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the
     difference between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount
     of the discount rate varies depending on factors including the time
     remaining until maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's
     liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The market value of zero coupon
     securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
     securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration than an
     ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's investments
     in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
     certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
     certain income distribution requirements.

     These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
     interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
     ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment
     brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated
     corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or
     corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the
     right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not
     receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the
     coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like
     maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury
     security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the
     case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
     ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the
     owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect,
     discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon
     securities that the Treasury sells itself.

     The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
     securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
     particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities
     through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a
     Federal Reserve program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of
     Registered Interest and Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record
     its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry
     record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

     Maturity

     Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay
     the amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities,
     however, are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier,
     on or after specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely
     to be called when interest rates are falling because the issuer can
     refinance at a lower rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.
     The effective maturity of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

     A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead,
     it calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of
     the stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
     maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
     portfolio it represents.

     Duration

     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
     debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes
     in interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity
     because it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over
     the life of a debt security. Future interest payments and principal
     payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are
     multiplied by the number of years they will be received to produce a value
     expressed in years -- the duration. Effective duration takes into account
     call features and sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a
     debt security.

     An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each
     1% reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a
     security is estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same
     magnitude is estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By
     knowing the yield and the effective duration of a debt security, one can
     estimate total return based on an expectation of how much interest rates,
     in 

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
     general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
     returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

     The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
     percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
     yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
     price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
     coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total
     return of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how
     much interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
     interest rates change.

     Interest Rates

     The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
     interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will
     go down, and vice versa).

     Prepayment Risk

     This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
     securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities,
     which may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to
     pay off mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.
     The portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments
     at lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing
     of mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in
     interest rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the
     portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the
     portfolio can have the unintended effect of increasing or reducing the
     effective duration of the portfolio, which may adversely affect the
     expected performance of the portfolio.

     Extension Risk

     The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
     Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
     unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
     sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
     declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security
     increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market
     interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less
     effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of
     "locking in" interest rates.

     Credit Rating

     Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
     compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury
     securities, such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free."
     Corporate securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their
     payment of interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain.
     The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
     of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
     the greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable U.S.
     treasuries.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to
     investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond
     market may make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause
     the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack
     of reliable, objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult
     to value junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
     Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
     Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not
     an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
     market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings
     of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries
     to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
     fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
     rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging."
     When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation
     in the value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value
     of the derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and
     purchase of derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the
     portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more
     effective means of hedging this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

     Futures

     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .    Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to
          the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .    Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between
          currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers,
          as opposed to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges
          regulated by the CFTC.

     .    Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .    May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
          trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to
          a commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in 

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
     losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
     currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Options

     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.

     Purchasing Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the 

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
     exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.
     Otherwise, the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the
     purchase of the call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .    Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .    Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
          or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
          the strike price; or

     .    Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

     .    The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
          security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
          exercise price.

     .    A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
          price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
          the difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
          optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
          contract.

     .    In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds
          to the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .    Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
          price.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
          foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
          segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
          difference between the exercise prices.

     .    Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices

     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures

     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Combined Positions

     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
     Swap Agreements

     Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include
     exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors.
     Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
     portfolio's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.
     Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of
     names.

     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
     one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
     exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
     agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
     rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
     Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease
     the overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share
     price.

     The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
     change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
     determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
     agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be
     prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
     counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
     would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

     The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
     either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
     offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
     party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a
     segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap
     agreements. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
     it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess,
     if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement
     over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
     agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a
     net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount
     of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

     While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
     transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
     unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
     exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
     than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
     may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
     substantially more than it invested.

     When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities
     the portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred
     with a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging
     could expose the portfolio to greater risks.

     Correlation of Prices

     The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
     on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or
     instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In
     the case of poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is
     hedging may not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as
     the hedging instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by
     investing only in those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the
     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it could have.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .    Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in
          volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until
          expiration of the contract.

     .    A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
          different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
          imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an
          instrument stops.

     .    Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
          requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the
          participation of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity

     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .    Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a
          time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

     .    Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

     .    Not be able to hedge its investments.

     .    Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .    An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
          instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives,
          which sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

     .    Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
          an exchange.

     .    The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
          trading volume.

     .    Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
          firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
          activity.

     .    Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
          derivatives.

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
     Management Risk

     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage

     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .    Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

     .    Fiscal and monetary policies

     .    National and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative's prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or
     related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks

     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

     Preferred Stocks

     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally, 

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
     the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
     conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
     credit risk.

     Convertible Securities

     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants

     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks

     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .    Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made
          by its management or lower demand for the company's products or
          services.

     .    Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
          costs.

     .    Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated
          to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates,
          currency exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
     Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
     obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
     issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
     a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

     Small and Medium-Sized Companies

     A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization
     falls with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.
     Investors in small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater
     risk and price volatility than they would by investing in larger, more
     established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater
     business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial
     resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The
     securities of small and medium companies are often traded in the
     over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical of
     securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities
     of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid,
     and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of
     larger, more established companies.

     Technology Companies

     Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater
     volatility than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or
     associated with technological issues. Technology companies operate in
     various industries. Since these industries frequently share common
     characteristics, an event or issue affecting one industry may significantly
     influence other, related industries. For example, technology companies may
     be strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments
     and their products and services may be subject to governmental regulation
     or adversely affected by governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .    They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a
          foreign currency.

     .    They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

     .    They can invest in investment funds.

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

     Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

     Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

     Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .    The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
          United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate
          of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
          deficits and national debt.

     .    Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
          through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
          economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
          the market prices of securities and payment of dividends.

     .    The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international
          trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected
          if their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
          economic conditions.

     .    The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
          stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
          external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
          other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

     .    A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
          investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
          confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
          country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
          markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to
          invest a particular country or make it very expensive for the
          portfolio to invest in that country. Some countries require prior
          governmental approval, limit the types or amount of securities or
          companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries may
          restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
          investment income and capital gains.

     Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

     Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .    They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more
          volatile, than those in the United States.

     .    They have substantially less volume.

     .    Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
          erratic price movements. 

     .    Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
          minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

     .    Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
          less developed than those in U.S. markets.

     .    They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
          and increase the potential for failed settlements.

     Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .    It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
          dollars and vice versa.

     .    Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
          values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
          their exchange rates.

     .    Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
          selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
          contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
          response to other market forces.

     .    There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
          foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
          through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
          basis.

     .    Available quotation information is generally representative of very
          large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
          reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
          million) where rates may be less favorable.

     .    The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global,
          around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while
          the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets
          may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

     Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
     Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .    Have relatively unstable governments.

     .    Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions
          on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

     .    Offer less protection of property rights than more developed
          countries.

     .    Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
          vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
          suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .    Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
          may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
          potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
          impossible at times.

The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .    Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
          institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .    Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
          financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than
          Euro?

     .    How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .    Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
          currency be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the
     greater of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money
     Market Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .    For cash management purposes.

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
     .    Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

     .    The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
          assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
          Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .    Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them
          or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

     .    Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price
          of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
          security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might
     incur expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered
     for sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to
     qualified institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
     1933. Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by the portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the
     collateral it receives in short-term securities and money market funds.
     When a portfolio lends its securities, it will follow the following
     guidelines:

     .    The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market
          value of the securities loaned.

     .    The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
          issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
          the U. S. government.

     .    The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
          securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
          daily basis).

     .    The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

     .    The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
          include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest
          bearing short-term investments).

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
     .    The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
          risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could

     .    Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
          securities it lent to the borrower.

     .    Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .    Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .    Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .    After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
          securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio
          net assets.

     .    The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
          sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
          value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .    Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
          class of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection 

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
     with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
     segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
     the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
     with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
     the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
     price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
     into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
     the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued,
     delayed-delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other
     party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the
     sale, the portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a
     favorable price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
     date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
     elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
     CGFSC pay the fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
     people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
     Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                       Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                                       Compensation   From UAM Funds
                               Position      Principal Occupations During the Past 5   from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                  years                        of 4/30/99       12/31/99
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                      <C>           <C>                                       <C>            <C>
      John T. Bennett, Jr.      Board         President of Squam Investment                                
      College Road -- RFD 3     Member        Management Company, Inc. and                                 
      Meredith, NH 03253                      Great Island Investment                                      
      1/26/29                                 Company, Inc.; President of                                  
                                              Bennett Management Company                                   
                                              from 1988 to 1993.                                           
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Nancy J. Dunn             Board         Financial Officer of World                                   
      10 Garden Street          Member        Wildlife Fund since January                                  
      Cambridge, MA 02138                     1999. Formerly, Vice                                         
      8/14/51                                 President for Finance and                                    
                                              Administration and Treasurer                                 
                                              of Radcliffe College from                                    
                                              1991 to 1999.                                                
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William A. Humenuk        Board         Executive Vice President and                                 
      100 King Street West      Member        Chief Administrative Officer                                 
      P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                    of Philip Services Corp.;                                    
      Hamilton  Ontario,                      Formerly, a Partner in the                                   
      Canada L8N-4J6                          Philadelphia office of the                                   
      4/21/42                                 law firm Dechert Price &                                     
                                              Rhoads and a Director of                                     
                                              Hofler Corp.                                                 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Philip D. English         Board         President and Chief Executive                                
      16 West Madison Street    Member        Officer of Broventure                                        
      Baltimore, MD 21201                     Company, Inc.; Chairman of                                   
      8/5/48                                  the Board of Chektec                                         
                                              Corporation and Cyber        
                                              Scientific, Inc                                              
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      James P. Pappas*          Board         President of UAM Investment                  0               0
      211 Congress Street       Member        Services, Inc. since March                                   
      Boston, MA  02110                       1999 and Vice President UAM                                  
      2/24/53                                 Trust Company since January                                  
                                              1996; Principal of UAM Fund                                  
                                              Distributors, Inc. since                                     
                                              December 1995; formerly Vice                                 
                                              President of UAM Investment                                  
                                              Services, Inc. from January                                  
                                              1999 to 1996 and a Director                                  
                                              and Chief Operating Officer                                  
                                              of CS First Boston Investment                                
                                              Management from 1993-1995.                                   
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Norton H. Reamer*         Board         Chairman, Chief Executive                    0               0
      One International Place   Member;       Officer and a Director of                                    
      Boston, MA 02110          President     United Asset Management                                     
      3/21/35                   and           Corporation; Director,                                      
                                Chairman      Partner or Trustee of each of                               
                                              the Investment Companies of                                 
                                              the Eaton Vance Group of                                    
                                              Mutual Funds.                                               
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*    Board         President and Chief                          0               0
      One Financial Center      Member        Investment Officer of Dewey                                  
      Boston, MA 02111                        Square Investors Corporation                                 
      7/1/43                                  since 1988; Director and                                     
                                              Chief Executive Officer of                                   
                                              H.T. Investors, Inc.,                                        
                                              formerly a subsidiary of                                     
                                              Dewey Square.                                                
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      William H. Park           Vice          Executive Vice President and                 0               0
      One International Place   President     Chief Financial Officer of                                   
      Boston, MA 02110                        United Asset Management                                      
      9/19/47                                 Corporation.                                                 
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Gary L. French            Treasurer     President of UAMFSI and                      0               0
      211 Congress Street                     UAMFDI, formerly Vice                                        
      Boston, MA 02110                        President of Operations,                                     
      7/4/51                                  Development and Control of                                   
                                              Fidelity Investments in 1995;                                
                                              Treasurer of the Fidelity                                    
                                              Group of Mutual Funds from                                   
                                              1991 to 1995.                                                
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael E. DeFao          Secretary     Vice President and General                   0               0
      211 Congress Street                     Counsel of UAMFSI and UAMFDI;                                
      Boston, MA 02110                        Associate Attorney of Ropes &                                
      2/28/68                                 Gray (a law firm) from 1993                                  
                                              to 1995.                                                     
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Robert R. Flaherty        Assistant     Vice President of UAMFSI;                    0               0
      211 Congress Street       Treasurer     formerly Manager of Fund                                     
      Boston, MA 02110                        Administration and Compliance                                
      9/18/63                                 of CGFSC from 1995 to 1996;                                  
                                              Senior Manager of Deloitte &                                 
                                              Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995,                                
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Michael J. Leary          Assistant     Vice President of Chase                      0               0
      73 Tremont Street         Treasurer     Global Funds Services Company                                
      Boston, MA  02108                       since 1993.  Manager of Audit                                
      11/23/65                                at Ernst & Young from 1988 to                                
                                              1993.                                                        
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                       Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                      Compensation     From UAM Funds
                               Position      Principal Occupations During the Past 5    from Fund as    Complex as of
      Name, Address, DOB       with Fund                  years                       of 4/30/99       12/31/99
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>                      <C>           <C>                                      <C>              <C>
      Michelle Azrialy          Assistant     Assistant Treasurer of Chase                 0               0
      73 Tremont Street         Secretary     Global Funds Services Company                                
      Boston, MA 02108                        since 1996.  Senior Public                                   
      4/12/69                                 Accountant with Price                                        
                                              Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to                                  
                                              1994.                                                        
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

     Service Performed by Adviser

     Each adviser:

     .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
          portfolios.

     .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
          program of the portfolios.

     .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
          securities and what portion will consist of cash.

     Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability 


                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
     whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
     other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
          Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
          of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     .    The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
          without the payment of any penalty if:

     .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
          the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
          An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
          it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

     .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
          officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
          including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

     .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

     .    EDGAR filing fees.

     .    Processing services and related fees.

     .    Advisory and administration fees.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
     .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
          accountants and custodians.

     .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

     .    Outside legal expenses.

     .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

     .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
          for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

     .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
          meetings.

     .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

     .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

     .    Trade association dues and expenses.

     .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a
     broker-dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive 


                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
     office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
     shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
     cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .    Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
          shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
          exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
          distribution expenditures.

     .    Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
          and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
          with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
          Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .    Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .    Net income

     .    Dividends

     .    NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:


                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value

     Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

     Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation
     
     .    Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

     .    Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
          portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
          received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.


                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .    The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

     .    The securities have readily available market quotations.


                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
     .    The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
          that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
          or otherwise.

     .    All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
          such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
          to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

     .    Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
          securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
          of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
          U.S. government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .    Share certificates, if issued.

     .    A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
          shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
          registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
          registered.

     .    Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

     .    Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
          and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
          necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .    Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
          receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you
          must submit a written request that each shareholder signed, with each
          signature guaranteed).

     .    Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable 


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
     rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
     portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .    Written requests for redemption.

     .    Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
          specify the total number of shares to be redeemed

     .    On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .    When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .    Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .    During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
          the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
          for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
          determine the value of its assets.

     .    For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any


                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

     Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates
     its current yield and average annual compounded total return information
     using the method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class
     and Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio
     with respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be
     calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be
     in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any
     incremental transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and
     ten-year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an
     annual basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their average annual total return will
     generally be lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

         P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

         Where:

         P      =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

         T      =   average annual total return

         n      =   number of years


                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
         ERV    =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                    end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                    thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
     differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
     income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

         Where:

         a = dividends and interest earned during the period

         b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

         c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
             that were entitled to receive income distributions

         d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
     their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the
     performance of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information
     in sales literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications,
     indices and averages that the fund may be use. These types of
     advertisements generally:

     Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

     Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various
     independent services that monitor the performance of investment companies,
     data reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

     In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in
     mind that

     The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may
     be different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

     Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

     The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may
     be different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

     In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
     performance as compared to such other average or index.


                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

     In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
     treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year
     must be derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
     derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or
     foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of
     investing in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

     The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital
     gains that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.
     Shareholders will be advised on the nature of the payments.

     If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
     investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
     the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
     rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this
     event, the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as
     ordinary income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and
     profits of the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the
     dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The
     portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

     Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to
     withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would
     reduce the portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income
     reported on your tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax
     treatment and elects to pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for
     more information regarding deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

     Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

     Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

     CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

     Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

     Governing Board, see Board.

     NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
     information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
     Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

     NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
     Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
     in the United States.

     Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
     all of the series of the Fund.

     SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
     agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
     States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 ACT, the 1940 ACT and
     the 1934 ACT.

     UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc.
     II and all of their portfolios.

     UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

     UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

     UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

     UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
     sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

     All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
     the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                             Appendix A: Description
                            of Securities and Ratings


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     aaa             An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a
                     top-quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good
                     asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment
                     within the universe of preferred stock.

     aa              An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade
                     preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a
                     reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will
                     remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable
                     future.

     a               An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an
                     upper-medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged
                     to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa"
                     classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                     nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

     baa             An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a
                     medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor
                     poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear
                     adequate at present but may be questionable over any great
                     length of time.

     ba              An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have
                     speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                     well assured. Earnings and asset protection may be very
                     moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse periods.
                     Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in
                     this class.

     b               An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the
                     characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of
                     dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the
                     issue over any long periods of time may be small.

     caa             An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
                     dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport
                     to indicate the future status of payments.

     ca              An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high 
                     degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                     little likelihood of eventual payments.

     c               This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference
                     stock. Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
                     investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
     classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
     higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
     mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the
     lower end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Aaa             Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best
                     quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk
                     and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest
                     payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
                     stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
                     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as
                     can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
                     fundamentally strong position of such issues.

     Aa              Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality
                     by all standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds
                     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
                     securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
                     greater amplitude or there may be other elements present
                     which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than
                     the Aaa securities.

     A               Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
                     attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
                     obligations. Factors giving security to principal and
                     interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
                     present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
                     sometime in the future.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
     Baa             Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
                     obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor
                     poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security
                     appear adequate for the present but certain protective
                     elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
                     unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack
                     outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
                     speculative characteristics as well.

     Ba              Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative
                     elements; their future cannot be considered as
                     well-assured. Often the protection of interest and
                     principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                     well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the
                     future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
                     class.

     B               Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of
                     the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and
                     principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the
                     contract over any long period of time may be small.

     Caa             Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues
                     may be in default or there may be present elements of
                     danger with respect to principal or interest.

     Ca              Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are 
                     speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are often in 
                     default or have other marked shortcomings.

     C               Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of
                     bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
                     investment standing.

     Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
     classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
     obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier
     2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in
     the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an
     original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

     Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
     investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
     issuers:

     Prime-1        Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                    superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be
                    evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

                    .    High rates of return on funds employed.

                    .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate
                         reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

                    .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                         industries.

                    .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
                         and high internal cash generation.

                    .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets
                         and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2        Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                    strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                    characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
                    Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be
                    more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics,
                    while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
                    conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Prime 3        Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have
                    an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and
                    market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in
                    earnings and profitability may result in changes in the
                    level of debt protection measurements and may require
                    relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
                    liquidity is maintained.

     Not Prime      Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                    rating categories.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      AAA            This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard
                     & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an
                     extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock
                     obligations.

      AA             A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a
                     high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                     preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
                     overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

      A              An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
                     preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
                     susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                     circumstances and economic conditions.

      BBB            An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate
                     capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it
                     normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse
                     economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
                     likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for
                     a preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A
                     category.

      BB, B,         Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded,
      CCC            on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
                     the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations.
                     BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the
                     highest. While such issues will likely have some quality
                     and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
                     large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse
                     conditions.

      CC             The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that
                     is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but 
                     that is currently paying.

      C              A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

      D              A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the 
                     issuer in default on debt instruments.

      N.R.           This indicates that no rating has been requested, that 
                     there is insufficient information on which to base a
                     rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a
                     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy. 

      Plus (+) or    To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock    
      minus (-)      quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the     
                     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing 
                     within the major rating categories.                        

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
     considerations:

     Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
     financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
     obligation;

     Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

     Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
     event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
     bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

     AAA             An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
                     Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
                     financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

     AA              An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated
                     obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to
                     meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very
                     strong.

     A               An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the
                     adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
                     conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.
                     However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation is still strong.

     BBB             An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection
                     parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or
                     changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
                     weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
     speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation
     and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
     protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties
     or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB              An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment
                     than other speculative issues. However, it faces major
                     ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business,
                     financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
                     obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.

     B               An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
                     obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                     obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic
                     conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or
                     willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
                     obligation.

     CCC             An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to
                     non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                     financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
                     adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the
                     obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its
                     financial commitment on the obligations.

     CC              An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
                     nonpayment.

     C               The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a
                     bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has
                     been taken, but payments on this obligation are being
                     continued.

     D               An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
                     category is used when payments on an obligation are not
                     made on the date due even if the applicable grace period
                     has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that
                     such payments will be made during such grace period. The D
                     rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy
                     petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
                     an obligation are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
     rating categories.

     r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
     noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
     returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
     obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
     obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
     principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
     interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
     short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
     obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
     commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
     creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
     obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
     addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
     Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

     A-1             A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
                     category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to
                     meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.
                     Within this category, certain obligations are designated
                     with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on these
                     obligations is extremely strong.

     A-2             A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more
                     susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                     circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in
                     higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity
                     to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
                     satisfactory.

     A-3             A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate
                     protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions
                     or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
                     weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.

     B               A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having
                     significant speculative characteristics. The obligor
                     currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment
                     on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing
                     uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                     obligation.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     C               A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
                     nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business,
                     financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation.

     D               A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The
                     D rating category is used when payments on an obligation
                     are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace
                     period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes
                     that such payments will be made during such grace period.
                     The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
                     bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if
                     payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     AAA             Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible,
                     being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury
                     debt.

     AA+/AA          High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                     modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                     economic conditions.

     A+/A/A-         Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                     factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                     stress.

     BBB+/BB         Below-average protection factors but still considered
     B               sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability
                     in risk during economic cycles.

     BBB-

     BB+/BB/B        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet
     B-              obligations when due. Present or prospective financial
                     protection factors fluctuate according to industry
                     conditions. Overall quality may move up or down frequently
                     within this category.

     B+/B/B-         Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                     will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                     fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                     conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                     frequent changes in the rating within this category or into
                     a higher or lower rating grade.

     CCC             Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                     uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                     interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors are
                     narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
                     company developments.

     DD              Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                     principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                     scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

     DP              Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

     D-1+             Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
                      including internal operating factors and/or access to
                      alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety
                      is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
                      obligations.

     D-1              Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors
                      are excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors. Risk factors are minor.

     D-1-             High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                      strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors. Risk factors are very small.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

     D-2              Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                      company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding
                      needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to
                      capital markets is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

     D-3              Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors
                      qualify issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are
                      larger and subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely
                      payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

     D-4              Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                      sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                      Operating factors and market access may be subject to a
                      high degree of variation.

Default

     D-5              Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
                      payments.

FITCH IBCA RATINGS

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

     AAA              Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest
                      expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case
                      of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for
                      financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to
                      be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

     AA               Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low
                      expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong
                      capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This
                      capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
                      events.

     A                High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation
                      of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity
                      may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in
                      circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case
                      for higher ratings.

     B                Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is
                      currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity
                      for timely payment of financial commitments is considered
                      adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in
                      economic conditions are more likely to impair this
                      capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

     BB               Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a
                      possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the
                      result of adverse economic change over time; however,
                      business or financial alternatives may be available to
                      allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in
                      this category are not investment grade.

     B                Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant
                      credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety
                      remains. Financial commitments are currently being met;
                      however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon
                      a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     CCC,CC,C         High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                      for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon
                      sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A
                      'CC' rating indicates that default of some kind appears
                      probable. 'C' ratings signal imminent default.


                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
     DDD,DD,D         Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations
                      and are extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the
                      highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on
                      any securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for example,
                      'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such
                      outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e.
                      below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

     F1               Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity
                      for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an
                      added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit
                      feature.

     F2               Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely
                      payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety
                      is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

     F3               Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term
                      adverse changes could result in a reduction to
                      non-investment grade.

     B                Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of
                      financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                      adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

     C                High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                      for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a
                      sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

     D                Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

     "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within
     major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term
     rating category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other
     than 'F1'.

     'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in
     question.

     'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
     information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
     obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

     RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that
     there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely
     direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a
     potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if
     ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically
     resolved over a relatively short period.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                            Appendix B - Comparisons


                                       A-1
<PAGE>
 
     CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
     analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of
     return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods
     for the mutual fund industry.

     Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
     Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in
     the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

     Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
     stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the
     stock market since October 1, 1928.

     Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
     blue-chip stocks.

     Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
     Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times,
     Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
     Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal
     and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate
     fund performance over specified
     time periods.

     Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
     Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
     Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

     IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
     fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

     IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
     Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
     equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
     portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
     securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
     practically accessible to foreign investors.

     Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index
     and the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
     issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
     securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB) or
     higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par values of
     at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25 million for
     others.

     Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
     fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
     included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered
     public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
     governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international
     agencies.

     Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including
     all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and
     foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued
     debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and
     corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the
     aggregate index, sub-indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

     Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
     value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
     Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
     yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
     maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least $100
     million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others. Any
     security downgraded during the month is held in the index until month end
     and then removed. All returns are market value weighted inclusive of
     accrued income.

     Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate,
     non-investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
     denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity
     and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
     Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
     market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
     (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

     Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average
     of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt
     issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years
     or less.

     Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
     whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time
     a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.
     Typically, the stock/bond ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

     Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
     seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing
     60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

     Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
     prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
     capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

     Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
     funds by asset size in this investment objective.

     Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
     Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
     the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
     specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions,
     exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

     Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
     unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with
     maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB
     or higher).

     Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
     value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on
     the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

     Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
     yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

     NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
     index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
     regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign
     common stocks and ADRs..

     New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices
     of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on
     the New York Stock Exchange.

     Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
     in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
     higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

     Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

     Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

     Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend
     yields and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
     Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
     stocks in the Russell 3000.

     Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
     less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
     exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend
     yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

     Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
     companies based on total market capitalization, which represents
     approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

     Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
     Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

     Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of
     the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the
     Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

     Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
     comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
     greater, but less than three years.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
     treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

     Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
     equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
     issues.

     Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
     Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

     Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
     domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
     representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
     utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

     Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
     chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700
     million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
     proportion to its market value.

     Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
     industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
     transportation stocks.

     Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
     securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
     index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
     securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
     Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

     Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
     weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three
     groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock
     Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas
     distributors and 8 telephone companies.

     Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
     historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
     company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S.
     treasury bills and inflation.

     U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
     treasury bills for the previous three month period.

     Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
     Survey.

     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted
     index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
     investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The
     index is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure
     of the performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and
     performance comparison.


                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs)
     but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
     Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.

     Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
     securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment
     of dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)





                    Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
                          Institutional Class Shares


                      Statement of Additional Information

                                 July __, 1999



This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
Table Of Contents
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                     <C> 
Part I: Portfolio Summary...........................................................................                       
 Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio.............................................................                       
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.................................................                       
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?................................................                       
    Fundamental Policies............................................................................                       
    Non-Fundamental Policies........................................................................                       
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?...................................................                       
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?......................................                       
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.................................                       
  What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?............................                       
    Average Annual Total Return.....................................................................                       
  Expenses..........................................................................................                       
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail....................................................................                       
 Description of Permitted Investments...............................................................                       
  Debt Securities...................................................................................                       
    Types of Debt Securities........................................................................                       
    Terms to Understand.............................................................................                       
    Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities..................................................                       
  Derivatives.......................................................................................                       
    Types of Derivatives............................................................................                       
    Risks of Derivatives............................................................................                       
  Equity Securities.................................................................................                       
    Types of Equity Securities......................................................................                       
    Risks of Investing in Equity Securities.........................................................                       
  Foreign Securities................................................................................                       
    Types of Foreign Securities.....................................................................                       
    Risks of Foreign Securities.....................................................................                       
    The Euro........................................................................................                       
  Investment Companies..............................................................................                       
  Repurchase Agreements.............................................................................                       
  Restricted Securities.............................................................................                       
  Securities Lending................................................................................                       
  Short Sales.......................................................................................                       
    Description of Short Sales......................................................................                       
    Short Sales Against the Box.....................................................................                       
    Restrictions on Short Sales.....................................................................                       
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.................................                       
 Management Of The Fund.............................................................................                       
 Investment Advisory and Other Services.............................................................                       
  Investment Adviser................................................................................                       
    Control Of Adviser..............................................................................                       
    Investment Advisory Agreement...................................................................                       
    Continuing an Advisory Agreement................................................................                       
    Terminating an Advisory Agreement...............................................................                       
  Distributor.......................................................................................                       
  Administrative Services...........................................................................                       
    Administrator...................................................................................                       
    Sub-Administrator...............................................................................                       
    Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent..........................................                       
    Administrative Fees.............................................................................                       
  Custodian.........................................................................................                       
  Independent Public Accountant.....................................................................                       
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices...........................................................                       
  Selection of Brokers..............................................................................                       
  Simultaneous Transactions.........................................................................                       
  Brokerage Commissions.............................................................................                       
    Equity Securities...............................................................................                       
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
    Debt Securities.................................................................................                    
 Capital Stock and Other Securities.................................................................                    
  The Fund..........................................................................................                    
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights...........................................................                    
    Description of Shares...........................................................................                    
    Class Differences...............................................................................                    
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions.........................................................                    
    Dividend and Distribution Options...............................................................                    
    Taxes on Distributions..........................................................................                    
    "Buying a Dividend".............................................................................                    
 Purchase Redemption and Pricing of Shares..........................................................                    
  Net Asset Value Per Share.........................................................................                    
    Calculating NAV.................................................................................                    
    How the Fund Values it Assets...................................................................                    
  Purchase of Shares................................................................................                    
    In-Kind Purchases...............................................................................                    
  Redemption of Shares..............................................................................                    
    By Mail.........................................................................................                    
    By Telephone....................................................................................                    
    Redemptions-In-Kind.............................................................................                    
    Signature Guarantees............................................................................                    
    Other Redemption Information....................................................................                    
  Exchange Privilege................................................................................                    
  Transfer Of Shares................................................................................                    
 Performance Calculations...........................................................................                    
  Total Return......................................................................................                    
  Yield.............................................................................................                    
  Comparisons.......................................................................................                    
 Taxes..............................................................................................                    
 Financial Statements...............................................................................                    
Glossary............................................................................................                    
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings..................................................                    
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc.....................................................................                    
  Preferred Stock Ratings...........................................................................                    
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...................................................                    
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.................................                    
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.................................................................                    
  Preferred Stock Ratings...........................................................................                    
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings....................................................................                    
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings...................................................................                    
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.....................................................................                    
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock................................................................                    
  Short-Term Debt...................................................................................                    
    High Grade......................................................................................                    
    Good Grade......................................................................................                    
    Satisfactory Grade..............................................................................                    
    Non-Investment Grade............................................................................                    
    Default.........................................................................................                    
 Fitch IBCA Ratings.................................................................................                    
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings............................................................                    
    Investment Grade................................................................................                    
    Speculative Grade...............................................................................                    
    International Short-Term Credit Ratings.........................................................                    
    Notes...........................................................................................                    
Appendix B - Comparisons............................................................................                    
</TABLE>

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                               Part I: Portfolio 

                                    Summary
 
<PAGE>
 
JACOBS INTERNATIONAL OCTAGON PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective.  This SAI describes each of these
  investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
  Permitted Investments."   The investments that are italicized are principal
  strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
  prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
  limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are
  the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Equity securities (at least 85% of its total assets).
  .  Equity securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than 
     $1.5 Billion at the time of purchase (between 20% and 40% of its total
     assets).
  .  Foreign Securities (at least 85% of its total assets).
  .  Securities of issuers located in emerging markets (10% to 40% of its total
     assets).
  .  Foreign currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).
  .  Investment company securities.
  .  Repurchase agreements.
  .  Restricted securities.
  .  Securities lending.
  .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the of the
     U.S. government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the u.s. government, and its agencies when a portfolio
     adopts a temporary defensive position.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate limited partnerships, although it may purchase
     and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase
     and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities in
     banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
     loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations
     or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

  .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of its
     assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such futures
     and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude from this
     calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of purchase.

  .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

  .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
     assets.

  .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
     331/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     repurchase transactions.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Jacobs Asset Management is the investment adviser of the portfolio. For its
  services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of its average
  daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual
  percentage of average net assets that the portfolio pays in any given year may
  be different from the rate set forth in its contract with the adviser. For
  more information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other
  Services" in Part II of this SAI.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC.  The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>   
  Name and Address of Shareholder                       Percentage of Shares Owned   
  <S>                                                   <C> 
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
   For the Periods Ended                                    Shorter of 10 Years or                           
   4/30/99                      1 Year       5 Years            Since Inception       Inception Date     
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>          <C>            <C>                       <C>                 
</TABLE>

EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
             Investment       Investment                                                 
            Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees                                                   Brokerage 
                Paid            Waived         Administrator Fee   Sub-Administrator Fee    Commissions   
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     <S>                     <C>               <C>                 <C>                      <C> 
     1999
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                          PART II: THE UAM FUNDS IN 

                                    DETAIL
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

  .  By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency

  .  By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities.  Since
  homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan
  balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage backed security
  is often shorter than its stated.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
  which are that mortgage-backed securities:

  . Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
    monthly).

  . They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
  .  The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the rated asset-backed securities.  Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of
  mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their
  income streams more typically collateralize them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest 

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
  monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
  involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
  securities.

  Short-Term Investments
  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in

  .  The short-term investments described below.
 
  .  U.S. government securities

  .  Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

  Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of one
  year or less.

  Bank Obligations
  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; 
     and

  .  Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
  interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
  ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage
  firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and
  coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is
  then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to
  receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights
  to periodic interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold
  separately or grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold
  bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury security is held in book-
  entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities
  (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or
  holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of
  stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are
  economically identical to the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells
  itself.

  The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
  securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular
  interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal
  Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program
  known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
  Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of the coupon
  or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
  maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
  portfolio it represents.

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in 
<PAGE>
 
  general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
  returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
  compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury securities,
  such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate
  securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their payment of
  interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit
  rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt
  security.  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater
  the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To
  compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit
  ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of
  higher interest rates above comparable U.S. treasuries.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
  adjustment to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries
  a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which
  effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes
  unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of
  its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse 

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
  capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that
  it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
  Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
  Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not an
  absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of market
  risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries to
  minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.
  
  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in 

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
  losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
  currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the 

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
  exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise,
  the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the
  call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;
 
  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price.
 
  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices.

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract.

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices.

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
  Swap Agreements

  Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure
  to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on
  their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the portfolio's
  exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities,
  corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates. Swap agreements
  can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names.

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
  one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
  exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
  agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
  rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
  Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
  overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share price.

  The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
  change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
  determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
  agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be prepared
  to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-party's
  creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to
  decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
  either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
  offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
  party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a segregated
  custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If
  the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate
  assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the
  portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued
  amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the
  portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will
  segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the portfolio's
  accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the portfolio securities it is
  trying to hedge.  However, if the portfolio's prediction of interest and
  currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is
  incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as much money as it
  could have.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract.

  .  A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops.

  .  Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist. If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position. In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so.

  .  Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

  .  Not be able to hedge its investments.

  .  Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

  .  Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange.

  .  The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume.

  .  Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity.

  .  Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price. Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

  .  Fiscal and monetary policies

  .  National and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the maximum amount
  that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of that
  derivative at the end of the trading on previous day. Once the price of a
  derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at a
  price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a
  given day and does not limit potential gains or losses. Derivative's prices
  have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading
  days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually
  carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are
  described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at
  the discretion of the company's board of directors.

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
  the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
  conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
  risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights
  normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable
  and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the
  public offering price. Warrants are securities that are usually issued
  together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the
  right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price.
  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major exchanges. Unlike
  rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in years and entitle the
  holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that is usually higher than
  the market price at the time the warrant is issued. Corporations often issue
  warrants to make the accompanying debt security more attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services.

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs.

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio. Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth. The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange. Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues. Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries. For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.


FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency.

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments. Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt.

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends.

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international 
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions.

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States. For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies. Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
  applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information makes
  investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and less
  reliable than domestic companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States.

  .  They have substantially less volume.

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements.

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets.

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa.

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates.

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces.

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable.

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments.

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

 .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may
     beunable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency. On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by the portfolio. Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the greater
  of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes.

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
  .  Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might incur
  expenses in enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from the sales of these
  securities could be more or less than those originally paid by the portfolio
  or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities.


SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the collateral it
  receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
  lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned.

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government.

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis).

  .  The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

  .  The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
     include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing
     short-term investments).

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
  .  The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
     risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower.

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.
  
  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all 
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection 

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
  with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
  segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that the
  amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited with the
  broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at the time
  they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery transaction, the
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date. Typically, no income accrues on securities the portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. The
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.


Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
  elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
  execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member who
  is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member for travel
  and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The $2,000 meeting
  fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board members and
  allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds complex. The
  fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund for their
  services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or CGFSC pay the fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those people
  with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the Fund as
  that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                Total       
                                                                                                Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                                               Compensation     From UAM
                                 Position      Principal Occupations During the Past 5        from Fund as of  Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB              with Fund                   years                               4/30/99       as of 12/31/99
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>           <C>                                             <C>             <C>   
John T. Bennett, Jr.              Board       President of Squam Investment Management Company,
College Road -- RFD 3             Member      Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                            President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                       to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn                     Board       Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since
10 Garden Street                  Member      January 1999. Formerly, Vice President for Finance
Cambridge, MA 02138                           and Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                       College from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk                Board       Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative
100 King Street West              Member      Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                          Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                            Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                                Corp.
4/21/42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English                 Board       President and Chief Executive Officer of
16 West Madison Street            Member      Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                           Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc
8/5/48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*                  Board       President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since     0                    0
211 Congress Street               Member      March 1999 and Vice President UAM Trust Company
Boston, MA  02110                             since January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
2/24/53                                       Distributors, Inc. since December 1995; formerly
                                              Vice President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.
                                              from January 1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                              Operating Officer of CS First Boston Investment
                                              Management from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*                 Board       Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director     0                    0
One International Place           Member;     of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110                  President   Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                           and         Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.   
                                  Chairman 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*            Board       President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey      0                    0
One Financial Center              Member      Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                              and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                        Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park                   Vice        Executive Vice President and Chief Financial         0                    0
One International Place           President   Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French                    Treasurer   President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI, formerly Vice        0                    0
211 Congress Street                           President of Operations, Development and Control
Boston, MA 02110                              of Fidelity Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
7/4/51                                        Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao                  Secretary   Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and     0                    0
211 Congress Street                           UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                              firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty                Assistant   Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly Manager of Fund   0                    0
211 Congress Street               Treasurer   Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                              to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                       from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary                  Assistant   Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services        0                    0
73 Tremont Street                 Treasurer   Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                             Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                                                                                                Total           
                                                                                              Aggregate      Compensation
                                                                                             Compensation      From UAM
                            Position      Principal Occupations During the Past 5           from Fund as of  Funds Complex
 Name, Address, DOB         with Fund                   years                               4/30/99           as of 12/31/99
<S>                        <C>           <C>                                                <C>              <C>            
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant     Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services    0                    0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary     Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                         Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory And Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser
  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios.

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios.

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability

                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
  whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other
  act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under
  the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  .  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
     without the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

  .  EDGAR filing fees.

  .  Processing services and related fees.

  .  Advisory and administration fees.
 

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians.

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.
 
  .  Outside legal expenses.

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.
  
  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.
 
  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings.

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

  .  Trade association dues and expenses.
  
  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio.  The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio.  The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement.  In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes.  However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients.  When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client.  The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will not
  pay brokerage commissions for such purchases.  When a debt security is bought
  from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting
  commission or concession.  The purchase price for securities bought from
  dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer's mark up
  or reflect a dealer's mark down.  When the portfolio executes transactions in
  the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market makers unless
  prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

Capital Stock And Other Securities

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive
 
                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
  office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
  shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
  cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval.  The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class.  Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.
  
  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- -----------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in additional
  shares at net asset value

  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
  reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date).  Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.


Purchase Redemption And Pricing Of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days:  New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
  subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
  and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.
 
  .  The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise.

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued.

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered.

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you must submit a
     written request that each shareholder signed, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
  rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
  portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees
  The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption.
  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed
  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

  The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any 

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
  time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
  exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
  disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide certain standardized performance information that they have
  computed according to the requirements of the SEC.   The fund calculates its
  current yield and average annual compounded total return information using the
  method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

  The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class and
  Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio with
  respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be borne
  exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

     P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

     Where:

     P    =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T    =    average annual total return

     n    =    number of years

                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
     ERV  =    ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at
               the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1,
               5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
  differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
  their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the performance
  of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information in sales
  literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications, indices and
  averages that the fund may be use.  These types of advertisements generally:

  Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of or other
     investments, indices or averages.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various independent
     services that monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

  In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in mind
  that

  The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may be
     different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

  Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

  The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may be
     different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

  In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
  performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
Taxes

  In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
  treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of
  1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be
  derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income derived from
  loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or foreign
  currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing
  in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

  The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital gains
  that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.  Shareholders will
  be advised on the nature of the payments.

  If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
  investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
  the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
  rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.  In this event,
  the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as ordinary
  income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of
  the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the dividends received
  deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The portfolio intends to
  qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

  Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to withholding
  and other taxes imposed by foreign countries.  These taxes would reduce the
  portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income reported on your
  tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax treatment and elects to
  pass it through to you.  Consult a tax adviser for more information regarding
  deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.          

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented               

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.                               
    
  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:
  
  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.          

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented                          

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.                                

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
  servicing agent.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
                           Appendix A:  Description 
                           Of Securities And Ratings

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa          An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
               preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and
               the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of
               preferred stock.

  aa           An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
               stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
               the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
               maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a            An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
               grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat
               greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and
               asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at
               adequate levels.

  baa          An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
               preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
               Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may
               be questionable over any great length of time.

  ba           An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
               elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
               Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well
               safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position
               characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b            An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics
               of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and
               maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of
               time may be small.

  caa          An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
               dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to
               indicate the future status of payments.

  ca           An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and
               is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
               eventual payments.

  c            This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
               Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa          Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
               They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are
               generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments ar e
               protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and
               principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
               likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most
               unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
               issues.

  Aa           Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
               standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because
               margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities
               or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude
               or there may be other elements present which make the long-term
               risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A            Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
               attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
               obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
               are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
               suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Baa          Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
               obligations, (i. e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
               secured). Interest payments and principal security appear
               adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
               lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
               length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
               characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
               well. 

  Ba           Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
               their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
               protection of interest and principal payments may be very
               moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and
               bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes
               bonds in this class.

  B            Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
               desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
               payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
               any long period of time may be small.

  Caa          Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
               be in default or there may be present elements of danger with
               respect to principal or interest.

  Ca           Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
               speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or
               have other marked shortcomings.

  C            Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
               issues s o rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
               following characteristics:

               .    High rates of return on funds employed.

               .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance
                    on debt and ample asset protection.

               .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                    industries.

               .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                    high internal cash generation.

               .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                    assured sources of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
               ability for re payment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics
               cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
               ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
               Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
               more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
               is maintained.

  Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
               acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
               obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
               compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and
               profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
               protection measurements and may require relatively high financial
               leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
               rating categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
               Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
               strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
               quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred
               stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as
               for issues rated AAA.

  A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
               preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
               susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
               and economic conditions.

  BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
               to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
               exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
               conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to
               a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in
               this category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
               predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity
               to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest
               degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues
               will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, th
               ese are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures
               to adverse conditions.

  CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
               arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
               currently paying.

  C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.   

  D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
               default on debt instruments.

  N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
               insufficient information on which t o base a rating, or that
               Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
               as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  minus (-)    ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
               or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
               categories. 


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
               Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
               only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
               effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
               obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
               still strong.

  BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
               However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
               are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC           An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.

  C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
  C            A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
               nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial,
               and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.  

  D            A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D
               rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not
               made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
               expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such payments
               will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be
               used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a
               similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.


Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
               only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA       High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
               modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
               economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-      Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
               factors are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB     Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
               for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk
               during economic cycles.
 
  BBB-

  BB+/BB/BB-   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
               due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
               fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality may
               move up or down frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-      Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
               not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
               widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
               company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
               rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
               grade.

  CCC          Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
               exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
               dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
               substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
               with unfavorable company developments.

  DD           Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
               principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
               scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP           Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

  D-1+         Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
               including internal operating factors and/or access to alternative
               sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-
               free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1          Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
               excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
               Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-         High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
               and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
               factors are very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

  D-2          Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
               fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may
               enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets
               is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3          Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
               issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
               subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
               expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4          Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
               sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
               Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
               degree of variation.

Default

  D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
               payments. 

Fitch Ibca Ratings


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

  AAA          Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
               expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
               exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
               commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
               affected by foreseeable events.

  AA           Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
               expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
               for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not
               significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A            High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
               credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
               nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or
               in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B            Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
               currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate,
               but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions
               are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
               investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

  BB           Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
               credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
               economic change over time; however, business or financial
               alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to
               be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
               grade.

  B            Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
               risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.
               Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity
               for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable
               business and economic environment.

  CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
               favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating
               indicates that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings
               signal imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
  DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
               extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
               recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For
               U.S. corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of
               50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
               potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to
               denote any exceptionally strong credit feature .

  F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment
               of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as
               great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
               result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
               financial and economic conditions.

  C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
               favorable business and economic environment.

  D            Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                           Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
  blue-chip stocks.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs..

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poors'  Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
  of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
  trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships.  The index is used
  by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance
  of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
  Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                      MJI International Equity Portfolio
                          Institutional Class Shares
                      Institutional Service Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 July __, 1999



  This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However,
  you should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios
  dated July __, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting
  the UAM Funds at the address listed above. 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                            <C> 
Table Of Contents

Part I: Portfolio Summary.........................................................
 MJI INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO...............................................
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?...............................
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?..............................
    Fundamental Policies..........................................................
    Non-Fundamental Policies......................................................
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.................................
    What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?...................
    Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?.............
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?....................
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?...............
  What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..........
    Average Annual Total Return...................................................
  Expenses........................................................................
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail..................................................
 DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS.............................................
  Debt Securities.................................................................
    Types of Debt Securities......................................................
    Terms to Understand...........................................................
    Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities................................
  Derivatives.....................................................................
    Types of Derivatives..........................................................
    Risks of Derivatives..........................................................
  Equity Securities...............................................................
    Types of Equity Securities....................................................
    Risks of Investing in Equity Securities.......................................
  Foreign Securities..............................................................
    Types of Foreign Securities...................................................
    Risks of Foreign Securities...................................................
    The Euro......................................................................
  Investment Companies............................................................
  Repurchase Agreements...........................................................
  Restricted Securities...........................................................
  Securities Lending..............................................................
  Short Sales.....................................................................
    Description of Short Sales....................................................
    Short Sales Against the Box...................................................
    Restrictions on Short Sales...................................................
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions...............
 MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND...........................................................
 INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES...........................................
  Investment Adviser..............................................................
    Control Of Adviser............................................................
    Investment Advisory Agreement.................................................
    Continuing an Advisory Agreement..............................................
    Terminating an Advisory Agreement.............................................
  Distributor.....................................................................
  Administrative Services.........................................................
    Administrator.................................................................
    Sub-Administrator.............................................................
    Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent........................
    Administrative Fees...........................................................
  Custodian.......................................................................
  Independent Public Accountant...................................................
 BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES.........................................
  Selection of Brokers............................................................
  Simultaneous Transactions.......................................................
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                            <C>    
  Brokerage Commissions.........................................................
    Equity Securities...........................................................
    Debt Securities.............................................................
 CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.............................................
  The Fund......................................................................
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.......................................
    Description of Shares.......................................................
    Class Differences...........................................................
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions.....................................
    Dividend and Distribution Options...........................................
    Taxes on Distributions......................................................
    "Buying a Dividend".........................................................
 PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES......................................
  Net Asset Value Per Share.....................................................
    Calculating NAV.............................................................
    How the Fund Values it Assets...............................................
  Purchase of Shares............................................................
    In-Kind Purchases...........................................................
  Redemption of Shares..........................................................
    By Mail.....................................................................
    By Telephone................................................................
    Redemptions-In-Kind.........................................................
    Signature Guarantees........................................................
    Other Redemption Information................................................
  Exchange Privilege............................................................
  Transfer Of Shares............................................................
 PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS.......................................................
  Total Return..................................................................
  Yield.........................................................................
  Comparisons...................................................................
 TAXES..........................................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................................................
Glossary........................................................................
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings..............................
 MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.................................................
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...............................
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............
 STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES.............................................
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings................................................
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................
 DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.................................................
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock............................................
  Short-Term Debt...............................................................
    High Grade..................................................................
    Good Grade..................................................................
    Satisfactory Grade..........................................................
    Non-Investment Grade........................................................
    Default.....................................................................
 FITCH IBCA RATINGS.............................................................
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings........................................
    Investment Grade............................................................
    Speculative Grade...........................................................
    International Short-Term Credit Ratings.....................................
    Notes.......................................................................
Appendix B - Comparisons........................................................
</TABLE> 

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                           PART I: PORTFOLIO SUMMARY
<PAGE>
 
MJI INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these investments/strategies
  and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted Investments." The
  investments that are italicized are principal strategies and you can find more
  information on these techniques in the prospectus of the portfolio. You can
  find more information concerning the limits on the ability of the portfolio to
  use these investments in "What Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Foreign securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

  .  Equity Securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

  .  Futures (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Options (to enhance income or hedge risk).

  .  Swaps, caps, collars and floors (hedging purposes only).

  .  Investment company securities.

  .  Repurchase agreements.

  .  Restricted securities.

  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the of the
     U.S. government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the u.s. government, and its agencies when a portfolio
     adopts a temporary defensive position.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
     it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
     and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
     estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to
     banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
     loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, or the rules and regulations
     or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings mortgages or pledges or (ii) entering into option,
     futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Murray Johnstone International Limited is the investment adviser of the
  portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
  0.75% of its average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
  the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
  pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
  contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
  "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

  A value orientation for country, currency and stock selection is key to the
  adviser's investment philosophy. The adviser's management structure centers
  around regional research teams which are specialized by geography. The
  individuals within each team are responsible for conducting research within
  each region as well as identifying particular stocks for possible inclusion
  within portfolios. On-site, fundamental research is a primary component of the
  evaluation process.

Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?

  As of the date of this SAI, the adviser's representative institutional clients
  included: Ace Hardware, American Cancer Society, Royal Caribbean Cruises,
  Siemens, Levitz, Franciscan Sisters, Rhode Island School of Design, Government
  of Guam, City of Albany and Arkansas Police & Fire Retirement Systems.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
  In compiling this client list, the Adviser used objective criteria such as
  account size, geographic location and client classification. The adviser did
  not use any performance based criteria. The fund doesnot know whether these
  clients approve or disapprove of the adviser or the advisory services
  provided.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.06% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated
  at the annual rate of:

  .  $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Name and Address of Shareholder                           Percentage of Shares Owned
<S>                                                       <C> 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE> 

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Periods Ended    1 Year  5 Years   Shorter of 10 Years or  
4/30/99                                       Since Inception                Inception Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>     <C>       <C>                       <C>  
Institutional Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Institutional Service Class
</TABLE>


                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
EXPENSES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Investment       Investment      
            Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees    Administrator    Sub-Administrator     Brokerage 
                 Paid           Waived             Fee                 Fee          Commissions
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     <S>    <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                  <C>  
     1999
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     1998
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     1997
</TABLE>


                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
                       PART II: THE UAM FUNDS IN DETAIL
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS


DEBT SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and
  repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as
  zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount
  from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other things, all
  types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-backed
  securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities. Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

  .  By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency

  .  By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the
  corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount
  of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Since
  homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan
  balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage backed security
  is often shorter than its stated.


                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
  which are that mortgage-backed securities:

  . Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
    monthly).

  .  They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
  .  The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the rated asset-backed securities.  Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of
  mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their
  income streams more typically collateralize them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
  monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
  involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
  securities.

  Short-Term Investments
  
  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in

  . The short-term investments described below.

  .  U.S. government securities

  .  Investment-grade corporate debt securities.
  
  Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of one
  year or less.

  Bank Obligations
  
  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  . Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
    currencies;

  . Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
    and

  . Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
    of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
    portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
  interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
  ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage
  firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and
  coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is
  then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to
  receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights
  to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the coupons are sold
  separately or grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold
  bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury security is held in book-
  entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities
  (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or
  holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of
  stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are
  economically identical to the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells
  itself.

  The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
  securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular
  interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal
  Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program
  known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
  Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of the coupon
  or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage. The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
  maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
  portfolio it represents.

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security. Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration. Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
  general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
  returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
  compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury securities,
  such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate
  securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their payment of
  interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit
  rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt
  security.  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater
  the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To
  compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit
  ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of
  higher interest rates above comparable U.S. treasuries.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
  adjustment to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries
  a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which
  effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes
  unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of
  its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
  capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that
  it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
  Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
  Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not an
  absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of market
  risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries to
  minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
  losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
  currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
  exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise,
  the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the
  call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices.

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract .

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds 
     to the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security.
  
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices.

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-12

  
<PAGE>
 
  Swap Agreements

  Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure
  to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on
  their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the portfolio's
  exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities,
  corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates. Swap agreements
  can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names.

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
  one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
  exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
  agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
  rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
  Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
  overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share price.

  The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
  change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
  determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
  agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be prepared
  to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-party's
  creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to
  decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
  either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
  offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
  party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a segregated
  custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If
  the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate
  assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the
  portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued
  amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the
  portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will
  segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the portfolio's
  accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the portfolio securities it is
  trying to hedge.  However, if the portfolio's prediction of interest and
  currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is
  incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as much money as it
  could have.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract.

  .  A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops.

  .  Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so.

  .  Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.
  
  .  Not be able to hedge its investments.

  .  Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.
  
  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

  .  Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange.

  .  The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume.

  .  Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity.

  .  Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage
  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

  .  Fiscal and monetary policies

  .  National and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative's
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
  the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services.
  
  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs.

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency.

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.
  
  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  
                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt.

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends.

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international trade
     and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if their
     trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions .

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States. For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies. Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
  applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information makes
  investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and less
  reliable than domestic companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States.

  .  They have substantially less volume.

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements.

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets.

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa.
  
  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates.

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces.

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable.

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments.
  
  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets
  
  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates .  

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?
  
  . Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by the portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the greater
  of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes.

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
  .  Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.
 
  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might incur
  expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by the
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the collateral it
  receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
  lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned.

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government.

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis).

  .  The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

  .  The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
     include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing
     short-term investments).

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
  .  The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
     risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower.

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales
  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net as
     sets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
   with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
   segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that
   the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited
   with the broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at
   the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
   market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
   transaction, the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed
   price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
   refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
   occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
   payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
   securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
   not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
   income accrues on securities the portfolio has committed to purchase before
   the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
   securities it has in a segregated account. The portfolio will only enter
   into these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring
   the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.
   
   The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
   transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
   the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
   delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
   consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the
   portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable
   price or yield.
   
   When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
   delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
   the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
   settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
   purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
   place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
   Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery
   date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
   investments.
   
   The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
   commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
   transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
   that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.


Management Of The Fund

   The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
   elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
   execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member
   who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
   a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
   meeting fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
   for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
   $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
   board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
   Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
   the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or
   CGFSC pay the fund's officers.
   
   The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
   provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
   address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
   compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
   the UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those
   people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the
   Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      Total      
                                                                                                Aggregate          Compensation
                                                                                               Compensation       From UAM Funds
                            Position         Principal Occupations During the Past 5          from Fund as of        Complex 
  Name, Address, DOB        with Fund                           years                            4/30/99          as of 12/31/99
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>             <C>                                                  <C>               <C> 
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board           President of Squam Investment Management Company,
College Road -- RFD 3      Member          Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                         President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                    to 1993.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board           Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since
10 Garden Street           Member          January 1999. Formerly, Vice President for Finance
Cambridge, MA 02138                        and Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                    College from 1991 to 1999.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board           Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative
100 King Street West       Member          Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                       Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                         Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler 
Canada L8N-4J6                             Corp. 
4/21/42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board          President and Chief Executive Officer of
16 West Madison Street     Member         Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                       Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc
8/5/48
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board           President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since          0                  0
211 Congress Street        Member          March 1999 and Vice President UAM Trust Company
Boston, MA  02110                          since January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
2/24/53                                    Distributors, Inc. since December 1995; formerly
                                           Vice President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.
                                           from January 1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                           Operating Officer of CS First Boston Investment
                                           Management from 1993-1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board           Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director          0                  0
One International Place    Member;         of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           President       Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                    and             Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
                           Chairman
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board           President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey           0                  0
One Financial Center       Member          Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                           and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                     Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park           Vice President   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial              0                  0
One International Place                    Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer        President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI, formerly Vice            0                  0
211 Congress Street                         President of Operations, Development and Control
Boston, MA 02110                            of Fidelity Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
7/4/51                                      Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary       Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and          0                  0
211 Congress Street                        UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                           firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty          Assistant      Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly Manager of Fund        0                  0
211 Congress Street         Treasurer      Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                           to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                    from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary            Assistant      Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services             0                  0
73 Tremont Street           Treasurer      Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                          Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>   
                                                                                                                      Total      
                                                                                                 Aggregate          Compensation
                                                                                                Compensation       From UAM Funds
                            Position       Principal Occupations During the Past 5             from Fund as of        Complex 
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund                        years                                 4/30/99          as of 12/31/99
<S>                        <C>             <C>                                                 <C>               <C> 
Michelle Azrialy            Assistant      Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services        0                     0
73 Tremont Street           Secretary      Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                           Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>



Investment Advisory and Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

   Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
   in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
   engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
   acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
   Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
   retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
   allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
   intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
   Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
   operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
   investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
   own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
   employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
   chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
   advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

   This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
   portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
   agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.
   
   Service Performed by Adviser
   
   Each adviser:
   
   .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
        portfolios.
   
   .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
        program of the portfolios. 
   
   .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
        securities and what portion will consist of cash.
   
   Limitation of Liability

   In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
   on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
   under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
   obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
   resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
   compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
   liability 

                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
   whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any
   other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
   services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

   An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
   year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
   by a:
   
   .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
        Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;
   
   .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
        of the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

   .    The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
        without the payment of any penalty if:
   
   .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and
   
   .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.
   
   .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
        the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
        An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
        it is assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
   While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
   not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
   compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
   Service and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third
   parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

   Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
   administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
   part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
   various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
   and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has
   its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

   UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
   services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
   incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
   parties, including:

   .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

   .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
        officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
        including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

   .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

   .    EDGAR filing fees.

   .    Processing services and related fees.

   .    Advisory and administration fees.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
  .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
       accountants and custodians.
  
  .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.
  
  .    Outside legal expenses.
  
  .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.
  
  .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
       for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.
  
  .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
       meetings.
  
  .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.
  
  .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.
  
  .    Trade association dues and expenses.
  
  .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.
  
  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
  the Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or
  UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
  not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
  Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
  the prior written consent of the Fund.
  
  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
  performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
  may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
  UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
  any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
  Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
  DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
  City, Missouri 64141-6534.
  
  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
  UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will not
  pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought
  from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting
  commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from
  dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer's mark up
  or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes transactions in
  the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market makers unless
  prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

Capital Stock and Other Securities

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive 

                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
  office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
  shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
  cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.
  
  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in additional
  shares at net asset value

  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
  reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces the
  NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.


Purchase Redemption and Pricing of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities and listed securities
  not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily
  available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than the bid
  prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted
  to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted value is based upon the bid price of
  the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major bank or by a
  broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market. Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities. Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
  subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
  and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.
  
  .  The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise.

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued.

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered.

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you must submit a
     written request that each shareholder signed, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable 

                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
  rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
  portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption.

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

  The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers guaranteeing signatures
  must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital of at least
  $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any 


                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
  time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
  exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
  disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

  Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide certain standardized performance information that they have
  computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates its
  current yield and average annual compounded total return information using the
  method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

  The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class and
  Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio with
  respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be borne
  exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

     P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

     Where:
     P  =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T  =  average annual total return

     n  = number of years


                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
     ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the
           beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1, 5 or 10
           year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
  differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.


COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
  their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the performance
  of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information in sales
  literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications, indices and
  averages that the fund may be use. These types of advertisements generally:

  Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
  investments, indices or averages.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various independent
  services that monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

  In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in mind
  that

  The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may be
  different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

  Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

  The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may be
  different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance.

  In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
  performance as compared to such other average or index.


                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

  In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
  treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of
  1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be
  derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income derived from
  loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or foreign
  currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing
  in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

  The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital gains
  that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes. Shareholders will
  be advised on the nature of the payments.

  If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
  investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
  the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
  rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this event,
  the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as ordinary
  income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of
  the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the dividends received
  deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The portfolio intends to
  qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

  Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to withholding
  and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would reduce the
  portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income reported on your
  tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax treatment and elects to
  pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for more information regarding
  deductions and credits for foreign taxes.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                   GLOSSARY


                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
          1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.    

          1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

          Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

          Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

          CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-
          administrator.

          Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

          Governing Board, see Board.

          NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
          information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
          Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

          NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or
          "The Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest
          exchange in the United States.

          Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios
          refer to all of the series of the Fund.

          SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
          agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the
          United States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the
          1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

          UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds
          Inc. II and all of their portfolios.

          UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

          UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

          UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

          UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-
          shareholder-servicing agent.

          All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same
          meaning in the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.


                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
              APPENDIX A:  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND RATINGS


                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa          An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
               preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and
               the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of
               preferred stock.

  aa           An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
               stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
               the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
               maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a            An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
               grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat
               greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and
               asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at
               adequate levels.

  baa          An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
               preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
               Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may
               be questionable over any great length of time.

  ba           An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
               elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
               Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well
               safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position
               characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b            An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics
               of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and
               maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of
               time may be small.

  caa          An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
               dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to
               indicate the future status of payments.
 
  ca           An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and
               is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
               eventual payments.

  c            This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
               Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.


  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
  end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
  ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of
  its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa          Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
               They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are
               generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are
               protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and
               principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
               likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most
               unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
               issues.

  Aa           Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
               standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because
               margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
               fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
               there may be other elements present which make the long-term
               risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A            Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
               attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
               obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
               are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
               suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Baa          Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
               obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
               secured). Interest payments and principal security appear
               adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
               lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
               length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
               characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
               well.

  Ba           Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
               their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
               protection of interest and principal payments may be very
               moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and
               bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes
               bonds in this class.

  B            Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
               desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
               payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
               any long period of time may be small.

  Caa          Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
               be in default or there may be present elements of danger with
               respect to principal or interest.

  Ca           Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
               speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or
               have other marked shortcomings.

  C            Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
               issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.


SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
               following characteristics:

               .    High rates of return on funds employed.

               .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance
                    on debt and ample asset protection.

               .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                    industries.
                    
               .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                    high internal cash generation.
                    
               .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                    assured sources of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This
               will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited
               above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
               ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
               Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
               more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
               is maintained.
  
  Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
               acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligation.
               The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
               may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
               may result in changes in the level of debt protection
               measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
               Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
               rating categories.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
               Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
               strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
               quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred
               stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as
               for issues rated AAA.

  A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
               preferred stock obligations, although it is more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions.

  BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
               to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
               exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
               conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
               weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
               category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
               predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity
               to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest
               degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will
               likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
               are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
               adverse conditions.

  CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
               arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
               currently paying.

  C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
               default on debt instruments.

  N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
               insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
               Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
               as a matter of policy.
  
  Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  minus (-)    ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
               or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
               categories.
 

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
               Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
               only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
               effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
               obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
               still strong.

  BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
               However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
               are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC           An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.

  C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
  C            A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
               nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial,
               and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  D            A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The
               D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not
               made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
               expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such payments
               will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be
               used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a
               similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  AAA          Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
               only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA       High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
               modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
               economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-      Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
               factors are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB     Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
               for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during
               economic cycles.

  BBB-   

  BB+/BB/BB-   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
               due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
               fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality may
               move up or down frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-      Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
               not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
               widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
               company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
               rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
               grade.

  CCC          Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
               exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
               dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
               substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
               with unfavorable company developments.

  DD           Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
               principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
               scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP           Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

  D-1+         Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
               including internal operating factors and/or access to alternative
               sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-
               free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1          Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
               excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
               Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-         High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
               and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
               factors are very small.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

  D-2          Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
               fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may
               enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets
               is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3          Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
               issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
               subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
               expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4          Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
               sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
               Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
               degree of variation.

Default

  D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
               payments.

Fitch Ibca Ratings


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

  AAA          Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
               expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
               exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
               commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
               affected by foreseeable events.

  AA           Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
               expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
               for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not
               significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A            High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
               credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
               nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or
               in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B            Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
               currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate,
               but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions
               are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
               investment-grade category.


Speculative Grade

  BB           Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
               credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
               economic change over time; however, business or financial
               alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to
               be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
               grade.

  B            Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
               risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.
               Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity
               for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable
               business and economic environment.

  CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
               favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating
               indicates that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings
               signal imminent default.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
  DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
               extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
               recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For
               U.S. corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of
               50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
               potential, i.e. below 50%.


International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to
               denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment
               of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as
               great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
               result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
               financial and economic conditions.

  C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
               favorable business and economic environment.

  D            Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.


Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                           Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of 30
  blue-chip stocks.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs..

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poors'  Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
  of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
  trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships.  The index is used
  by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance
  of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
  Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds

                                 PO Box 419081

                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081

                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)




                     Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

                          Institutional Class Shares



                      Statement of Additional Information

                                 July __, 1999



This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios dated July
__, 1999. You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by contacting the UAM
Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                           <C> 
Part I: Portfolio Summary.....................................................                             
 TJ Core Equity Portfolio.....................................................                             
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?...........................                             
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?..........................                             
    Fundamental Policies......................................................                             
    Non-Fundamental Policies..................................................                             
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.............................                             
    What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?...............                             
    Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?.........                             
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?................                             
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?...........                             
  What Was The Fund's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?......                             
    Average Annual Total Return...............................................                             
  Expenses....................................................................                             
Part II: The UAM Funds in Detail..............................................                             
 Description of Permitted Investments.........................................                             
  Debt Securities.............................................................                             
    Types of Debt Securities..................................................                             
    Terms to Understand.......................................................                             
    Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities............................                             
  Derivatives.................................................................                             
    Types of Derivatives......................................................                             
    Risks of Derivatives......................................................                             
  Equity Securities...........................................................                             
    Types of Equity Securities................................................                             
    Risks of Investing in Equity Securities...................................                             
  Foreign Securities..........................................................                             
    Types of Foreign Securities...............................................                             
    Risks of Foreign Securities...............................................                             
    The Euro..................................................................                             
  Investment Companies........................................................                             
  Repurchase Agreements.......................................................                             
  Restricted Securities.......................................................                             
  Securities Lending..........................................................                             
  Short Sales.................................................................                             
    Description of Short Sales................................................                             
    Short Sales Against the Box...............................................                             
    Restrictions on Short Sales...............................................                             
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions...........                             
 Management Of The Fund.......................................................                             
 Investment Advisory and Other Services.......................................                             
  Investment Adviser..........................................................                             
    Control Of Adviser........................................................                             
    Investment Advisory Agreement.............................................                             
    Continuing an Advisory Agreement..........................................                             
    Terminating an Advisory Agreement.........................................                             
  Distributor.................................................................                             
  Administrative Services.....................................................                             
    Administrator.............................................................                             
    Sub-Administrator.........................................................                             
    Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent....................                             
    Administrative Fees.......................................................                             
  Custodian...................................................................                             
  Independent Public Accountant...............................................                             
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.....................................                             
  Selection of Brokers........................................................                             
  Simultaneous Transactions...................................................                             
  Brokerage Commissions.......................................................
    Equity Securities.........................................................
</TABLE>
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>   
    Debt Securities..................................................................
 Capital Stock and Other Securities..................................................
  The Fund...........................................................................
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights............................................
    Description of Shares............................................................
    Class Differences................................................................
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions..........................................
    Dividend and Distribution Options................................................
    Taxes on Distributions...........................................................
    "Buying a Dividend"..............................................................
 Purchase Redemption and Pricing of Shares...........................................
  Net Asset Value Per Share..........................................................
    Calculating NAV..................................................................
    How the Fund Values it Assets....................................................
  Purchase of Shares.................................................................
    In-Kind Purchases................................................................
  Redemption of Shares...............................................................
    By Mail..........................................................................
    By Telephone.....................................................................
    Redemptions-In-Kind..............................................................
    Signature Guarantees.............................................................
    Other Redemption Information.....................................................
  Exchange Privilege.................................................................
  Transfer Of Shares.................................................................
 Performance Calculations............................................................
  Total Return.......................................................................
  Yield..............................................................................
  Comparisons........................................................................
 Taxes...............................................................................
 Financial Statements................................................................
Glossary.............................................................................
Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings...................................
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc......................................................
  Preferred Stock Ratings............................................................
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally....................................
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..................
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services..................................................
  Preferred Stock Ratings............................................................
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings.....................................................
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings....................................................
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co......................................................
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock.................................................
  Short-Term Debt....................................................................
    High Grade.......................................................................
    Good Grade.......................................................................
    Satisfactory Grade...............................................................
    Non-Investment Grade.............................................................
    Default..........................................................................
 Fitch IBCA Ratings..................................................................
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings.............................................
    Investment Grade.................................................................
    Speculative Grade................................................................
    International Short-Term Credit Ratings..........................................
    Notes............................................................................
Appendix B - Comparisons.............................................................
</TABLE>

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                              Part I: Portfolio 
                                    Summary
<PAGE>
 
Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .    Equity securities (at least 65% in companies with market 
          capitalizations between $200 million and $10 billion at the time of
          purchase).

     .    Foreign securities.

     .    Investment company securities.

     .    Repurchase agreements.

     .    Restricted securities.

     .    Securities lending.

     .    When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
          assets at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer
          (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
          interest by the of the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
          instrumentalities).

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
          of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

     .    Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
          industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
          instruments issued or guaranteed by the u.s. government, and its
          agencies when a portfolio adopts a temporary defensive position.

     .    Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
          or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of
          the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .    Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
     .    Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
          although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
          in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured
          by interests in real estate.

     .    Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
          restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
          making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
          entering into repurchase transactions.

     .    Make loans except (i) by purchasing bonds, debentures or other similar
          obligations which are publicly distributed (including repurchase
          agreements provided however, that repurchase agreements maturing in
          more than seven days, together with securities which are not readily
          marketable, will not exceed 15% of the portfolio's total assets) and
          (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers
          and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not
          inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
          interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .

Non-Fundamental Policies
     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

     .    Purchase on margin or sell short except that the portfolio may
          purchase futures as described in the prospectus and this SAI.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A. is the investment adviser of the portfolio.
     For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of
     its average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by the
     adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
     pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
     contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
     "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM
          Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

      Name and Address of Shareholder             Percentage of Shares Owned
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
 

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Average Annual Total Return
     For the Periods                                          Shorter of 10 Years or  
     Ended 4/30/99                1 Year         5 Years         Since Inception      Inception Date 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>             <C>                     <C> 

EXPENSES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Investment              Investment                                                      
       Advisory Fees          Advisory Fees                      Sub-Administrator       Brokerage 
           Paid                   Waived      Administrator Fee          Fee            Commissions 
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     1999
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     1998
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     1997
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                          PART II: THE UAM FUNDS IN 
                                    DETAIL
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and
  repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as
  zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount
  from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other things, all
  types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-backed
  securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.

  .  By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency

  .  By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Since
  homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan
  balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage backed security
  is often shorter than its stated.

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing
  the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated
  the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer
  a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because
  they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
  which are that mortgage-backed securities:

  .  Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
     monthly).

  .  They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  .  The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are
  generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number
  of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to
  reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards.
  Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables
  permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the
  underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the rated asset-backed securities. Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of
  mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their
  income streams more typically collateralize them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest 

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
  monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
  involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
  securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in

  .  The short-term investments described below.

  .  U.S. government securities

  .  Investment-grade corporate debt securities.

  Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of one
  year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.


  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
  interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
  ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage
  firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and
  coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is
  then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to
  receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights
  to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the coupons are sold
  separately or grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold
  bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury security is held in book-
  entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities
  (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or
  holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of
  stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are
  economically identical to the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells
  itself.

  The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
  securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular
  interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal
  Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program
  known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
  Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of the coupon
  or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage. The effective maturity of
  a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
  maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
  portfolio it represents.

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security. Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration. Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
  general, will change. While serving as a good estimator of prospective
  returns, effective duration is an imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected. The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio. If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
  sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
  compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury securities,
  such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate
  securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their payment of
  interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit
  rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt
  security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater
  the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To
  compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit
  ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of
  higher interest rates above comparable U.S. treasuries.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
  adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries
  a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which
  effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes
  unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of
  its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse 

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
  capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that
  it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event. Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal. Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines. A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and Poor's
  Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and, Moody's
  Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not an
  absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of market
  risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries to
  minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount. This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.
  
  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
  losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
  currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
  exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise,
  the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the
  call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.


  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may cancel
  an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction with the
  counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put option
  to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the security's
  value. If security prices remain the same over time, the portfolio would hope
  to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price. If security prices
  fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to the difference
  between the value of the security and the premium it received. Writing covered
  put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to profit from a
  decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices.

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract.

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security.

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices.

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
  Swap Agreements

  Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure
  to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on
  their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the portfolio's
  exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities,
  corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates. Swap agreements
  can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names.

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
  one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
  exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
  agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
  rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
  Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
  overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share price.

  The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
  change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
  determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
  agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be prepared
  to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-party's
  creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to
  decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
  either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
  offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
  party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a segregated
  custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If
  the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate
  assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the
  portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued
  amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the
  portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will
  segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the portfolio's
  accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions. Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains or
  losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the portfolio securities it is
  trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's prediction of interest and
  currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is
  incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as much money as it
  could have.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract.

  .  A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops.

  .  Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so.

  .  Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.

  .  Not be able to hedge its investments.

  .  Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

  .  Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange.

  .  The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume.

  .  Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity.

  .  Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage
  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,
  .  Fiscal and monetary policies
  .  National and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative's
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, 

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
  the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
  conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
  risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services.

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs.

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency.

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  
                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt.

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends.

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions.

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those 

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
  applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information makes
  investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and less
  reliable than domestic companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States.

  .  They have substantially less volume.

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements.

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets.

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa.

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates.

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces.

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable.

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments.

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by the portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the greater
  of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
  .  Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio. 

The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio
on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might incur
  expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by the
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the collateral it
  receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
  lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned.

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government.

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis).

  .  The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

  .  The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
     include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing
     short-term investments).

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
  .  The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
     risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower.

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection 
<PAGE>
 
  with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
  segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that the
  amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited with the
  broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at the time
  they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction,
  the portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future
  date beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to
  securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the
  future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation
  and the interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the
  parties enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver
  securities until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities the
  portfolio has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered,
  although the portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated
  account. The portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with
  the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before
  the settlement date.

  The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, the
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

  The governing board manages the business of the fund.  The governing board
  elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
  execute policies the board has formulated.  The fund pays each board member
  who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a
  $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
  meeting fee.  In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member
  for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The
  $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
  board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
  Funds complex. The fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
  the fund for their services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or CGFSC
  pay the fund's officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those people
  with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the Fund as
  that term is defined in the 1940 Act.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Aggregate      Total Compensation
                                                                                               Compensation       From UAM Funds
                         Position with     Principal Occupations During the                   from Fund as of     Complex as of
 Name, Address, DOB          Fund                   Past 5 years                                  4/30/99            12/31/99
<S>                      <C>               <C>                                                <C>               <C> 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John T. Bennett, Jr.      Board Member     President of Squam Investment Management Company,
College Road -- RFD 3                      Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                         President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                    to 1993.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn             Board Member     Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since
10 Garden Street                           January 1999. Formerly, Vice President for Finance
Cambridge, MA 02138                        and Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                    College from 1991 to 1999.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk       Board Member      Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative
100 King Street West                       Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                       Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                         Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                             Corp.
4/21/42
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English        Board Member      President and Chief Executive Officer of
16 West Madison Street                     Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                        Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc
8/5/48
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
James P. Pappas*         Board Member      President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since          0                  0
211 Congress Street                        March 1999 and Vice President UAM Trust Company
Boston, MA  02110                          since January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
2/24/53                                    Distributors, Inc. since December 1995; formerly
                                           Vice President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.
                                           from January 1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                           Operating Officer of CS First Boston Investment
                                           Management from 1993-1995.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Norton H. Reamer*        Board Member;     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director          0                  0
One International Place  President and     of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110         Chairman          Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                    Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*   Board Member      President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey           0                  0
One Financial Center                       Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                           and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                     Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
William H. Park          Vice President    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial              0                  0
One International Place                    Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French           Treasurer         President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI, formerly Vice             0                  0
211 Congress Street                        President of Operations, Development and Control
Boston, MA 02110                           of Fidelity Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
7/4/51                                     Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Michael E. DeFao         Secretary         Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and          0                  0
211 Congress Street                        UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                           firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Robert R. Flaherty       Assistant         Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly Manager of Fund        0                  0
211 Congress Street      Treasurer         Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                           to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                    from 1985 to 1995,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Michael J. Leary         Assistant         Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services             0                  0
73 Tremont Street        Treasurer         Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                          Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE> 


                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Aggregate      Total Compensation
                                                                                               Compensation       From UAM Funds
                        Position with     Principal Occupations During the                    from Fund as of     Complex as of
Name, Address, DOB          Fund                   Past 5 years                                   4/30/99            12/31/99
<S>                     <C>               <C>                                                 <C>               <C> 
Michelle Azrialy        Assistant         Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds                  0                   0
73 Tremont Street       Secretary         Services Company since 1996.  Senior Public 
Boston, MA 02108                          Accountant with Price Waterhouse LLP from 
4/12/69                                   1991 to 1994. 
</TABLE>


INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients. Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser
  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios.

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios.

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability 


                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
  whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other
  act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under
  the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  .  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
     without the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


Distributor
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

  .  EDGAR filing fees.

  .  Processing services and related fees.

  .  Advisory and administration fees.


                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians.

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

  .  Outside legal expenses.

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings.

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

  .  Trade association dues and expenses.

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


Custodian
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.


BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will not
  pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought
  from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting
  commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from
  dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer's mark up
  or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes transactions in
  the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market makers unless
  prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES


THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive 


                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
  office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
  shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
  cover of this SAI.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges. 

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options
  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:


                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in additional
  shares at net asset value

  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
  reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces the
  NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.


PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio. The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.


                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities and listed securities
  not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily
  available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than the bid
  prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted
  to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted value is based upon the bid price of
  the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major bank or by a
  broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market. Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities. Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
  subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
  and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations.


                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise.

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued.

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered.

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you must submit a
     written request that each shareholder signed, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable 


                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
  rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
  portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption.

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

  The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers guaranteeing signatures
  must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital of at least
  $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request. However, the fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The governing
  board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any 


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
  time.  Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
  exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
  disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

  Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide certain standardized performance information that they have
  computed according to the requirements of the SEC.   The fund calculates its
  current yield and average annual compounded total return information using the
  method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

  The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class and
  Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio with
  respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be borne
  exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

     P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

     Where:

     P   =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T   =    average annual total return

     n   =    number of years

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
     ERV  =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at
              the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1,
              5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
  differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
  their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the performance
  of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information in sales
  literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications, indices and
  averages that the fund may be use.  These types of advertisements generally:

  Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
     investments, indices or averages.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various independent
     services that monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

  In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in mind
  that

  The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may be
     different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

  Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

  The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may be
     different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its
     performance.

  In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
  performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
TAXES

  In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
  treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of
  1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be
  derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income derived from
  loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or foreign
  currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing
  in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

  The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital gains
  that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes.  Shareholders will
  be advised on the nature of the payments.

  If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
  investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
  the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
  rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.  In this event,
  the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as ordinary
  income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of
  the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the dividends received
  deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The portfolio intends to
  qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

  Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to withholding
  and other taxes imposed by foreign countries.  These taxes would reduce the
  portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income reported on your
  tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax treatment and elects to
  pass it through to you.  Consult a tax adviser for more information regarding
  deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
                                    Glossary

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
  servicing agent.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
              Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa          An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
               preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and
               the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of
               preferred stock.

  aa           An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
               stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
               the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
               maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a            An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
               grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat
               greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and
               asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at
               adequate levels.

  baa          An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
               preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
               Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may
               be questionable over any great length of time.

  ba           An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
               elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
               Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well
               safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position
               characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b            An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics
               of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and
               maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of
               time may be small.

  caa          An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
               dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to
               indicate the future status of payments.

  ca           An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and
               is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
               eventual payments.

  c            This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
               Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa          Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
               They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are
               generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are
               protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and
               principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
               likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most
               unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
               issues.

  Aa           Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
               standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because
               margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
               fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
               there may be other elements present which make the long-term
               risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A            Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
               attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
               obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
               are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
               suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Baa          Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
               obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
               secured). Interest payments and principal security appear
               adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
               lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
               length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
               characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
               well.

  Ba           Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
               their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
               protection of interest and principal payments may be very
               moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and
               bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes
               bonds in this class.

  B            Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
               desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
               payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
               any long period of time may be small.

  Caa          Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
               be in default or there may be present elements of danger with
               respect to principal or interest.

  Ca           Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
               speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or
               have other marked shortcomings.

  C            Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
               issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.


SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
               following characteristics:

               .    High rates of return on funds employed.

               .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance
                    on debt and ample asset protection.

               .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                    industries.

               .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                    high internal cash generation.

               .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                    assured sources of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This
               will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited
               above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
               ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
               Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
               more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
               is maintained.

  Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
               acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligation.
               The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
               may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
               may result in changes in the level of debt protection
               measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
               Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
               rating categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
               Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
               strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
               quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred
               stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as
               for issues rated AAA.

  A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
               preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
               susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
               and economic conditions.

  BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
               to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
               exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
               conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
               weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
               category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
               predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity
               to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest
               degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will
               likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
               are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
               adverse conditions.

  CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
               arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
               currently paying.

  C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
               default on debt instruments.

  N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
               insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
               Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
               as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  minus (-)    ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
               or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
               categories.
               

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
               Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
               only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
               effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
               obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
               still strong.

  BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
               However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
               are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC           An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.

  C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.


SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
  C       A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment
          and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
          conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
          obligation.

  D       A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
          category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
          date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless
          Standard & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such
          grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
          bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
          an obligation are jeopardized.


DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
               only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA       High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
               modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
               economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-      Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
               factors are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB     Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
               for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during
  BBB-         economic cycles.
 
  BB+/BB/BB-   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
               due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
               fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality may
               move up or down frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-      Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
               not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
               widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
               company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
               rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
               grade.

  CCC          Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
               exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
               dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
               substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
               with unfavorable company developments.

  DD           Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
               principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
               scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP           Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

  D-1+         Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
               including internal operating factors and/or access to alternative
               sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-
               free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1          Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
               excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
               Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-         High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
               and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
               factors are very small.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

  D-2          Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
               fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may
               enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets
               is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3          Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
               issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
               subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
               expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4          Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
               sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
               Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
               degree of variation.

Default

  D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
               payments.


FITCH IBCA RATINGS


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

  AAA          Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
               expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
               exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
               commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
               affected by foreseeable events.

  AA           Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
               expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
               for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not
               significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A            High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
               credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
               nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or
               in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B            Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
               currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate,
               but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions
               are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
               investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

  BB           Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
               credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
               economic change over time; however, business or financial
               alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to
               be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
               grade.

  B            Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
               risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.
               Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity
               for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable
               business and economic environment.

  CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
               favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating
               indicates that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings
               signal imminent default.


                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
  DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
               extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
               recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For
               U.S. corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of
               50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
               potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to
               denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment
               of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as
               great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
               result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
               financial and economic conditions.

  C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
               favorable business and economic environment.

  D            Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

  "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                           APPENDIX B - COMPARISONS


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
          CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, 
          Inc. -- analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average
          rate of return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified
          time periods for the mutual fund industry.

          Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
          Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over
          time in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

          Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money
          market fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

          Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty 
          blue-chip stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and
          are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely
          followed indicator of the stock market since October 1, 1928.

          Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of
          30 blue-chip stocks.

          Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial
          World, Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial
          Times, Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services,
          Inc., Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall
          Street Journal and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service --
          publications that rate fund performance over specified time periods.

          Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
          Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill
          Lynch & Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

          IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money
          market fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

          IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the
          International Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890
          companies in 25 emerging equity markets, and is designed to measure
          more precisely the returns portfolio managers might receive from
          investment in emerging markets equity securities by focusing on
          companies and markets that are legally and practically accessible to
          foreign investors.

          Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-
          weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and
          the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
          issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
          securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB)
          or higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par
          values of at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25
          million for others.

          Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly
          issues, fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate
          debt. Also included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC
          registered public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign
          sovereign governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or
          international agencies.

          Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index
          including all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding
          flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index
          (all publicly issued debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-
          federal corporation, and corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S.
          government). In addition to the aggregate index, sub-indices cover
          intermediate and long term issues.

          Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
          value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
          Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
          yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
          maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least
          $100 million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others.
          Any security downgraded during the month is held in the index until
          month end and then removed. All returns are market value weighted
          inclusive of accrued income.

          Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
          investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
          denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to
          maturity and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
          Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed
          income market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government
          Bond Index (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond
          Index.

          Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an
          average of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment
          grade debt issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average
          maturities of 5 years or less.

          Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity
          funds whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining
          at all time a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically,
          the stock/bond ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

          Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds
          which seek relatively high current income and growth of income through
          investing 60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

          Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which
          by prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with
          market capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

          Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
          prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with
          market capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

          Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30
          largest funds by asset size in this investment objective.

          Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
          Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current
          yield for the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund
          performance over specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all
          distributions, exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

          Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
          unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates
          with maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade
          only (BBB or higher).

          Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
          value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities
          listed on the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and
          the Far East.

          Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes
          price, yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

          NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only,
          unmanaged index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks
          traded on the regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System
          traded foreign common stocks and ADRs..

          New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged
          indices of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance
          stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

          Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest
          stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

          Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities
          with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

          Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000
          smallest stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

          Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
          a less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend
          to exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher
          dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth
          universe.

          Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities
          with a greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this
          index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios,
          lower dividend yields and higher forecasted growth values than the
          value universe.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
          Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000
          smallest stocks in the Russell 3000.

          Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with
          a less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend
          to exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher
          dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth
          universe.

          Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically
          traded companies based on total market capitalization, which
          represents approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

          Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
          Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

          Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised
          of the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of
          the Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

          Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged
          index comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one
          year or greater, but less than three years.

          Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
          treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

          Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
          equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
          issues.

          Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
          Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

          Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised
          of 600 domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry
          group representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the
          industrial, utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

          Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
          chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately
          $700 million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
          market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
          proportion to its market value.

          Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
          industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
          transportation stocks.

          Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
          securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
          index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
          securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
          Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

          Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market
          capitalization weighted index representing three utility groups and,
          with the three groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on
          the New York Stock Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12
          natural gas distributors and 8 telephone companies.

          Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates 
          -- historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and
          small company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills
          and inflation.

          U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
          treasury bills for the previous three month period.

          Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line
          Investment Survey.

          Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization
          weighted index of publicly traded real estate securities, including
          real estate investment trusts, real estate operating companies and
          partnerships. The index is used by he institutional investment
          community as a broad measure of the performance of public real estate
          equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.


                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
          Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts
          (REITs) but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are
          included in the Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..


          Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for
          equity securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume
          reinvestment of dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                            TJ Core Equity Portfolio
                           Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 July __, 1999




  This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus. However,
  you should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the portfolios
  dated July __, 1999.   You may obtain a prospectus for a portfolio by
  contacting the UAM Funds at the address listed above.
<PAGE>
 
                               Part I: Portfolio
                                   Summary 
<PAGE>
 
TJ CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
  investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
  Permitted Investments."  The investments that are italicized are principal
  strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
  prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
  ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are the Investment
  Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Equity securities (at least 65% of its total assets).
  
  .  Debt Securities -- Investment-grade (up to 35%).

  .  Foreign securities (up to 20%).

  .  Futures (to reduce transaction costs or remain fully invested).

  .  Foreign currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Options (to reduce transaction costs or remain fully invested).

  .  Investment company securities.
 
  .  Repurchase agreements.
  
  .  Restricted securities.
  
  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  . With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
    at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than
    obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S.
    government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  . With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
    the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

  . Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
    however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
    or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
  . Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
    emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3 % of the
    portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  . Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  . Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
    it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
    and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
    estate.

  . Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
    investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or (iii) by
    lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other
    financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the
    1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC
    thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     option, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval. The portfolio will not:

  .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of its
     assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such futures
     and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude from this
     calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of purchase.

  .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.
  
  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.
  
  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.
  .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

  .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
     assets.

  .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
     331/3 of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Tom Johnson Investment Management is the investment adviser of the portfolio.
  For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of the
  average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
  the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
  pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
  contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
  "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

  The adviser's investment philosophy is a conservative one which stresses
  adequate diversification, risk reduction, and consistency of returns. The firm
  maintains strong disciplines and emphasizes long-term

                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
  results. The adviser's initial goal is preservation of capital; thus, high
  quality issues are emphasized. Secondary goals include income and capital
  appreciation. Thorough fundamental economic, industry, and company analyses
  provide the framework within which all investment alternatives are evaluated.

Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?

  As of the date of this SAI, the adviser's representative institutional clients
  included: LL Bean, Oklahoma Teachers' Retirement System, Presbyterian Health
  Foundation, Service Corporation International and University of Texas Ex-
  Students' Association.

  In compiling this client list, the Adviser used objective criteria such as
  account size, geographic location and client classification.  The adviser did
  not use any performance-based criteria. The fund does not know whether these
  clients approve or disapprove of the adviser or the advisory services
  provided.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus
     
  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.
  
  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC.  The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  . $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  . $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus
  
  . 0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the UAM Funds.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As of April 30, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

         Name and Address of Shareholder             Percentage of Shares Owned
  _____________________________________________________________________________
  _____________________________________________________________________________
  _____________________________________________________________________________

 
  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Periods Ended        1 Year     5 Years      Shorter of 10 Years or      Inception Date
 4/30/99                                             Since Inception
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>          <C>                         <C>
</TABLE>

EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Investment       Investment      Administrator   Sub-Administrator Fee Brokerage
            Advisory Fees    Advisory Fees         Fee                             Commissions
                Paid            Waived
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>        <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>    
     1999
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1998
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
                        PART II: THE UAM FUNDS IN DETAIL
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS


DEBT SECURITIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and other Asset-Backed Securities.

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  By the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury.
  
  .  By the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency

  .  By the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities.  Since
  homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or all of the loan
  balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage backed security
  is often shorter than its stated.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant of
  which are that mortgage-backed securities:

  . Their payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually
    monthly ).

  . They usually have adjustable interest rates.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
  . The may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
    final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
    decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the rated asset-backed securities.  Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepaid principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of
  mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their
  income streams more typically collateralize them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest 

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
  monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of CMOs and REMIC certificates
  involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity
  securities.

  Short-Term Investments
  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in

  .  The short-term investments described below.
  
  .  U.S. government securities
   
  .  Investment-grade corporate debt securities.
  
  Unless otherwise specified, a short-term debt security has a maturity of one
  year or less.

  Bank Obligations
  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  . Has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
    currencies;
  
  . Is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
    and
  
  . Is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
    of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
    portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include U.S. Treasury securities that have had their
  interest payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal
  ("corpus") by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage
  firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and
  coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is
  then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to
  receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights
  to periodic interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold
  separately or grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold
  bundled in such form. The underlying U.S. Treasury security is held in book-
  entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities
  (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or
  holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of
  stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are
  economically identical to the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells
  itself.

  The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
  securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular
  interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal
  Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program
  known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
  Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of the coupon
  or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt securities held by the portfolio, with the
  maturity of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the
  portfolio it represents.

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.


                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of the portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of fixed income securities as
  compensation for assuming risk, although short-term U.S. treasury securities,
  such as 3 month treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate
  securities offer higher yields than U.S. treasuries because their payment of
  interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit
  rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt
  security.  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater
  the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To
  compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit
  ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of
  higher interest rates above comparable U.S. treasuries.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a fixed income corporate security will result in an
  adjustment to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries
  a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which
  effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes
  unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of
  its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
  capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that
  it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Standard and
  Poor's Ratings Services, Duff & Phelps Rating Co., Fitch IBCA, Inc. and,
  Moody's Investor Services. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion, not an
  absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of market
  risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. The portfolio tries to
  minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect them from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

  Futures
  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  . Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
    contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  . Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
    traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
    futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
    CFTC.

  . Do not require an initial margin deposit.
  
  . May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
    trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
    commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
  losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Options
  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
  exercise price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise,
  the portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the
  call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;
  
  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price.

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices.

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract.

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security.
  
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices.

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
  Swap Agreements

  Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure
  to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on
  their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the portfolio's
  exposure to interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities,
  corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates. Swap agreements
  can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names.

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Swap agreements tend to shift the investment exposure of the portfolio from
  one type of investment to another. For example, if the portfolio agreed to
  exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap
  agreement would tend to decrease the portfolio's exposure to U.S. interest
  rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
  Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the
  overall volatility of the investments of the portfolio and its share price.

  The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the
  change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that
  determine the amounts of payments due to and from the portfolio. If a swap
  agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the portfolio must be prepared
  to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-party's
  creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to
  decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  The portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement
  either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an
  offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy
  party. The portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a segregated
  custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If
  the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate
  assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the
  portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued
  amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the
  portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will
  segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the portfolio's
  accrued obligations under the agreement.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the portfolio securities it is
  trying to hedge.  However, if the portfolio's prediction of interest and
  currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is
  incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as much money as it
  could have.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  Current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract.

  .  A difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops.

  .  Differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  Have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so.
  .  Have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract.
  .  Not be able to hedge its investments.
  .  Not be able realize profits or limit its losses.
  
  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  An exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility.

  .  Unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange.
  .  The facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume .
  .  Equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity.
  .  Investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage
  
  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  Actual and anticipated changes in interest rates,

  .  Fiscal and monetary policies

  .  National and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the prince of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of the trading on previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative's
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

Equity Securities
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally,

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
  the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no
  conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
  risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services.

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs.

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.

Foreign Securities
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency.

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts.

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  
     
                                II-17
<PAGE>
 
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt.

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends.

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependnt on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
     economic conditions.

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes.

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
  applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information makes
  investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and less
  reliable than domestic companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States .

  .  They have substantially less volume.

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements.

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates.

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets.

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa .
  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates.
  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces.

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable.

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments.

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets
  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.


  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?

Investment Companies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by the portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows each portfolio to invest the greater
  of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes.

                                    II-20 
<PAGE>
 
  .  Consistent with the portfolio's investment policies and restrictions.

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.
  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form.

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, the portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before the portfolio can sell it and the portfolio might incur
  expenses in enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by the
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

SECURITIES LENDING
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. The portfolio may then reinvest the collateral it
  receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
  lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned.

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government.

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis).

  .  The portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time.

  .  The portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may
     include the portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing
     short-term investments).
  
                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
  .  The portfolio must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit
     risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower.

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection 

                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
  with the short sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale). The
  segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that the
  amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited with the
  broker is at least equal to the market value of the securities at the time
  they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery transaction, the
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date. Typically, no income accrues on securities the portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. The
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  The portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When the portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, the
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because the portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  The portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction. The portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the fund. The governing board
  elects officers who to manage the day-to-day operations of the fund and to
  execute policies the board has formulated. The fund pays each board member who
  is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee. In addition, the fund reimburses each independent board member for travel
  and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The $2,000 meeting
  fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board members and
  allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds complex. The
  fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund for their
  services as board members. UAM or its affiliates or CGFSC pay the fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds complex, which is currently comprised of 50 portfolios. Those people
  with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the Fund as
  that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                   Total      
                                                                                               Aggregate        Compensation  
Name, Address, DOB        Position with    Principal Occupations During the Past 5           Compensation        From UAM    
                             Fund                     Years                                from Fund as of     Funds Complex 
                                                                                               4/30/99         as of 12/31/99  
<S>                       <C>              <C>                                             <C>                 <C>          
John T. Bennett, Jr.      Board            President of Squam Investment Management
College Road -- RFD 3     Member           Company, Inc. and Great Island Investment        
Meredith, NH 03253                         Company  Inc.; President of Bennett Manage-           
1/26/29                                    ment Company from 1988 to 1993.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn             Board            Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since
10 Garden Street          Member           January 1999. Formerly, Vice President for Finance
Cambridge, MA 02138                        and Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                    College from 1991 to 1999.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk        Board            Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative
100 King Street West      Member           Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                       Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton Ontario,                          Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                             Corp.
4/21/42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English         Board            President and Chief Executive Officer of
16 West Madison Street    Member           Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                        Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc
8/5/48
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*          Board            President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since        0                  0
211 Congress Street       Member           March 1999 and Vice President UAM Trust Company
Boston, MA 02110                           since January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund
2/24/53                                    Distributors, Inc. since December 1995; formerly
                                           Vice President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.
                                           from January 1999 to 1996 and a Director and Chief
                                           Operating Officer of CS First Boston Investment
                                           Management from 1993-1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*         Board            Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director        0                  0
One International Place   Member;          of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110          President        Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                   and              Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
                          Chairman 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*    Board Member     President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey         0                  0
One Financial Center                       Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                           and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                     Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park           Vice President   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial            0                  0
One International Place                    Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French            Treasurer        President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI, formerly Vice           0                  0
211 Congress Street                        President of Operations, Development and Control
Boston, MA 02110                           of Fidelity Investments in 1995; Treasurer of the
7/4/51                                     Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao          Secretary        Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and        0                  0
211 Congress Street                        UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                           firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty        Assistant        Vice President of UAMFSI; formerly Manager of Fund      0                  0
211 Congress Street       Treasurer        Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                           to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                    from 1985 to 1995, 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary          Assistant        Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services           0                  0
73 Tremont Street         Treasurer        Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                          Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                   Total      
                                                                                               Aggregate        Compensation  
Name, Address, DOB        Position with    Principal Occupations During the Past 5           Compensation        From UAM    
                             Fund                     Years                                from Fund as of     Funds Complex 
                                                                                               4/30/99         as of 12/31/99
<S>                       <C>              <C>                                             <C>                 <C> 
Michelle Azrialy          Assistant        Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services      0                  0
73 Tremont Street         Secretary        Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                           Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE> 

Investment Advisory And Other Services


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients. Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser
  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios.

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios.

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability

                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
  whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other
  act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under
  the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  .  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
     without the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions.

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser.

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees.

  .  EDGAR filing fees.

  .  Processing services and related fees.

  .  Advisory and administration fees.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians.

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums.

  .  Outside legal expenses.

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence.

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund.

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings.

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms.

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices.

  .  Trade association dues and expenses.

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  Board specifically approves such continuance every year. The Board or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pay UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, each Fund will not
  pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought
  from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting
  commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from
  dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer's mark up
  or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes transactions in
  the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market makers unless
  prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.



Capital Stock And Other Securities


THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive 

                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
  office is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however,
  shareholders should direct all correspondence to the address listed on the
  cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

                                     II-29
  
<PAGE>
 
  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in additional
  shares at net asset value

  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
  reinvested in additional shares at NAV.

  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.



PURCHASE REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable.

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities and listed securities
  not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily
  available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than the bid
  prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted
  to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted value is based upon the bid price of
  the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major bank or by a
  broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market. Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities. Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
  subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
  and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio.

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise.

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued.

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered.

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees").

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in the manner, you must submit a
     written request that each shareholder signed, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable 


                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
  rules of the SEC. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of
  portfolio securities received in payment of redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption.

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

  The fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The governing
  board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any 


                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
  time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
  exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
  disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  Each portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide certain standardized performance information that they have
  computed according to the requirements of the SEC. The fund calculates its
  current yield and average annual compounded total return information using the
  method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

  The fund calculates separately the performance for the Institutional Class and
  Service Class Shares of each portfolio. Dividends paid by a portfolio with
  respect to Institutional Class and Service Class Shares will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Service Class Shares will be borne
  exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

     P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

     Where:

     P    =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T    =    average annual total return

     n    =    number of years


                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
     ERV  =    ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at
               the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1,
               5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all funds. As this
  differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  To help investors evaluate how an investment in a portfolio might satisfy
  their investment objectives, the Fund and UAMFDI may advertise the performance
  of a portfolio. The Fund or UAMFDI may include this information in sales
  literature and advertising. Appendix B lists the publications, indices and
  averages that the fund may be use. These types of advertisements generally:

  Discuss various measures of the performance of a portfolio.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to the performance of other
  investments, indices or averages.

  Compare the performance of a portfolio to data prepared by various independent
  services that monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices.

  In comparing the performance of a portfolio, an investor should keep in mind
  that

  The composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages may be
  different from the composition of investments in the portfolio.

  Indices and averages are generally unmanaged.

  The formula used to calculate the performance of the index or average may be
  different from the formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance.

  In addition, the fund cannot guarantee that a portfolio will continue this
  performance as compared to such other average or index.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
Taxes

  In order for the portfolio to continue to qualify for federal income tax
  treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of
  1986, as amended, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be
  derived from qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income derived from
  loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or foreign
  currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing
  in such securities or currencies, as applicable.

  The portfolio will distribute to shareholders annually any net capital gains
  that have been recognized for federal income tax purposes. Shareholders will
  be advised on the nature of the payments.

  If for any taxable year the portfolio does not qualify as a "regulated
  investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, all of
  the portfolio's taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate
  rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In this event,
  the portfolio's distributions to shareholders would be taxable as ordinary
  income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of
  the particular portfolio, and would be eligible for the dividends received
  deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The portfolio intends to
  qualify as a "regulated investment company" each year.

  Dividends and interest received by the portfolio may give rise to withholding
  and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. These taxes would reduce the
  portfolio's dividends but are included in the taxable income reported on your
  tax statement if the portfolio qualifies for this tax treatment and elects to
  pass it through to you. Consult a tax adviser for more information regarding
  deductions and credits for foreign taxes.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.
 
  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
                                   Glossary
<PAGE>
 
          1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

          Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

          Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

          CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-
          administrator.

          Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

          Governing Board, see Board.

          NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
          information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
          Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

          NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or
          "The Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest
          exchange in the United States.

          Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios
          refer to all of the series of the Fund.

          SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
          agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the
          United States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the
          1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

          UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds
          Inc. II and all of their portfolios.

          UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

          UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

          UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

          UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-
          shareholder-servicing agent.

          All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same
          meaning in the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.


                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
               Appendix A:  Description of Securities and Ratings


                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa          An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
               preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and
               the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of
               preferred stock .

  aa           An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
               stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
               the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
               maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a            An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
               grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat
               greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and
               asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at
               adequate levels.

  baa          An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
               preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
               Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may
               be questionable over any great length of time.

  ba           An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
               elements and its future cannot be considered well assured.
               Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well
               safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position
               characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b            An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics
               of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and
               maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of
               time may be small.

  caa          An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
               dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to
               indicate the future status of payments.

  ca           An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and
               is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
               eventual payments.

  c            This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
               Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
  end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
  ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of
  its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa          Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
               They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are
               generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are
               protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and
               principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
               likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most
               unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
               issues.

  Aa           Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
               standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because
               margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
               fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
               there may be other elements present which make the long-term
               risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A            Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
               attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
               obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest
               are considered adequate, but elements may be present which
               suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Baa          Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
               obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
               secured). Interest payments and principal security appear
               adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
               lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
               length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
               characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
               well.

  Ba           Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
               their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
               protection of interest and principal payments may be very
               moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and
               bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes
               bonds in this class.

  B            Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
               desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
               payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over
               any long period of time may be small.

  Caa          Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
               be in default or there may be present elements of danger with
               respect to principal or interest.

  Ca           Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
               speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or
               have other marked shortcomings.

  C            Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
               issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
               prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
               following characteristics:

               .    High rates of return on funds employed.

               .    Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance
                    on debt and ample asset protection.
                    
               .    Broad leading market positions in well-established
                    industries.

               .    margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
                    high internal cash generation.
                    
               .    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and
                    assured sources of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This
               will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited
               above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
               ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
               Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
               more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
               is maintained.

  Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
               acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligation.
               The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
               may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
               may result in changes in the level of debt protection
               measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
               Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
               rating categories.
               

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
               Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
               strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
               quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred
               stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as
               for issues rated AAA.

  A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
               preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
               susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
               and economic conditions.

  BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
               to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
               exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
               conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
               weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
               category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
               predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity
               to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest
               degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will
               likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
               are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
               adverse conditions.

  CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
               arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
               currently paying.

  C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
               default on debt instruments.

  N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
               insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
               Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
               as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  minus (-)    ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
               or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
               categories.
 
LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.


  AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
               Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
               only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
               effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
               obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
               still strong.

  BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
               However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
               are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC           An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.

  C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities: and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations. The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
  C            A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
               nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial,
               and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

  D            A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D
               rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not
               made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
               expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such payments
               will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be
               used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a
               similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.


DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.


LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
               only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA       High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
               modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
               economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-      Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
               factors are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB     Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
               for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during
               economic cycles. 

  BBB-
  
  BB+/BB/BB-   Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
               due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
               fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality may
               move up or down frequently within this category.
 
  B+/B/B-      Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
               not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
               widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
               company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
               rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
               grade.

  CCC          Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
               exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
               dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
               substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
               with unfavorable company developments.

  DD           Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
               principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
               scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP           Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Grade

  D-1+         Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
               including internal operating factors and/or access to alternative
               sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-
               free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1          Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
               excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
               Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-         High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
               and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
               factors are very small.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
Good Grade

  D-2          Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
               fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may
               enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets
               is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3          Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
               issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
               subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
               expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4          Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
               sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
               Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
               degree of variation.

Default

  D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
               payments.


FITCH IBCA RATINGS


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade

  AAA          Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
               expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
               exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
               commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
               affected by foreseeable events.

  AA           Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
               expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
               for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not
               significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A            High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
               credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
               nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or
               in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B            Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
               currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate,
               but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions
               are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
               investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

  BB           Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
               credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
               economic change over time; however, business or financial
               alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to
               be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
               grade.

  B            Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
               risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.
               Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity
               for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable
               business and economic environment.

  CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
               favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating
               indicates that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings
               signal imminent default.


                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
  DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
               extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
               recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For
               U.S. corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of
               50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
               potential, i.e. below 50%.


International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to
               denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment
               of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as
               great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
               result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
               financial and economic conditions.

  C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
               favorable business and economic environment.

  D            Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

  "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                           Appendix B - Comparisons


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
          CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, 
          Inc. -- analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average
          rate of return (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified
          time periods for the mutual fund industry.

          Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S.
          Bureau of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over
          time in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

          Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money
          market fund yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

          Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty 
          blue-chip stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and
          are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely
          followed indicator of the stock market since October 1, 1928.

          Dow Jones Industrial Average -- an unmanaged price weighted average of
          30 blue-chip stocks. 


          Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial
          World, Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial
          Times, Global Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services,
          Inc., Morningstar, Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall
          Street Journal and Weisenberger Investment Companies Service --
          publications that rate fund performance over specified time periods.

          Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
          Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill
          Lynch & Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

          IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money
          market fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

          IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the
          International Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890
          companies in 25 emerging equity markets, and is designed to measure
          more precisely the returns portfolio managers might receive from
          investment in emerging markets equity securities by focusing on
          companies and markets that are legally and practically accessible to
          foreign investors.

          Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-
          weighted index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and
          the Lehman Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury
          issues, agency issues, corporate bond issues and mortgage backed
          securities. It includes fixed rate issuers of investment grade (BBB)
          or higher, with maturities of at least one year and outstanding par
          values of at least $200 million for U.S. government issues and $25
          million for others.

          Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly
          issues, fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate
          debt. Also included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC
          registered public, noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign
          sovereign governments, municipalities, or governmental agencies, or
          international agencies.

          Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index
          including all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding
          flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index
          (all publicly issued debt of U.S. government agencies and quasi-
          federal corporation, and corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S.
          government). In addition to the aggregate index, sub-indices cover
          intermediate and long term issues.

          Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market
          value-weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond
          Indices, including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and
          yankee bonds. All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with
          maturities of at least one year and outstanding par value of at least
          $100 million of r U.S. government issues and $25 million for others.
          Any security downgraded during the month is held in the index until
          month end and then removed. All returns are market value weighted
          inclusive of accrued income.

          Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
          investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar
          denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to
          maturity and an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
          Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed
          income market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government
          Bond Index (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond
          Index.

          Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an
          average of 100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment
          grade debt issues (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average
          maturities of 5 years or less.

          Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity
          funds whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining
          at all time a balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically,
          the stock/bond ratio ranges around 60%/40%.

          Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds
          which seek relatively high current income and growth of income through
          investing 60% or more of the portfolio in equities.

          Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which
          by prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with
          market capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

          Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by
          prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with
          market capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

          Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30
          largest funds by asset size in this investment objective.

          Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
          Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current
          yield for the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund
          performance over specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all
          distributions, exclusive of any applicable sales charges.

          Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an
          unmanaged index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates
          with maturities from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade
          only (BBB or higher). 

          Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market
          value-weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities
          listed on the stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and
          the Far East.

          Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes
          price, yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

          NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only,
          unmanaged index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks
          traded on the regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System
          traded foreign common stocks and ADRs..

          New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged
          indices of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance
          stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

          Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest
          stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

          Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities
          with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

          Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000
          smallest stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.

          Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with
          a less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend
          to exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher
          dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values than the growth
          universe.

          Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities
          with a greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this
          index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios,
          lower dividend yields and higher forecasted growth values than the
          value universe.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
          Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000
          smallest stocks in the Russell 3000.

          Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with
          a less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend
          to exhibit lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher
          dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values then the Growth
          universe.

          Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publically
          traded companies based on total market capitalization, which
          represents approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

          Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the
          Russell 1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

          Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised
          of the smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of
          the Extended Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

          Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged
          index comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one
          year or greater, but less than three years.

          Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
          treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

          Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
          equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill
          issues.

          Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S.
          Savings and Loan League Fact Book.

          Standard & Poors' 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised
          of 600 domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry
          group representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the
          industrial, utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

          Standard & Poors' Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks
          chosen for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately
          $700 million), liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a
          market-value weighted index with each stock affecting the index in
          proportion to its market value.

          Standard & Poors' 500 Stock Index- an unmanaged index composed of 400
          industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
          transportation stocks.

          Standard & Poors' Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
          securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This
          index contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the
          securities with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the
          Standard & Poor's Barra Growth Index.

          Standard & Poors' Utilities Stock Price Index - a market
          capitalization weighted index representing three utility groups and,
          with the three groups, 43 of the largest utility companies listed on
          the New York Stock Exchange, including 23 electric power companies, 12
          natural gas distributors and 8 telephone companies.

          Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates 
          -- historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and
          small company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills
          and inflation.

          U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all
          treasury bills for the previous three month period.

          Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line
          Investment Survey.

          Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization
          weighted index of publicly traded real estate securities, including
          real estate investment trusts, real estate operating companies and
          partnerships. The index is used by he institutional investment
          community as a broad measure of the performance of public real estate
          equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.


                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
          Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts
          (REITs) but excludes seven real estate operating companies that are
          included in the Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..


          Note: With respect to the comparative measures of performance for
          equity securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume
          reinvestment of dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART C
                                UAM FUNDS TRUST
                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 23. EXHIBITS

Exhibits previously filed by the Fund are incorporated by reference to such
filings. The following table describes the location of all exhibits. In the
table, the following references are used: PEA 30 = Post-Effective Amendment No.
30 filed on April 22, 1999, PEA 29 = Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 filed on
April 12, 1999, PEA 27 = Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 filed on February 5,
1999, PEA 24 = Post Effective Amendment No. 24 filed on July 10, 1998; PEA 19 =
Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 filed on February 3, 1998; PEA17 = Post-
Effective Amendment No. 17 filed on December 15, 1997, PEA16 = Post-Effective
Amendment No. 16 filed on July 10, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit                                                                                                   Incorporated by
                                                                                                          Reference to
                                                                                                          (Location):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                                                            <C>  
   A.1.    Agreement and Declaration of Trust                                                             PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     2.    Certificate of Trust                                                                           PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3.    Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust                                               PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   B.1.    By-Laws                                                                                        PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.    Amendment to By-Laws dated December 10, 1998                                                   PEA 27
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   C.1.    Form of Specimen Share Certificate                                                             PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.    The rights of security holders are defined in the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of    PEA 24
           Trust and By-Laws
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   D.1.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss       PEA 27
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Cambiar Investors, Inc.                   PEA 27
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Chicago Asset Management Company          PEA 27
           (Intermediate Bond Portfolio)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Chicago Asset Management Company          PEA 27
           (Value/Contrarian Portfolio)                                                                            
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     5.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Dwight Asset Management Company           PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     6.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and First Pacific Advisors, Inc.              PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     7.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Hanson Investment Management Company      PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     8.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Heitman/PRA Securities Advisors, Inc.     PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     9.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Jacobs Asset Management, L.P.             PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Murray Johnstone International Limited    PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    11.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Pacific Financial Research, Inc.          PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    12.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A.           PEA 27    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    13.    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Tom Johnson Investment Management         PEA 27     
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   E.1.    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and UAM Fund Distributors                            PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and UAM Fund Distributors, Inc. dated as of March    PEA 29
           31, 1999 (Advisor Class Shares)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and ACG Capital Corporation (Advisor Class Shares)   PEA 19
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4.    Amendment to Distribution Agreement between Registrant and ACG Capital Corporation dated as    PEA 29
           of March 31, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     5.    Selling Dealer Agreement                                                                       PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   F.      Trustees' and Officers' Contracts and Programs                                                 Not applicable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   G.1.    Global Custody Agreement                                                                       PEA 16
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                                                           <C> 
    H.1.   Fund Administration Agreement                                                                 PEA 27
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Fund Administration Agreement Fee Schedule                                                    PEA 30
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.   Mutual Funds Service Agreement                                                                PEA 16
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    I.     Opinions and Consents of Counsel                                                              To be filed by
                                                                                                         amendment.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    J.     Consent of Independent Auditors                                                               To be filed by
                                                                                                         amendment.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    K.     Other Financial Statements                                                                    Not applicable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    L.     Purchase Agreement                                                                            PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    M.1.   Distribution Plan                                                                             PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.   Shareholder Services Plan                                                                     PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      3.   Service Agreement                                                                             PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    N.     Financial Data Schedule                                                                       Not applicable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    O.     Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multiple Class Plan                                           PEA 24
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    P.     Powers of Attorney                                                                            PEA 24, PEA 27
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

ITEM 24.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND

Not applicable.

ITEM 25.  INDEMNIFICATION

Reference is made to Article VI of Registrant's Declaration of Trust, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Registrant hereby also makes the undertaking
consistent with Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar
as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

Provisions for indemnification of UAM Fund Services, Inc. are contained in
Section 6 of its Fund Administration Agreement with the Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of the Registrant's investment advisers are
contained in Section 7 of their respective Investment Advisory Agreements with
the Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of Registrant's principal underwriter, UAM Fund
Distributors, Inc., are contained in its Distribution Agreement with the
Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of Registrant's custodian, The Chase Manhattan
Bank, are contained in Section 12 of its Fund Global Custody Agreement with the
Registrant.

ITEM 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

Reference is made to the caption "Investment Adviser" in the Prospectuses
constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Adviser" in
Part B of this Registration Statement. Except for information with respect to
Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., the information required by this Item 26 with
respect to each director, officer, or partner of each other investment adviser
of the Registrant is incorporated by reference to the Forms ADV filed by the
investment advisers listed below with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, under the file
numbers indicated:

Investment Adviser                                                  File No.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                                 <C>     
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc.                                                                           801-31237
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cambiar Investors, Inc.                                                                                             801-09538
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago Asset Management Company                                                                                    801-20197
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dwight Asset Management Company                                                                                     801-45304
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Pacific Advisors, Inc.                                                                                        801-39512
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hanson Investment Management Company                                                                                801-14817
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heitman/PRA Securities Advisors, Inc.                                                                               801-48252
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jacobs Asset Management, L.P.                                                                                       801-49790
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Murray Johnstone International Ltd.                                                                                 801-34926
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pacific Financial Research, Inc.                                                                                    801-54352
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tom Johnson Investment Management, Inc.                                                                             801-42549
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name and Principal Business Address             Positions and Offices with Pell Rudman Trust   Positions and Offices with Pell
                                                Company, N.A.                                  Rudman & Co., Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                                            <C>           
Jeffrey S. Thomas                               Director                                       Chief Financial Officer of
100 Federal Street                                                                             Pell, Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edward I. Rudman                                Director                                       Chairman and President of Pell,
100 Federal Street                                                                             Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James S. McDonald                               Director                                       Executive Vice President of
100 Federal Street                                                                             Pell, Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Susan W. Hunnewell                              Director                                       Senior Vice President of Pell,
100 Federal Street                                                                             Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
</TABLE>

Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., Cambiar Investors, Inc., Chicago
Asset Management Company, Dwight Asset Management Company, First Pacific
Advisors, Inc., Hanson Investment Management Company, Heitman/PRA Securities
Advisors, Inc., Jacobs Asset Management, L.P., Murray Johnstone International
Ltd., Pacific Financial Research, Inc., Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., and Tom
Johnson Investment Management, Inc., are affiliates of United Asset Management
Corporation ("UAM"), a Delaware corporation owning firms engaged primarily in
institutional investment management.

ITEM 27.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

   (a) UAM Fund Distributors, Inc. acts as distributor of the registrant's
   shares. ACG Capital Corporation also acts as distributor of the Heitman Real
   Estate Portfolio Advisor Class Shares.

   (b) The information required with respect to each director and officer of UAM
   Fund Distributors, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Schedule A of Form BD
   filed pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (SEC File No. 8-
   41126).

   (c) The information required with respect to each Director and officer of ACG
   Capital Corporation is incorporated by reference to Schedule A of Form BD
   filed pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (SEC File No. 8-
   47813).

   (d)  Not applicable.

ITEM 28.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Rules promulgated thereunder, are
maintained as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C> 
Name and Address of Service Provider                          Relationship with Registrant
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Chase Manhattan Bank                                      Custodian bank
4 Chase MetroTech Center
Brooklyn, New York, 11245
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C> 
Chase Global Funds Services Company                           Sub-administrator
73 Tremont Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UAM Fund Services, Inc.                                       Administrator
211 Congress Street, 4th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

UAM Shareholder Services Center, Inc.                         Sub-shareholder servicing agent
825 Duportail Road
Wayne, PA 19087
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DST Systems, Inc.                                             Sub-transfer agent
210 West 10th Street
Kansas City, Missouri 64105
</TABLE>

The registrant's investment advisers will also maintain physical possession of
certain of the books, accounts and other documents required by Section 31(a)
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated
thereunder.

ITEM 29.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 30.  UNDERTAKINGS

Not Applicable.
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company
Act, the Fund has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and State of
Massachusetts on the 18th day of May 1999.

                                            UAM FUNDS TRUST


                                            /s/ Michael E. DeFao
                                            --------------------
                                            Michael E. DeFao
                                            Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the 18th day of May, 1999:


               *
______________________________
Norton H. Reamer, Chairman and
 President

               *
______________________________
John T. Bennett, Jr., Trustee

               *
___________________________
Nancy J. Dunn, Trustee

               *
___________________________
Philip D. English, Trustee

               *
___________________________
William A. Humenuk, Trustee

               *
______________________________
Peter M. Whitman, Jr., Trustee

               *
___________________________
James P. Pappas, Trustee


/s/ Gary L. French
- ------------------
Gary L. French, Treasurer


/s/ Michael E. DeFao
- --------------------
* Michael E. DeFao
(Attorney-in-Fact)


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission